Upload
pamela-anne-canlas
View
216
Download
1
Embed Size (px)
DESCRIPTION
]]p[po;ooooooo
Citation preview
Lesson 9
CREATING A SIMPLE FORM
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create form with and without the Form Wizard
Form is simply a form that appears on the screen that is used for viewing one data editing existing
records entering new records and printing individual records Using the Access form you can create a
form that resembles the printed forms commonly used in an office
There are four ways to create a form
Create a form that lets you enter information for one record at a time The Form command makes a basic
form showing a single record at a time
Command creates a form showing one record on top and includes the datasheet view of entire source
table on the bottom
Command creates a form that shows all the records at once which looks very similar to the source table
in datasheet view
Create a new blank form in Design View In Design View you can make advanced design changes to
forms such as adding custom control types and writing code
Creating a Form
You can create form through a process known as wizards Wizards speed up the process of creating a
professional form because it does the basic work for you There are two types of wizards that you used to
create a form and these are ndash Form and Form Wizard You can use both of these forms to add edit or
delete data from a table or query
Form creates a form that displays all fields and records in the selected table or query in the blink of an eye Form Wizard is hidden under the More Forms command It walks you through the process of creating more customized forms
Creating a Form with The easiest way to create a form is with Form Form simply plunks the fields from a single table into a form itrsquos the least flexible form but itrsquos very convenient
Activity 10 CREATING A FORM WITH FORM
Follow these steps 1 In the All Access Objects window or pane click the Employee Info table 2 Click the Create Tab from Form group click Form 3 And then click the Save button and name it as Employees Profile Form
Creating a Form with
Form Wizard
The Form wizards require the user to interact with Access by providing some information that will be used to create a new form This type of wizards takes you through several different steps and asks you several questions before it creates a form There are four different types of layout in Form Wizard available in Access and these are Columnar Tabular Datasheet and Justified
Activity 11 CREATING A FORM WITH FORM WIZARD
The Form Wizard offers a good compromise between the automation of Auto Form and the control of creating a form from scratch The following steps show you how to create a new form using the form Wizard 1 Click the Create tab click More Forms and Select Form Wizard 2 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and then choose the Employees Info table from the list 3 Click the OK button 4 In the next dialog box Access displays all the fields associated with the highlighted table Click the gtgt
button to move all the fields into the Selected fields box All the fields that appear in the left box will appear on the new form
5 Click Next to continue Yoursquoll be asked to choose a layout Columnar (the most common) Tabular Datasheet or Justified Click each of the buttons to see a preview of that type When yoursquove made a decision click the one you want and click Next
6 In this next step Access asks you to select a background for your form select any of the Style The preview of the form appears on the left side Click the Next button
7 The final step in the Form Wizard asks you to type a title for the form being created Type Employees Info Form as the title of this new form
8 Click the Finish button and the form appears ready for data entry The first record in table appears in it
Sections of a Form
Form Header A form header displays information that you want to show for every record such as a title of the form or command buttons that open related forms or carry out other tasks A form header appears at the top of the screen in Form view and at the top of the first page when printed
Page Header A page header displays information such as a title graphics column headings or any information that you want at the top of every printed page Page headers appear only on printed forms
Detail Section A detail section displays records You can either display one record on the screen or page or you can display as many as will fit
Page Footer Page footer displays information such as the date page number or any information that you want at the bottom of every printed page Page footers appear only on printed forms
Form Footer Form footer displays information that you want to show for every record such as command buttons or instructions for using the form Form footer appears only at the bottom of the screen in Form view or after the last detail section on the last page when printed
The Navigation Buttons
The buttons at the bottom of the window in Form View are called Navigation Buttons These buttons give the user a graphical way of quickly moving between records The following table briefly describes these buttons
Button Description Function
First record Moves to the first record
Previous record Moves to the next record
Last record Moves to the last record
Next record Moves to the next record
Blank (new) record Add a new record
You create a basic form and customize it in Design view (Design view A window that shows the design of these database objects tables queries forms and reports macros and data access pages In Design view you can create new database objects and modify the design of existing ones) to suit your requirements
1 In the All Access Objects window or pane click the Employee Info table 2 Click the Create Tab from Form group click Form Design 3 Click the name of the table or other record source that includes the data you want to base your form
on If the form wont contain data (for example if you want to create a form to use as a switchboard to open other forms or reports or if you want to create a custom dialog box) dont select anything from field list
If you want to create a form that uses data from more than one table base your form on a query
Activity 12 CREATING A FORM USING FORM DESIGN
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Salaries Entry form based on Employees Info Employees Income and Employees Deduction tables 1 Click the Create tab click Blank Forms 2 At Blank Form change view into Design View 3 Select the following fields from the Employees Info Table EmployeeID Lastname Firstname
Middlename and Position 4 Click again the down-arrow button located to the right of the TablesQueries box and then select the
Employees Income table from the list 5 The fields of the Employees Income table are displayed in the Available Fields box In this box the
EmployeeID field is highlighted Since we are already used the EmployeeID of the Employees Info table there is no need for you to select this field again
6 Instead select the Department field and click the gt button to moved this field in the Selected Fields box
7 Click the gt again trice to move the NDW PR and GP fields in the Selected Fields box respectively 8 Click again the down-arrow button located to the right of the TablesQueries box and then select the
Employees Deduction table from the list 9 Select the following fields of the Employees Deduction Table SSS PHIC HDMF WTAX
ADV_VALE and TD 10 After selecting the necessary fields click now the Next button 11 Click again the down-arrow button located to the right of the TablesQueries box and then select the
Employees Income table from the list 12 Select the following fields of the Employees Income Table NP 13 After selecting the necessary fields click now the Next button 14 The next step in the Form Wizard is the selection of layout for your form Select the layout that you
want in this Activity select Columnar and then click the Next button 15 In the next step the Form Wizard asks you to select the background From the available list select
the background that you want in this exercise select Office and then click the Next button 16 The final step in the Form Wizard asks you to enter a name for your form Type Employees Salaries
Entry as the name for this form and then click the Finish button Wait for a few seconds while Access generates the form
Property Sheets
In Microsoft Access you use properties to determine the characteristics of tables queries fields forms reports and data access pages Every section and control on a form report or data access page has properties as well Control properties determine the structure appearance and behavior of a control as well as the characteristics of the text or data it contains
The title bar shows the type and name of the selected object
Each tab displays properties of a specific category
Note To open the properties window in design view press F4
Printing a Form After Access displays the new form in the Form View window you can print this form by following these steps
1 Click the Office button point to Print and then click Print button 2 In the Print dialog box click OK button
Lesson 10
MODIFYING FORM
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to modify a form
Arranging and Repositioning of Controls
Controls are graphical objects as labels text boxes lists check boxes and buttons that you place in
a form to display the data or perform an action Using a form you are not limited to change the labels and
text boxes size of each item rather you can also move or reposition each control inside the form For
Example if you want to move the GP control follows these steps
1 Right click the Employees Salaries Entry and select Design View 2 Press and hold the left mouse button Notice while you are still holding the left mouse button the
mouse pointer changes to an open hand 3 Drag the control on a new location 4 Release the mouse button 5 Now try to rearrange the controls of the Employees Salaries Entry Form as displayed
Using the Controls Group
To simplify your task of placing controls on a form Access provides an extensive tool set in the toolbox The table below briefly describes each tool set in the toolbox
TOOL TOOL NAME PURPOSE
Select Object Selects an Object
Control Wizard Turns the control wizard on or off
Label Create a label to display text
Text Box Create a box to display or edit data
Option Group Creates a group of control that allows one choice
Toggle Button Create a button to indicate a true value when pushed
Option Button Create one button in a single choice set of buttons
Check Box Create a box to indicate a true or false value
Combo Box Create a box to edit data or to choose value from a list
List Box Create a list of values
Button Create a button to run a macro or call a Visual Basic function
Image Create a frame to display a static image
Unbound Object Create a frame to display an OLE object
Bound Object Create a frame to display an OLE object from the database
Page Break Mark the beginning of a new screen or page
SubformSubreport Create a frame to display an embedded form or report
Line Create a line
Rectangle Create a rectangle
Types of Control
The Access form can have one of the three types of controls and these are bound unbound and calculated The following section describes the differences between these types
BOUND CONTROLS
A control that is connected or tied to a field in a formrsquos underlying table or query You use the bound control to display add and update values from a field in your database In this activity you are going to add bound controls to Employees Salaries Entry Form You will begin by deleting the original controls in the form ndash the controls bound to the Sex fields ndash and replace them with bound control the Sex text box becomes a Combo box
ADDING BOUND CONTROLS TO THE FORM
To add button controls to the form you have to follow these general steps 1 In the toolbox click a button that represents the type of control that you want 2 Click the Field List button and then select the field that you want to display in the control 3 Drag the selected field to the form
PLACING COMBO BOXES IN A FORM
To place a combo box in the form follow these steps 1 In the Design View window right click the Gender text box 2 And then point to Change to and then select Combo Box 3 Click the Save button from the Quick Access Toolbar
UNBOUND CONTROLS
In an unbound control the field is not connected or linked in the underlying table or query You can use unbound control to display information lines rectangles and pictures
ADDING UNBOUND CONTROLS TO THE FORM
Your next step for revising the form is to add two unbound controls to the form-a label that serve as the heading and rectangle that will surround the text boxes
PLACING A STAND - ALONE LABEL TO THE FORM
You can create a stand-alone label on the form by using the Label button located on the Toolbox This kind of label is not attached to any other form Its function is to create other information such as heading or title on a form 1 In Design View Select Label button from Control Group 2 Click the Label button and then drag the mouse pointer on the Form Detail Section When you have
the mouse pointer it will appear as a +A
3 Click the left mouse button and type this heading Employee Name Then press the Enter key to complete your entry
4 In the toolbar click the down-arrow on the Font Size box and then select 14 from the list click the Bold button
5 Reposition and resize the label box 6 Click the Label button and then drag the mouse pointer on the Form Detail Section When you have
the mouse pointer it will appear as a +A
7 Click the left mouse button and type this heading Earnings Then press the Enter key to complete your entry
8 In the toolbar click the down-arrow on the Font Size box and then select 14 from the list click the Bold button
9 Reposition and resize the label box 10 Click the Label button and then drag the mouse pointer on the Form Detail Section When you have
the mouse pointer it will appear as a +A
11 Click the left mouse button and type this heading Deductions Then press the Enter key to complete your entry
12 In the toolbar click the down-arrow on the Font Size box and then select 14 from the list click the Bold button
13 Reposition and resize the label box
CREATING A RECTANGLE
The second unbound control that you are going to place on the form is by draw a rectangle around the label heading To draw this rectangle follow these steps 1 In the Toolbox click the Rectangle button 2 Position the mouse pointer just above the label heading
3 When you move the mouse pointer it will appear as +
4 Hold down the left mouse button and drag the mouse pointer to surround your heading Then release the mouse pointer
Note If the rectangle that you placed in your form hides the heading you created previously Click the Format menu and then choose the Send to Back command
5 Click the Form View button to display your form
Activity 13 MODIFYING FORM
CHANGING THE LABEL
The following steps show you how to change the labelrsquos name
1 With the Form still active click the Form View button To display the Form Design View 2 Click the Form Maximize button to expand the formrsquos size 3 Position the mouse pointer on the NDW label and then press the left mouse button Access
displays a small black square around the text box 4 Move the mouse pointer inside the NDW label box and then press the left mouse button again 5 Delete the word NDW and then type Number of Days Worked 6 Repeat procedure number 4 and 5 to change the label
Label Change to PR Rate per Day GP Gross Pay TD Total Deduction NP Net Pay
7 See the result of the revised form
CALCULATED CONTROL
To display the calculated GP of each Employee in a form you can add a Calculated control on the Ave field A Calculated control uses an expression to define a calculation for the control Expressions are combinations of operators (such as + or -) control names field names functions and constants that returns a value The following steps show you how to add a calculated control to the GP field
In the Form Design Window click the Gross Pay text box Access displays a small black square around the field
Click the GP field again Inside the Text box delete the GP then type this expression
=([NDW][PR]) Click the TD field again Inside the Text box delete the TD then type this expression
=([SSS]+[PHIC]+HDMF+WTAX+ADV_VALE) Click the NP field again Inside the Text box delete the NP then type this expression
=([GP][TD])
Click the Form View button to display the form
Lesson 11
ADDING OBJECTS AND COMMAND BUTTONS TO A FORM
Objective In this lesson you will learn to create an unbound object to a form using the unbound object control To create and to modify the embedded object One of the main feature of Access is it enables the user to add objects created in other application to an Access form For Example you can add the companyrsquos logo that you created with Paint Program or other graphics program The type of control used to add picture or object depends whether you want the object to be bound or unbound
Understanding OLE
One of the most important features of OLE is its capability to create embedded object For Example you can insert in your form drawings that you created manually in your Paint Program Another feature of OLE is that you can create an object and then embed it or you can embed existing file that contains text chart spreadsheet data or drawings The third feature of OLE is that you have the convenience of being to update it in the original application without the trouble of remembering which object came from which source programs ndash the embedded object will open the source application every time you double-click the object
Adding Unbound Objects
You can insert an unbound object to the Form by using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox When you insert the Object you have a choice of either embedded it into form or linked it to the original file The difference is that an embedded object is stored in the form and is always available A linked object is stored in the source file you can edit the object file separately and have the latest changes appear on your form EMBEDDING UNBOUND OBJECT
Using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox you can easily embed object The following steps show you how to insert an object from Paint Program to Access if you have a scan logo we can embed it and place it to your form
1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Unbound Object button on the Toolbox 3 Place the mouse pointer on the form Click where you want to embed the object The Insert Object
dialog box opens 4 Open the Paint Program and Open the file for example HAUBMP 5 Then select the Logo and click the Copy button or click Edit menu then Copy 6 Select the Microsoft Access at the task bar and since that you are still in Design View clicks the
Unbound Object 7 And then click the Paste button or click Edit menu then Paste 8 After Copy and Paste the object adjust the size of the window of the object 9 Click the Form View button to see the changes that had been created
CREATING AND EMBEDDED UNBOUND OBJECT
Most Windows applications that support OLE make it easy to create a new object and embed it in the document Using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox you can easily embed object The following steps show you how to embed unbound object in the Employees Salaries Entry Form 1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Unbound Object button on the Toolbox 3 Place the mouse pointer on the form Click where you want to embed the object The Insert Object
dialog box opens 4 In the Object type box select the type of the object that you want to create For Example if you want
to create a picture on your form select the Paintbrush Picture object 5 Click the OK button The applications that you choose either will opens or display a window into
which you can create the object 6 Create the object that you want 7 After creating the object adjust the size of the window of the object 8 Click the File menu and then click Exit and Return to Employees Salaries Entry Form The new
object is then embedded in your form 9 In the Form Design View click the objectrsquos size handle and then adjust the size and proportion of
the object
EDITING EMBEDDED OBJECT
If you want to edit the embedded object for example you want to add new data to it you can easily do so by following these steps 1 In the Form Design View double-click the embedded to open it 2 Edit the object 3 After editing click File menu and then click Exit and Return to Employees Salaries Entry Form
DELETING EMBEDDED OBJECT
Deleting an embedded object is easier than creating it To delete the embedded object just select it and then press the DELETE key
CREATING AND LINKING UNBOUND OBJECT
Linking an object is very useful if you plan to use the same object on several forms but you do not want to include it in your database file When you linked the object you only store the object at once but if the linked object file is move you have to reconnect the link The following steps show you how to create and link an object to form 1 Open the Windows Accessories Paint program 2 Create the picture that you want 3 Save the picture by choosing the Save command from the File menu 4 Close the Paint program 5 Open the Access program 6 From the Design View of the Employees Salaries Entry Form click the Unbound Object and then
click where you want to place the object 7 In the Insert Object window click the Create form file button and then type the path to the file If you
do not know the path click the Browse button and find where you stored the file 8 Click the Link check box and then click the OK button 9 Wait for a few seconds while Access creates the unbound object frame and displays the object
Activity 14 CREATING OBJECTS AND ADDING OBJECTS TO A FORM
CREATE A LOGO
PROCEDURE 1 Create a Logo using the MS Word or MS PowerPoint or Paint Program size 1rdquo height and 15rdquo
width
2 After creating the logo Copy the Logo and Paste to the Employees Salaries Entry Form and be sure that the form must be in Design View
3 Click the Form View button to see the changes that had been created 4 Add a Title and Type RGB Company Place beside the Logo
Activity 15 ADDING COMMAND BUTTONS ON YOUR FORM
If you want to insert another command button aside from the navigation buttons the following steps show you how to add a command button to a form 1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Command Button from the Control Group and then click where you want to place the
button 3 And be sure that Control Wizard button is activated 4 The Command Button Wizard appears on your screen telling you to answer this question What
Action do you want to happen when the button is pressed Select the Categories first Record Navigation Second selects the action Go to First Record
5 Then click the Next button 6 On the next dialog box telling you again to answer the next question Do you want text or picture
on the button If you choose Text you can type text to display If you choose Picture you can click Browse to find a picture to display Select Picture and select also Go to First
7 Then click the Next button again to go to next dialog box 8 The next dialog box telling you again to answer the next question What do you want to name the
button A meaningful name will help you to refer to the button later Then type First Record Thatrsquos all information the wizards to create your command button
9 Last steps click the Finish button And Access displays the command button with picture 10 Now add the following command buttons
A Go to First Record B Go to Previous Record C Go to Next Record D Go to Last Record E Find Record F Add New Record G Save Record H Delete Record I Print Record J Undo Record K Close Form
RGB
RGB Company
Lesson 12
CREATING OTHER FORMS
Objective In this lesson you will learn to create a Subform and filter the records on form
What is a SubForm
Subform is a form that is displayed within a form You can think of a formsubform combination as a hierarchical form a masterdetail form or a parentchild form wherein the primary form is called the main form and the form within the form is called subform Subforms are efficient when you want to display data from tables or queries with a one-to-many relationship
Activity 16 CREATING A SUBFORM
Create the Employees Gross Pay Form attached this from to the Employees Profile Form to create a subform
CREATING SUBFORM (EMPLOYEES INCOME FORM)
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Income Form using the Tabular Auto Form 1 In the Create tab click the More Forms and Select Form Wizard 2 Click the down-arrow button located to the right of the TablesQueries box and then select the
Employees Income table from the list Select the following fields Department NDW RPD and GrossPay Click the Next button
3 Select the Tabular Layout and Click Next button 4 Select the Style that you like and click Next button 5 Type Employees Gross Pay Form in the Title of the Form Access generates the form and
displays the records in the Form View window Click the Form View button to display the formrsquos design view
CREATING MAIN FORM (EMPLOYEES PROFILE FORM)
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Profile Form using the Blank Form 1 In the All Access Objects Window click Employees Info Table In the Create tab at Forms
Group and Select Form 2 Click the View button drop down list and select Design View
3 After modifying the form click and drag the Employees Income Form and place it below the
Position Label box and release the mouse 4 Click the View button drop down list and select Form View to display the records in the Form
View window And then click the Save button filename Employees Profile Form
Filter is a condition you placed on the records in an open form to temporarily separate a subset of records After applying the filter Access will display a record that meets the criteria you have specified However the next time you open the Form it displays all records until you click the Apply FilterSort command to apply the filter
Filter Records in a Form
When you are working with a form sometimes you may need a quick way to filter records To meet this need Access provides your three methods that you can use to filter records-Filter by Form Filter by Selection and Advanced FilterSort
USING FILTER BY SELECTION
The following steps show you how to filter records by using the Filter by Selection 1 In the Form View Window select the value that you want to be included in the results of the filter
For Example to display only the Employees under the Accounting Department then select the Accounting from the Department field
2 Click the and then click Equal ldquoAccountingrdquo The filtered results display only the records that contain the selected value
3 To further limit the set of records select another value and then repeat step 2 4 Save this form if you want to save the filter
USING THE FILTER BY FORM
The following steps show you how to filter a form by using the Filter By Form
1 In the Form View Window click the and then click Filter By Form 2 Access display the Filter By Form window and opens the Look for Tab select the field in which
you want to specify the criteria 3 Select the value from the list or type the value you want the filtered records to contain 4 To further limit the set of record select another field and type or select the new value 5 To specify the alternative values that filtered records can contain click the Or tab Select another
filed and enter a new value
6 Click the and then click Apply FilterSort 7 Save this Form if you want to save this filter
REMOVING A FILTER
After applying the filter you can display all the records that were previously in the Form by selecting the
Lesson 13
CREATING SIMPLE REPORTS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create reports using Report and Report Wizard
Why Create Reports Reports are specifically design to be printed and shared with other people With a report you can generate professional results that you can be proud of whether yoursquore distributing them on paper or publishing them on the Internet Reports are the method by which data can be viewed or printed in an organized and meaningful way Because you have control over the size and appearance of a report you can modify and display the data the way you want Creating a report is similar to creating a form However reports can only display data You cannot use it to input data
There are several ways to create a report ranging from easy-but-limited (Report) to difficult-but-very-flexible (Report Design) The intermediate choice is Report Wizard which offers some flexibility along with a fairly easy procedure
Report Create a basic report of the data in the current query or table to which you can add features such group or totals
Report Wizard Launch the report wizard which helps you to create simple customized reports
New Object Report Create a new blank report in design view In design view you can make advanced design changes to reports such as adding custom control types and writing codes
Labels Launch the label wizard to create standard or customized labels
Using Design View to Create a Report The Design View method is used if you want to create your own report from scratch without using a wizard When you used this method Access will create a blank report You will have to drag the fields and as well as any code that might be needed for the report
Activity 17 USING REPORT WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT
The Report Wizard offers a good compromise between ease of use and flexibility With Report Wizard you can use multiple tables or queries and choose a layout and format for your report Follow these steps to create a report with Report Wizard 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard
Multiple TablesQueries Allowed You donrsquot need to select a table or query from the drop down list in the New Report dialog box in step 3 because yoursquoll be selecting tables and queries in step 4 as part of the wizard
3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want to include fields
4 Click a field in the Available Fields list and then click the gt button to move it to the Selected Fields list Select the following fields EmployeeID Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity and Province
5 If necessary select another table or query from the TablesQueries list and repeat step 5 When you finish selecting fields click Next The next screen of the wizard appears
6 If you want the records grouped by any of the fields you selected click the field and click the gt button If you want to select more than one grouping level select them in the order you want them Then click Next to move on
Grouping The Instructions on the screen are bit cryptic By default there are no groups You have to select a field and click the gt button to create a grouping Grouping sets off each group on the report If you select a field to group by the Grouping Options button becomes active and you can click it to specify precise grouping settings
7 Next yoursquore asked what sort order you want to use If you want sorted records open the top drop-down list and select a field to sort by You can select up to four sorts from the drop-down lists Then click Next
8 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
9 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button
Ascending or Descending By default Access sorts in ascending order (A-Z) Click the AZ button next to the box to change the sort order to descending (Z-A) if you want
10 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area When you click an option button the sample in the box changes to show you what yoursquove selected Select Tabular Layout
11 Choose the orientation for your printed report Portrait (across the narrow edge of the paper) or Landscape (across wide edge of the paper) Then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue
12 In the next wizard dialog box yoursquore asked to choose a report style Several are listed click one to see a sample of it When youre satisfied with your choice click Next
13 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Info Report as the name of the report 14 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
Activity 18 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report 3 The report appears in Layout View 4 Save the report as Employees Info ndash Tabular
Activity 19 USING REPORT WIZARD CREATING A REPORT BASED ON MORE THAN ONE TABLE
From the previous discussion you saw how easy it is to create a simple report based on Employees Info table Using again the Report Wizard you can create a report based on more than one table This wizard speeds up the process of creating a report that brings data together from more than one table
The following steps show you how to create a report based on the Employees Info and Employees Income tables 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard button 3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want
to include fields 4 Access displays the first dialog box of the report wizard Click the gt button to move the EmployeeID
Lastname Firstname Middlename and TIN fields from the Available Fields box to the Selected Fields box
5 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
6 Click the gt button again to move the Department NDW PR and GP fields to the Selected Fields box
7 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Deduction table from the list
8 Click the gt button again to move the SSS PHIC WTAX ADV_VALE and TD fields to the Selected Fields box
9 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
10 Click the gt button again to move the NP fields to the Selected Fields box 11 After moving the needed fields click the Next button 12 Because you want to group the report by Department select the Department field in the list box and
click the gt button This second step of the report wizard enables you to set the grouping options for the report Click the Next button
13 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
14 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button 15 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area Select Stepped Layout And
then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue 16 In the next dialog box enables you to set a Style for the report Choose a style that is appropriate
and then click the Next button 17 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Payroll Registry Report as the name of the
report 18 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
USING LABEL WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT The Label Wizard is a powerful but easy to use wizard that is used to create standard mailing labels or other types of labels Lesson 15 ldquoCreating Labelsrdquo goes into great detail about creating mailing label in Access Sections of a Report
Report Header The report header appears once at the beginning of a report You can use it for items such as logo report title or print date
Page Header The page header appears at the top of every page in the report You use it to display items such as column headings
Detail Section The detail section contains the main body of a reportrsquos data This section is repeated for each record in the reportrsquos underlying record source
Page Footer The page footer appears at the bottom of every page in the report You use it to display items such as page numbers
Report Footer The Report footer appears once at the end of the report You use it to display items such as report totals The report footer is the last section in the report design but appears before the page footer on the last page of the printed report
Group Header By grouping records that share a common value You can calculate subtotals and make a report easier to read A group header appears at the beginning of a new group of records You use it to display information that applies to the group as a whole such a group name and department and so on
Setting up a Report After creating and viewing the report in the Print Preview window you are now ready to print it on the paper Not quite you have still to modify how the report will look when it is printed Follow these steps to modify the report before printing it
1 In the Layout View mode Click Page Setup 2 In response Access displays the Page Setup window This window contains three tabs ndash Margins
Page and Columns 3 In the Margin tab change the page margins if you want to put more data into a page The sample
preview on the right side of the window changes as you change the margins
4 Click the Page tab sets the orientation paper size and source and the printer to use for the report 5 In the Columns tab set the different field layout properties by changing the number of columns and
the row spacing 6 Click the OK button
Lesson 14
CUSTOMIZING A REPORT
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to move and size the controls to make the report more attractive and readable to center the heading of the report and to change controlrsquos border width
Entering Report Design View When you finish previewing a report yoursquove created close Print Preview and yoursquore automatically in Report Design view If you want to come back to Report Design view later from the Database window perform these steps 1 Right Click the report that you want to modify 2 Click the Design View button Report Views The different options to view reports are ndash Design View Print Preview and Layout Preview
Design View to create a new report or modify the structure of an existing report
Print Preview shows all the data that will appear on every page of the report
Layout Preview to quickly look the reportrsquos layout but it only includes enough data to show you what the report will look like
SWITCHING TO DESIGN VIEW The following are the methods to switch to the Design View If you are in Print Preview click the Close button to display the reportrsquos design Or in the Database Window 1 Click the View button 2 Select the report you want to view 3 Click the Design button SWITCHING TO REPORT OR LAYOUT PREVIEW To switch to Report or Layout view make sure you are in the Design View then click the Print Preview button to view all the data on a report or click the Layout Preview button to view the reportrsquos layout Changing the Appearance of the Report You can change the appearance of the report by means of moving sizing aligning or formatting a control The following sections describe how to customize a report
MOVING AND SIZING CONTROLS Access provides several tools to manipulate the controls in the Report Design view After the controls are added on the report you can easily move align and size them You can size or move a control only if it is selected To select a control simply clicks it Once it is selected you can size it by placing the mouse pointer on one of its size handles and dragging Or you can use the To Fit option from the Size command of the Format menu
Note To select more than one control hold down the shift key while clicking each control
To move a selected control simply place the mouse pointer on the control with its attached label and then move it
Activity 20 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 5 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees
IncomeTable 6 Click the Report 7 The report appears in Layout View 8 Save the report as Employees Income Report CHANGING A LABEL To change the name of a selected label with a new name follow these steps 1 Click the label you want to change 2 Click inside the selected label 3 Change the label with a new text ALIGNING OF TEXT IN CONTROLS You can use the alignment buttons on the Toolbar to change the alignment of a selected text in a control For example you might want the heading of your report to appear to the center of a control instead of to the left To center the Employees Income Report heading follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 On the Formatting Toolbar click the Center button to center the text CHANGING BORDER WIDTH When you create a form or report Access automatically surrounds the controls with a border The default controlrsquos border width setting is hairline but you can easily change it by using the Border Width property setting which range from 0 to 6 points To change the Employees Income Report width follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 Press F4 To display Property Window 3 In the Property dialog box click the vertical scroll bar until you find Border Width option 4 Click the Border Width box and then click the down-arrow button 5 From the list select the new border width that you want
Lesson 15
CREATING MAILING LABELS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to make mailing labels using names and address in a database
Easy Mailing Labels with Access If you have ever done mass mailings to club members customers or even friends the worst part was probably addressing all those envelopes Most Word processors (such as Word) have mailing label features that enable you to create mailing labels from a list of names but Access is even better it lets you create mailing labels directly from an address book database (or any other database) Many times in a corporation they need to mail a letter to all of their customers Given a database that contains customer records (Name Address TownCity and Province) you can easily create mailing labels Access provides a powerful and easy-to-use Label Wizard that allows you to design a mailing label To create a mailing label from Employees Info table determine the followings
First examine the fields contained in this table Second decides which field goes to the label And third determine the format of the label
Examining the Employees Info table you can see that the label should contain the following lines
Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity Province
Activity 21 CREATING MAILING LABEL WITH THE LABEL WIZARD
After determining the format of the label you are now ready to create a mailing label 1 Open the Payroll Database Select the Employees Info table and click the Create tab 2 Click Labels button 3 The first screen of the label Wizard appears In this dialog box access displays a predefined set of
label sizes and Select the Product Number 5160 from the list 4 Click Sheet feed or Continuous (Sheet-Fed labels are single sheets continuous labels are joined to
the previous and next sheet at the top and they have perforated strips on the side that feed through a dot-matrix printer) And then click the Next button
5 Next yoursquore asked about the appearance of the text Choose a font from the Font Name drop-down list and choose a font size from the Font Size drop-down list
Donrsquot Make the Font Too Big If you need to print multiple lines on each label make sure that the font size you select is small enough that all lines will fit For mailing labels 8 or 10 point type works well it is large enough to be read by US Postal Service machines but itrsquos small enough that you can fit several lines on each label
6 With some fonts you can choose a font weight Open the Font Weight drop-down list and choose a different weight if you want Normal will work well in most cases
7 If you would like color labels (and you have a color printer) choose a different color from the Text Color List To do so click the button next to the Text Color box choose from the Color dialog box that appears and then click OK to return
Avoid Light Colors If yoursquore making labels to be sent through the US Postal Service keep in mind that their machines canrsquot read light-colored ink such as yellow or pale pink Choose a dark color to ensure that your addresses will be read correctly
8 Click the Italic andor the Underline check box if you want the text formatted with either or both of those attributes Then click Nextgt to continue
9 In the next dialog box you are going to create a template for your labels As you can see this box contains a list box called Available fields and another box called Prototype label To create the template for your labels follow these steps
Select the Lastname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Firstname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Press the Spacebar key to create a space
Select the Middlename field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the Address field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the TownCity field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Province field in the Available field list and then click the gt button 10 Click the Next button 11 In the next dialog box you can specify the sort key of the mailing labels You can sort the labels by
one or more fields To sort the mailing labels select the Lastname field as the sort key and then click the gt button Select the Firstname field and then click the gt button again This process tells Access to sort the mailing label by Lastname and then by Firstname Click the Next button to move to the last dialog box in the Label Wizard
Order Is Important If you pick more than one field to sort by Access sorts the records first by first field you select then by the second and so on So itrsquos important to choose the field first that you want to sort by first If theyrsquore in the wrong order click the ltlt button to remove them all from the Sort By list and then start over
12 In the last screen yoursquore asked for a title or name Enter Employees Info ndash Label and click the Finish Your labels appear in Print Preview just like any other report
Printing Labels You can print by clicking the Print button or you can close the Print Preview box by clicking the Close button Modifying Your Labels If you want to modify the labels you can enter Report Design view and make changes just as you would with any report Just click the labels on the Reports tab and then click Design Your label design appears Use all the same editing techniques that you learned in ldquoCustomizing a Reportrdquo to make changes to your label Editing a Mailing Label After creating a mailing label you can make minor changes to it by changing the font type and size of the text in the controls and by changing the size of controls However if you want to make major changes to the label it is much better to create a new label than to edit it
CHANGING THE FONT TYPE AND SIZE OF TEXT
To change the font type and size of text in the controls follow these steps 1 Right click Employees Info- Labels and then click the Design View button 2 In response Access displays the label in the Design View Click the control that contains the text you
want to change 3 In the Formatting toolbar click the down-arrow button on the Font Name box and then select the font
you want 4 To change the font size click the down-arrow button on the Font Size box and then select the size
you want CHANGING THE SIZE OF CONTROL
The following steps show you how to resize a control 1 In Design View click the control you want to resize 2 Drag the sizing handle
Lesson 16
CREATING MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create main switchboard and adding graphics in switchboard
Create and manage a switchboard form
When you use the Local Templates to create a database Microsoft Access automatically creates a switchboard that helps you to navigate around the database This switchboard has buttons that you can click to open forms and reports (or open other switchboards that open additional forms and reports) quit Microsoft Access or customize the switchboard You can create a switchboard similar to the one that the Local Templates creates by using the Switchboard Manager
What do you want to do
1 Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager 2 Create a new switchboard that you can open from the opening switchboard 3 Make a change to an existing switchboard 4 Change which switchboard is automatically displayed when you open the database 5 Delete a switchboard
Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager When you use the Database Wizard to create a database the wizard creates a switchboard that makes it easy to navigate between the Forms and Reports in your database If you want to build the same type of switchboard for a database you created yourself you can use the Switchboard Manager 1 Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager 2 If Microsoft Access asks if youd like to create a switchboard click Yes 3 In the Switchboard Manager dialog box click the New button 4 In the Create New Window type Forms Switchboard at the Switchboard Page Name and click the
OK button 5 Repeat Step 4-5 In the Create New Window type Reports Switchboard at the Switchboard Page
Name and click the OK button
Activity 22 CREATING A SWITCHBOARD ITEM AT THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager
2 In the Switchboard Manager Window Select Forms Switchboard and then click the Edit button 3 In the Edit Switchboard Page Window Click the New button 4 In the Edit Switchboard Item Type the EnterView Employees Information in Columnar in the
Text Box 5 In the Command Box click the drop-down list button and select Open Form in Edit Mode 6 In the Forms Box click the drop-down list button and select Employees Info-Columnar and click the
OK 7 Repeat Step 2-5 based on the given table below Until yoursquore through with Forms Switchboard and
click the Close button to close the Edit Switchboard Page Window
8 And then you can continue with Reports and Main Switchboard with the same procedures repeat Steps 1-6
Table ndash Switchboard Manager
SWITCHBOARD PAGE SWITCHBOARD ITEM COMMAND OBJECTS
Main Switchboard EnterView Information Goto Switchboard Forms Switchboard
Preview Reports Goto Switchboard Reports Switchboard
Change Switchboard Items Design Application
Exit this database Exit Application
Forms Switchboard Employees Information Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Profile
Employees Salaries Entry Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Salaries Entry
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Reports Switchboard Preview Employees Payroll Registry Report
Open Report Employees Payroll Registry Report
Preview Employees Info Report Open Report Employees Info
Preview the Labels Employees Info
Open Report Employees Info - Label
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Startup Application is used whenever you open your database it will open the main switchboard
Activity 23 CREATING A STARTUP APPLICATION BASED ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Follow these steps to create a startup application 1 Click the Office button and select Access Options in order to display Start Application 2 In the Startup Window type Main Menu ndash Payroll Database in the Application Title box 3 In the Display Form box click the drop-down list button and then select Switchboard and then click
the OK button 4 To check if it is start on the Main Switchboard close the Database and then open the Payroll
Database again
Create a new blank form in Design View In Design View you can make advanced design changes to
forms such as adding custom control types and writing code
Creating a Form
You can create form through a process known as wizards Wizards speed up the process of creating a
professional form because it does the basic work for you There are two types of wizards that you used to
create a form and these are ndash Form and Form Wizard You can use both of these forms to add edit or
delete data from a table or query
Form creates a form that displays all fields and records in the selected table or query in the blink of an eye Form Wizard is hidden under the More Forms command It walks you through the process of creating more customized forms
Creating a Form with The easiest way to create a form is with Form Form simply plunks the fields from a single table into a form itrsquos the least flexible form but itrsquos very convenient
Activity 10 CREATING A FORM WITH FORM
Follow these steps 1 In the All Access Objects window or pane click the Employee Info table 2 Click the Create Tab from Form group click Form 3 And then click the Save button and name it as Employees Profile Form
Creating a Form with
Form Wizard
The Form wizards require the user to interact with Access by providing some information that will be used to create a new form This type of wizards takes you through several different steps and asks you several questions before it creates a form There are four different types of layout in Form Wizard available in Access and these are Columnar Tabular Datasheet and Justified
Activity 11 CREATING A FORM WITH FORM WIZARD
The Form Wizard offers a good compromise between the automation of Auto Form and the control of creating a form from scratch The following steps show you how to create a new form using the form Wizard 1 Click the Create tab click More Forms and Select Form Wizard 2 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and then choose the Employees Info table from the list 3 Click the OK button 4 In the next dialog box Access displays all the fields associated with the highlighted table Click the gtgt
button to move all the fields into the Selected fields box All the fields that appear in the left box will appear on the new form
5 Click Next to continue Yoursquoll be asked to choose a layout Columnar (the most common) Tabular Datasheet or Justified Click each of the buttons to see a preview of that type When yoursquove made a decision click the one you want and click Next
6 In this next step Access asks you to select a background for your form select any of the Style The preview of the form appears on the left side Click the Next button
7 The final step in the Form Wizard asks you to type a title for the form being created Type Employees Info Form as the title of this new form
8 Click the Finish button and the form appears ready for data entry The first record in table appears in it
Sections of a Form
Form Header A form header displays information that you want to show for every record such as a title of the form or command buttons that open related forms or carry out other tasks A form header appears at the top of the screen in Form view and at the top of the first page when printed
Page Header A page header displays information such as a title graphics column headings or any information that you want at the top of every printed page Page headers appear only on printed forms
Detail Section A detail section displays records You can either display one record on the screen or page or you can display as many as will fit
Page Footer Page footer displays information such as the date page number or any information that you want at the bottom of every printed page Page footers appear only on printed forms
Form Footer Form footer displays information that you want to show for every record such as command buttons or instructions for using the form Form footer appears only at the bottom of the screen in Form view or after the last detail section on the last page when printed
The Navigation Buttons
The buttons at the bottom of the window in Form View are called Navigation Buttons These buttons give the user a graphical way of quickly moving between records The following table briefly describes these buttons
Button Description Function
First record Moves to the first record
Previous record Moves to the next record
Last record Moves to the last record
Next record Moves to the next record
Blank (new) record Add a new record
You create a basic form and customize it in Design view (Design view A window that shows the design of these database objects tables queries forms and reports macros and data access pages In Design view you can create new database objects and modify the design of existing ones) to suit your requirements
1 In the All Access Objects window or pane click the Employee Info table 2 Click the Create Tab from Form group click Form Design 3 Click the name of the table or other record source that includes the data you want to base your form
on If the form wont contain data (for example if you want to create a form to use as a switchboard to open other forms or reports or if you want to create a custom dialog box) dont select anything from field list
If you want to create a form that uses data from more than one table base your form on a query
Activity 12 CREATING A FORM USING FORM DESIGN
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Salaries Entry form based on Employees Info Employees Income and Employees Deduction tables 1 Click the Create tab click Blank Forms 2 At Blank Form change view into Design View 3 Select the following fields from the Employees Info Table EmployeeID Lastname Firstname
Middlename and Position 4 Click again the down-arrow button located to the right of the TablesQueries box and then select the
Employees Income table from the list 5 The fields of the Employees Income table are displayed in the Available Fields box In this box the
EmployeeID field is highlighted Since we are already used the EmployeeID of the Employees Info table there is no need for you to select this field again
6 Instead select the Department field and click the gt button to moved this field in the Selected Fields box
7 Click the gt again trice to move the NDW PR and GP fields in the Selected Fields box respectively 8 Click again the down-arrow button located to the right of the TablesQueries box and then select the
Employees Deduction table from the list 9 Select the following fields of the Employees Deduction Table SSS PHIC HDMF WTAX
ADV_VALE and TD 10 After selecting the necessary fields click now the Next button 11 Click again the down-arrow button located to the right of the TablesQueries box and then select the
Employees Income table from the list 12 Select the following fields of the Employees Income Table NP 13 After selecting the necessary fields click now the Next button 14 The next step in the Form Wizard is the selection of layout for your form Select the layout that you
want in this Activity select Columnar and then click the Next button 15 In the next step the Form Wizard asks you to select the background From the available list select
the background that you want in this exercise select Office and then click the Next button 16 The final step in the Form Wizard asks you to enter a name for your form Type Employees Salaries
Entry as the name for this form and then click the Finish button Wait for a few seconds while Access generates the form
Property Sheets
In Microsoft Access you use properties to determine the characteristics of tables queries fields forms reports and data access pages Every section and control on a form report or data access page has properties as well Control properties determine the structure appearance and behavior of a control as well as the characteristics of the text or data it contains
The title bar shows the type and name of the selected object
Each tab displays properties of a specific category
Note To open the properties window in design view press F4
Printing a Form After Access displays the new form in the Form View window you can print this form by following these steps
1 Click the Office button point to Print and then click Print button 2 In the Print dialog box click OK button
Lesson 10
MODIFYING FORM
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to modify a form
Arranging and Repositioning of Controls
Controls are graphical objects as labels text boxes lists check boxes and buttons that you place in
a form to display the data or perform an action Using a form you are not limited to change the labels and
text boxes size of each item rather you can also move or reposition each control inside the form For
Example if you want to move the GP control follows these steps
1 Right click the Employees Salaries Entry and select Design View 2 Press and hold the left mouse button Notice while you are still holding the left mouse button the
mouse pointer changes to an open hand 3 Drag the control on a new location 4 Release the mouse button 5 Now try to rearrange the controls of the Employees Salaries Entry Form as displayed
Using the Controls Group
To simplify your task of placing controls on a form Access provides an extensive tool set in the toolbox The table below briefly describes each tool set in the toolbox
TOOL TOOL NAME PURPOSE
Select Object Selects an Object
Control Wizard Turns the control wizard on or off
Label Create a label to display text
Text Box Create a box to display or edit data
Option Group Creates a group of control that allows one choice
Toggle Button Create a button to indicate a true value when pushed
Option Button Create one button in a single choice set of buttons
Check Box Create a box to indicate a true or false value
Combo Box Create a box to edit data or to choose value from a list
List Box Create a list of values
Button Create a button to run a macro or call a Visual Basic function
Image Create a frame to display a static image
Unbound Object Create a frame to display an OLE object
Bound Object Create a frame to display an OLE object from the database
Page Break Mark the beginning of a new screen or page
SubformSubreport Create a frame to display an embedded form or report
Line Create a line
Rectangle Create a rectangle
Types of Control
The Access form can have one of the three types of controls and these are bound unbound and calculated The following section describes the differences between these types
BOUND CONTROLS
A control that is connected or tied to a field in a formrsquos underlying table or query You use the bound control to display add and update values from a field in your database In this activity you are going to add bound controls to Employees Salaries Entry Form You will begin by deleting the original controls in the form ndash the controls bound to the Sex fields ndash and replace them with bound control the Sex text box becomes a Combo box
ADDING BOUND CONTROLS TO THE FORM
To add button controls to the form you have to follow these general steps 1 In the toolbox click a button that represents the type of control that you want 2 Click the Field List button and then select the field that you want to display in the control 3 Drag the selected field to the form
PLACING COMBO BOXES IN A FORM
To place a combo box in the form follow these steps 1 In the Design View window right click the Gender text box 2 And then point to Change to and then select Combo Box 3 Click the Save button from the Quick Access Toolbar
UNBOUND CONTROLS
In an unbound control the field is not connected or linked in the underlying table or query You can use unbound control to display information lines rectangles and pictures
ADDING UNBOUND CONTROLS TO THE FORM
Your next step for revising the form is to add two unbound controls to the form-a label that serve as the heading and rectangle that will surround the text boxes
PLACING A STAND - ALONE LABEL TO THE FORM
You can create a stand-alone label on the form by using the Label button located on the Toolbox This kind of label is not attached to any other form Its function is to create other information such as heading or title on a form 1 In Design View Select Label button from Control Group 2 Click the Label button and then drag the mouse pointer on the Form Detail Section When you have
the mouse pointer it will appear as a +A
3 Click the left mouse button and type this heading Employee Name Then press the Enter key to complete your entry
4 In the toolbar click the down-arrow on the Font Size box and then select 14 from the list click the Bold button
5 Reposition and resize the label box 6 Click the Label button and then drag the mouse pointer on the Form Detail Section When you have
the mouse pointer it will appear as a +A
7 Click the left mouse button and type this heading Earnings Then press the Enter key to complete your entry
8 In the toolbar click the down-arrow on the Font Size box and then select 14 from the list click the Bold button
9 Reposition and resize the label box 10 Click the Label button and then drag the mouse pointer on the Form Detail Section When you have
the mouse pointer it will appear as a +A
11 Click the left mouse button and type this heading Deductions Then press the Enter key to complete your entry
12 In the toolbar click the down-arrow on the Font Size box and then select 14 from the list click the Bold button
13 Reposition and resize the label box
CREATING A RECTANGLE
The second unbound control that you are going to place on the form is by draw a rectangle around the label heading To draw this rectangle follow these steps 1 In the Toolbox click the Rectangle button 2 Position the mouse pointer just above the label heading
3 When you move the mouse pointer it will appear as +
4 Hold down the left mouse button and drag the mouse pointer to surround your heading Then release the mouse pointer
Note If the rectangle that you placed in your form hides the heading you created previously Click the Format menu and then choose the Send to Back command
5 Click the Form View button to display your form
Activity 13 MODIFYING FORM
CHANGING THE LABEL
The following steps show you how to change the labelrsquos name
1 With the Form still active click the Form View button To display the Form Design View 2 Click the Form Maximize button to expand the formrsquos size 3 Position the mouse pointer on the NDW label and then press the left mouse button Access
displays a small black square around the text box 4 Move the mouse pointer inside the NDW label box and then press the left mouse button again 5 Delete the word NDW and then type Number of Days Worked 6 Repeat procedure number 4 and 5 to change the label
Label Change to PR Rate per Day GP Gross Pay TD Total Deduction NP Net Pay
7 See the result of the revised form
CALCULATED CONTROL
To display the calculated GP of each Employee in a form you can add a Calculated control on the Ave field A Calculated control uses an expression to define a calculation for the control Expressions are combinations of operators (such as + or -) control names field names functions and constants that returns a value The following steps show you how to add a calculated control to the GP field
In the Form Design Window click the Gross Pay text box Access displays a small black square around the field
Click the GP field again Inside the Text box delete the GP then type this expression
=([NDW][PR]) Click the TD field again Inside the Text box delete the TD then type this expression
=([SSS]+[PHIC]+HDMF+WTAX+ADV_VALE) Click the NP field again Inside the Text box delete the NP then type this expression
=([GP][TD])
Click the Form View button to display the form
Lesson 11
ADDING OBJECTS AND COMMAND BUTTONS TO A FORM
Objective In this lesson you will learn to create an unbound object to a form using the unbound object control To create and to modify the embedded object One of the main feature of Access is it enables the user to add objects created in other application to an Access form For Example you can add the companyrsquos logo that you created with Paint Program or other graphics program The type of control used to add picture or object depends whether you want the object to be bound or unbound
Understanding OLE
One of the most important features of OLE is its capability to create embedded object For Example you can insert in your form drawings that you created manually in your Paint Program Another feature of OLE is that you can create an object and then embed it or you can embed existing file that contains text chart spreadsheet data or drawings The third feature of OLE is that you have the convenience of being to update it in the original application without the trouble of remembering which object came from which source programs ndash the embedded object will open the source application every time you double-click the object
Adding Unbound Objects
You can insert an unbound object to the Form by using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox When you insert the Object you have a choice of either embedded it into form or linked it to the original file The difference is that an embedded object is stored in the form and is always available A linked object is stored in the source file you can edit the object file separately and have the latest changes appear on your form EMBEDDING UNBOUND OBJECT
Using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox you can easily embed object The following steps show you how to insert an object from Paint Program to Access if you have a scan logo we can embed it and place it to your form
1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Unbound Object button on the Toolbox 3 Place the mouse pointer on the form Click where you want to embed the object The Insert Object
dialog box opens 4 Open the Paint Program and Open the file for example HAUBMP 5 Then select the Logo and click the Copy button or click Edit menu then Copy 6 Select the Microsoft Access at the task bar and since that you are still in Design View clicks the
Unbound Object 7 And then click the Paste button or click Edit menu then Paste 8 After Copy and Paste the object adjust the size of the window of the object 9 Click the Form View button to see the changes that had been created
CREATING AND EMBEDDED UNBOUND OBJECT
Most Windows applications that support OLE make it easy to create a new object and embed it in the document Using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox you can easily embed object The following steps show you how to embed unbound object in the Employees Salaries Entry Form 1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Unbound Object button on the Toolbox 3 Place the mouse pointer on the form Click where you want to embed the object The Insert Object
dialog box opens 4 In the Object type box select the type of the object that you want to create For Example if you want
to create a picture on your form select the Paintbrush Picture object 5 Click the OK button The applications that you choose either will opens or display a window into
which you can create the object 6 Create the object that you want 7 After creating the object adjust the size of the window of the object 8 Click the File menu and then click Exit and Return to Employees Salaries Entry Form The new
object is then embedded in your form 9 In the Form Design View click the objectrsquos size handle and then adjust the size and proportion of
the object
EDITING EMBEDDED OBJECT
If you want to edit the embedded object for example you want to add new data to it you can easily do so by following these steps 1 In the Form Design View double-click the embedded to open it 2 Edit the object 3 After editing click File menu and then click Exit and Return to Employees Salaries Entry Form
DELETING EMBEDDED OBJECT
Deleting an embedded object is easier than creating it To delete the embedded object just select it and then press the DELETE key
CREATING AND LINKING UNBOUND OBJECT
Linking an object is very useful if you plan to use the same object on several forms but you do not want to include it in your database file When you linked the object you only store the object at once but if the linked object file is move you have to reconnect the link The following steps show you how to create and link an object to form 1 Open the Windows Accessories Paint program 2 Create the picture that you want 3 Save the picture by choosing the Save command from the File menu 4 Close the Paint program 5 Open the Access program 6 From the Design View of the Employees Salaries Entry Form click the Unbound Object and then
click where you want to place the object 7 In the Insert Object window click the Create form file button and then type the path to the file If you
do not know the path click the Browse button and find where you stored the file 8 Click the Link check box and then click the OK button 9 Wait for a few seconds while Access creates the unbound object frame and displays the object
Activity 14 CREATING OBJECTS AND ADDING OBJECTS TO A FORM
CREATE A LOGO
PROCEDURE 1 Create a Logo using the MS Word or MS PowerPoint or Paint Program size 1rdquo height and 15rdquo
width
2 After creating the logo Copy the Logo and Paste to the Employees Salaries Entry Form and be sure that the form must be in Design View
3 Click the Form View button to see the changes that had been created 4 Add a Title and Type RGB Company Place beside the Logo
Activity 15 ADDING COMMAND BUTTONS ON YOUR FORM
If you want to insert another command button aside from the navigation buttons the following steps show you how to add a command button to a form 1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Command Button from the Control Group and then click where you want to place the
button 3 And be sure that Control Wizard button is activated 4 The Command Button Wizard appears on your screen telling you to answer this question What
Action do you want to happen when the button is pressed Select the Categories first Record Navigation Second selects the action Go to First Record
5 Then click the Next button 6 On the next dialog box telling you again to answer the next question Do you want text or picture
on the button If you choose Text you can type text to display If you choose Picture you can click Browse to find a picture to display Select Picture and select also Go to First
7 Then click the Next button again to go to next dialog box 8 The next dialog box telling you again to answer the next question What do you want to name the
button A meaningful name will help you to refer to the button later Then type First Record Thatrsquos all information the wizards to create your command button
9 Last steps click the Finish button And Access displays the command button with picture 10 Now add the following command buttons
A Go to First Record B Go to Previous Record C Go to Next Record D Go to Last Record E Find Record F Add New Record G Save Record H Delete Record I Print Record J Undo Record K Close Form
RGB
RGB Company
Lesson 12
CREATING OTHER FORMS
Objective In this lesson you will learn to create a Subform and filter the records on form
What is a SubForm
Subform is a form that is displayed within a form You can think of a formsubform combination as a hierarchical form a masterdetail form or a parentchild form wherein the primary form is called the main form and the form within the form is called subform Subforms are efficient when you want to display data from tables or queries with a one-to-many relationship
Activity 16 CREATING A SUBFORM
Create the Employees Gross Pay Form attached this from to the Employees Profile Form to create a subform
CREATING SUBFORM (EMPLOYEES INCOME FORM)
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Income Form using the Tabular Auto Form 1 In the Create tab click the More Forms and Select Form Wizard 2 Click the down-arrow button located to the right of the TablesQueries box and then select the
Employees Income table from the list Select the following fields Department NDW RPD and GrossPay Click the Next button
3 Select the Tabular Layout and Click Next button 4 Select the Style that you like and click Next button 5 Type Employees Gross Pay Form in the Title of the Form Access generates the form and
displays the records in the Form View window Click the Form View button to display the formrsquos design view
CREATING MAIN FORM (EMPLOYEES PROFILE FORM)
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Profile Form using the Blank Form 1 In the All Access Objects Window click Employees Info Table In the Create tab at Forms
Group and Select Form 2 Click the View button drop down list and select Design View
3 After modifying the form click and drag the Employees Income Form and place it below the
Position Label box and release the mouse 4 Click the View button drop down list and select Form View to display the records in the Form
View window And then click the Save button filename Employees Profile Form
Filter is a condition you placed on the records in an open form to temporarily separate a subset of records After applying the filter Access will display a record that meets the criteria you have specified However the next time you open the Form it displays all records until you click the Apply FilterSort command to apply the filter
Filter Records in a Form
When you are working with a form sometimes you may need a quick way to filter records To meet this need Access provides your three methods that you can use to filter records-Filter by Form Filter by Selection and Advanced FilterSort
USING FILTER BY SELECTION
The following steps show you how to filter records by using the Filter by Selection 1 In the Form View Window select the value that you want to be included in the results of the filter
For Example to display only the Employees under the Accounting Department then select the Accounting from the Department field
2 Click the and then click Equal ldquoAccountingrdquo The filtered results display only the records that contain the selected value
3 To further limit the set of records select another value and then repeat step 2 4 Save this form if you want to save the filter
USING THE FILTER BY FORM
The following steps show you how to filter a form by using the Filter By Form
1 In the Form View Window click the and then click Filter By Form 2 Access display the Filter By Form window and opens the Look for Tab select the field in which
you want to specify the criteria 3 Select the value from the list or type the value you want the filtered records to contain 4 To further limit the set of record select another field and type or select the new value 5 To specify the alternative values that filtered records can contain click the Or tab Select another
filed and enter a new value
6 Click the and then click Apply FilterSort 7 Save this Form if you want to save this filter
REMOVING A FILTER
After applying the filter you can display all the records that were previously in the Form by selecting the
Lesson 13
CREATING SIMPLE REPORTS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create reports using Report and Report Wizard
Why Create Reports Reports are specifically design to be printed and shared with other people With a report you can generate professional results that you can be proud of whether yoursquore distributing them on paper or publishing them on the Internet Reports are the method by which data can be viewed or printed in an organized and meaningful way Because you have control over the size and appearance of a report you can modify and display the data the way you want Creating a report is similar to creating a form However reports can only display data You cannot use it to input data
There are several ways to create a report ranging from easy-but-limited (Report) to difficult-but-very-flexible (Report Design) The intermediate choice is Report Wizard which offers some flexibility along with a fairly easy procedure
Report Create a basic report of the data in the current query or table to which you can add features such group or totals
Report Wizard Launch the report wizard which helps you to create simple customized reports
New Object Report Create a new blank report in design view In design view you can make advanced design changes to reports such as adding custom control types and writing codes
Labels Launch the label wizard to create standard or customized labels
Using Design View to Create a Report The Design View method is used if you want to create your own report from scratch without using a wizard When you used this method Access will create a blank report You will have to drag the fields and as well as any code that might be needed for the report
Activity 17 USING REPORT WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT
The Report Wizard offers a good compromise between ease of use and flexibility With Report Wizard you can use multiple tables or queries and choose a layout and format for your report Follow these steps to create a report with Report Wizard 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard
Multiple TablesQueries Allowed You donrsquot need to select a table or query from the drop down list in the New Report dialog box in step 3 because yoursquoll be selecting tables and queries in step 4 as part of the wizard
3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want to include fields
4 Click a field in the Available Fields list and then click the gt button to move it to the Selected Fields list Select the following fields EmployeeID Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity and Province
5 If necessary select another table or query from the TablesQueries list and repeat step 5 When you finish selecting fields click Next The next screen of the wizard appears
6 If you want the records grouped by any of the fields you selected click the field and click the gt button If you want to select more than one grouping level select them in the order you want them Then click Next to move on
Grouping The Instructions on the screen are bit cryptic By default there are no groups You have to select a field and click the gt button to create a grouping Grouping sets off each group on the report If you select a field to group by the Grouping Options button becomes active and you can click it to specify precise grouping settings
7 Next yoursquore asked what sort order you want to use If you want sorted records open the top drop-down list and select a field to sort by You can select up to four sorts from the drop-down lists Then click Next
8 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
9 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button
Ascending or Descending By default Access sorts in ascending order (A-Z) Click the AZ button next to the box to change the sort order to descending (Z-A) if you want
10 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area When you click an option button the sample in the box changes to show you what yoursquove selected Select Tabular Layout
11 Choose the orientation for your printed report Portrait (across the narrow edge of the paper) or Landscape (across wide edge of the paper) Then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue
12 In the next wizard dialog box yoursquore asked to choose a report style Several are listed click one to see a sample of it When youre satisfied with your choice click Next
13 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Info Report as the name of the report 14 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
Activity 18 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report 3 The report appears in Layout View 4 Save the report as Employees Info ndash Tabular
Activity 19 USING REPORT WIZARD CREATING A REPORT BASED ON MORE THAN ONE TABLE
From the previous discussion you saw how easy it is to create a simple report based on Employees Info table Using again the Report Wizard you can create a report based on more than one table This wizard speeds up the process of creating a report that brings data together from more than one table
The following steps show you how to create a report based on the Employees Info and Employees Income tables 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard button 3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want
to include fields 4 Access displays the first dialog box of the report wizard Click the gt button to move the EmployeeID
Lastname Firstname Middlename and TIN fields from the Available Fields box to the Selected Fields box
5 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
6 Click the gt button again to move the Department NDW PR and GP fields to the Selected Fields box
7 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Deduction table from the list
8 Click the gt button again to move the SSS PHIC WTAX ADV_VALE and TD fields to the Selected Fields box
9 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
10 Click the gt button again to move the NP fields to the Selected Fields box 11 After moving the needed fields click the Next button 12 Because you want to group the report by Department select the Department field in the list box and
click the gt button This second step of the report wizard enables you to set the grouping options for the report Click the Next button
13 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
14 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button 15 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area Select Stepped Layout And
then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue 16 In the next dialog box enables you to set a Style for the report Choose a style that is appropriate
and then click the Next button 17 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Payroll Registry Report as the name of the
report 18 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
USING LABEL WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT The Label Wizard is a powerful but easy to use wizard that is used to create standard mailing labels or other types of labels Lesson 15 ldquoCreating Labelsrdquo goes into great detail about creating mailing label in Access Sections of a Report
Report Header The report header appears once at the beginning of a report You can use it for items such as logo report title or print date
Page Header The page header appears at the top of every page in the report You use it to display items such as column headings
Detail Section The detail section contains the main body of a reportrsquos data This section is repeated for each record in the reportrsquos underlying record source
Page Footer The page footer appears at the bottom of every page in the report You use it to display items such as page numbers
Report Footer The Report footer appears once at the end of the report You use it to display items such as report totals The report footer is the last section in the report design but appears before the page footer on the last page of the printed report
Group Header By grouping records that share a common value You can calculate subtotals and make a report easier to read A group header appears at the beginning of a new group of records You use it to display information that applies to the group as a whole such a group name and department and so on
Setting up a Report After creating and viewing the report in the Print Preview window you are now ready to print it on the paper Not quite you have still to modify how the report will look when it is printed Follow these steps to modify the report before printing it
1 In the Layout View mode Click Page Setup 2 In response Access displays the Page Setup window This window contains three tabs ndash Margins
Page and Columns 3 In the Margin tab change the page margins if you want to put more data into a page The sample
preview on the right side of the window changes as you change the margins
4 Click the Page tab sets the orientation paper size and source and the printer to use for the report 5 In the Columns tab set the different field layout properties by changing the number of columns and
the row spacing 6 Click the OK button
Lesson 14
CUSTOMIZING A REPORT
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to move and size the controls to make the report more attractive and readable to center the heading of the report and to change controlrsquos border width
Entering Report Design View When you finish previewing a report yoursquove created close Print Preview and yoursquore automatically in Report Design view If you want to come back to Report Design view later from the Database window perform these steps 1 Right Click the report that you want to modify 2 Click the Design View button Report Views The different options to view reports are ndash Design View Print Preview and Layout Preview
Design View to create a new report or modify the structure of an existing report
Print Preview shows all the data that will appear on every page of the report
Layout Preview to quickly look the reportrsquos layout but it only includes enough data to show you what the report will look like
SWITCHING TO DESIGN VIEW The following are the methods to switch to the Design View If you are in Print Preview click the Close button to display the reportrsquos design Or in the Database Window 1 Click the View button 2 Select the report you want to view 3 Click the Design button SWITCHING TO REPORT OR LAYOUT PREVIEW To switch to Report or Layout view make sure you are in the Design View then click the Print Preview button to view all the data on a report or click the Layout Preview button to view the reportrsquos layout Changing the Appearance of the Report You can change the appearance of the report by means of moving sizing aligning or formatting a control The following sections describe how to customize a report
MOVING AND SIZING CONTROLS Access provides several tools to manipulate the controls in the Report Design view After the controls are added on the report you can easily move align and size them You can size or move a control only if it is selected To select a control simply clicks it Once it is selected you can size it by placing the mouse pointer on one of its size handles and dragging Or you can use the To Fit option from the Size command of the Format menu
Note To select more than one control hold down the shift key while clicking each control
To move a selected control simply place the mouse pointer on the control with its attached label and then move it
Activity 20 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 5 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees
IncomeTable 6 Click the Report 7 The report appears in Layout View 8 Save the report as Employees Income Report CHANGING A LABEL To change the name of a selected label with a new name follow these steps 1 Click the label you want to change 2 Click inside the selected label 3 Change the label with a new text ALIGNING OF TEXT IN CONTROLS You can use the alignment buttons on the Toolbar to change the alignment of a selected text in a control For example you might want the heading of your report to appear to the center of a control instead of to the left To center the Employees Income Report heading follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 On the Formatting Toolbar click the Center button to center the text CHANGING BORDER WIDTH When you create a form or report Access automatically surrounds the controls with a border The default controlrsquos border width setting is hairline but you can easily change it by using the Border Width property setting which range from 0 to 6 points To change the Employees Income Report width follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 Press F4 To display Property Window 3 In the Property dialog box click the vertical scroll bar until you find Border Width option 4 Click the Border Width box and then click the down-arrow button 5 From the list select the new border width that you want
Lesson 15
CREATING MAILING LABELS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to make mailing labels using names and address in a database
Easy Mailing Labels with Access If you have ever done mass mailings to club members customers or even friends the worst part was probably addressing all those envelopes Most Word processors (such as Word) have mailing label features that enable you to create mailing labels from a list of names but Access is even better it lets you create mailing labels directly from an address book database (or any other database) Many times in a corporation they need to mail a letter to all of their customers Given a database that contains customer records (Name Address TownCity and Province) you can easily create mailing labels Access provides a powerful and easy-to-use Label Wizard that allows you to design a mailing label To create a mailing label from Employees Info table determine the followings
First examine the fields contained in this table Second decides which field goes to the label And third determine the format of the label
Examining the Employees Info table you can see that the label should contain the following lines
Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity Province
Activity 21 CREATING MAILING LABEL WITH THE LABEL WIZARD
After determining the format of the label you are now ready to create a mailing label 1 Open the Payroll Database Select the Employees Info table and click the Create tab 2 Click Labels button 3 The first screen of the label Wizard appears In this dialog box access displays a predefined set of
label sizes and Select the Product Number 5160 from the list 4 Click Sheet feed or Continuous (Sheet-Fed labels are single sheets continuous labels are joined to
the previous and next sheet at the top and they have perforated strips on the side that feed through a dot-matrix printer) And then click the Next button
5 Next yoursquore asked about the appearance of the text Choose a font from the Font Name drop-down list and choose a font size from the Font Size drop-down list
Donrsquot Make the Font Too Big If you need to print multiple lines on each label make sure that the font size you select is small enough that all lines will fit For mailing labels 8 or 10 point type works well it is large enough to be read by US Postal Service machines but itrsquos small enough that you can fit several lines on each label
6 With some fonts you can choose a font weight Open the Font Weight drop-down list and choose a different weight if you want Normal will work well in most cases
7 If you would like color labels (and you have a color printer) choose a different color from the Text Color List To do so click the button next to the Text Color box choose from the Color dialog box that appears and then click OK to return
Avoid Light Colors If yoursquore making labels to be sent through the US Postal Service keep in mind that their machines canrsquot read light-colored ink such as yellow or pale pink Choose a dark color to ensure that your addresses will be read correctly
8 Click the Italic andor the Underline check box if you want the text formatted with either or both of those attributes Then click Nextgt to continue
9 In the next dialog box you are going to create a template for your labels As you can see this box contains a list box called Available fields and another box called Prototype label To create the template for your labels follow these steps
Select the Lastname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Firstname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Press the Spacebar key to create a space
Select the Middlename field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the Address field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the TownCity field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Province field in the Available field list and then click the gt button 10 Click the Next button 11 In the next dialog box you can specify the sort key of the mailing labels You can sort the labels by
one or more fields To sort the mailing labels select the Lastname field as the sort key and then click the gt button Select the Firstname field and then click the gt button again This process tells Access to sort the mailing label by Lastname and then by Firstname Click the Next button to move to the last dialog box in the Label Wizard
Order Is Important If you pick more than one field to sort by Access sorts the records first by first field you select then by the second and so on So itrsquos important to choose the field first that you want to sort by first If theyrsquore in the wrong order click the ltlt button to remove them all from the Sort By list and then start over
12 In the last screen yoursquore asked for a title or name Enter Employees Info ndash Label and click the Finish Your labels appear in Print Preview just like any other report
Printing Labels You can print by clicking the Print button or you can close the Print Preview box by clicking the Close button Modifying Your Labels If you want to modify the labels you can enter Report Design view and make changes just as you would with any report Just click the labels on the Reports tab and then click Design Your label design appears Use all the same editing techniques that you learned in ldquoCustomizing a Reportrdquo to make changes to your label Editing a Mailing Label After creating a mailing label you can make minor changes to it by changing the font type and size of the text in the controls and by changing the size of controls However if you want to make major changes to the label it is much better to create a new label than to edit it
CHANGING THE FONT TYPE AND SIZE OF TEXT
To change the font type and size of text in the controls follow these steps 1 Right click Employees Info- Labels and then click the Design View button 2 In response Access displays the label in the Design View Click the control that contains the text you
want to change 3 In the Formatting toolbar click the down-arrow button on the Font Name box and then select the font
you want 4 To change the font size click the down-arrow button on the Font Size box and then select the size
you want CHANGING THE SIZE OF CONTROL
The following steps show you how to resize a control 1 In Design View click the control you want to resize 2 Drag the sizing handle
Lesson 16
CREATING MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create main switchboard and adding graphics in switchboard
Create and manage a switchboard form
When you use the Local Templates to create a database Microsoft Access automatically creates a switchboard that helps you to navigate around the database This switchboard has buttons that you can click to open forms and reports (or open other switchboards that open additional forms and reports) quit Microsoft Access or customize the switchboard You can create a switchboard similar to the one that the Local Templates creates by using the Switchboard Manager
What do you want to do
1 Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager 2 Create a new switchboard that you can open from the opening switchboard 3 Make a change to an existing switchboard 4 Change which switchboard is automatically displayed when you open the database 5 Delete a switchboard
Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager When you use the Database Wizard to create a database the wizard creates a switchboard that makes it easy to navigate between the Forms and Reports in your database If you want to build the same type of switchboard for a database you created yourself you can use the Switchboard Manager 1 Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager 2 If Microsoft Access asks if youd like to create a switchboard click Yes 3 In the Switchboard Manager dialog box click the New button 4 In the Create New Window type Forms Switchboard at the Switchboard Page Name and click the
OK button 5 Repeat Step 4-5 In the Create New Window type Reports Switchboard at the Switchboard Page
Name and click the OK button
Activity 22 CREATING A SWITCHBOARD ITEM AT THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager
2 In the Switchboard Manager Window Select Forms Switchboard and then click the Edit button 3 In the Edit Switchboard Page Window Click the New button 4 In the Edit Switchboard Item Type the EnterView Employees Information in Columnar in the
Text Box 5 In the Command Box click the drop-down list button and select Open Form in Edit Mode 6 In the Forms Box click the drop-down list button and select Employees Info-Columnar and click the
OK 7 Repeat Step 2-5 based on the given table below Until yoursquore through with Forms Switchboard and
click the Close button to close the Edit Switchboard Page Window
8 And then you can continue with Reports and Main Switchboard with the same procedures repeat Steps 1-6
Table ndash Switchboard Manager
SWITCHBOARD PAGE SWITCHBOARD ITEM COMMAND OBJECTS
Main Switchboard EnterView Information Goto Switchboard Forms Switchboard
Preview Reports Goto Switchboard Reports Switchboard
Change Switchboard Items Design Application
Exit this database Exit Application
Forms Switchboard Employees Information Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Profile
Employees Salaries Entry Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Salaries Entry
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Reports Switchboard Preview Employees Payroll Registry Report
Open Report Employees Payroll Registry Report
Preview Employees Info Report Open Report Employees Info
Preview the Labels Employees Info
Open Report Employees Info - Label
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Startup Application is used whenever you open your database it will open the main switchboard
Activity 23 CREATING A STARTUP APPLICATION BASED ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Follow these steps to create a startup application 1 Click the Office button and select Access Options in order to display Start Application 2 In the Startup Window type Main Menu ndash Payroll Database in the Application Title box 3 In the Display Form box click the drop-down list button and then select Switchboard and then click
the OK button 4 To check if it is start on the Main Switchboard close the Database and then open the Payroll
Database again
5 Click Next to continue Yoursquoll be asked to choose a layout Columnar (the most common) Tabular Datasheet or Justified Click each of the buttons to see a preview of that type When yoursquove made a decision click the one you want and click Next
6 In this next step Access asks you to select a background for your form select any of the Style The preview of the form appears on the left side Click the Next button
7 The final step in the Form Wizard asks you to type a title for the form being created Type Employees Info Form as the title of this new form
8 Click the Finish button and the form appears ready for data entry The first record in table appears in it
Sections of a Form
Form Header A form header displays information that you want to show for every record such as a title of the form or command buttons that open related forms or carry out other tasks A form header appears at the top of the screen in Form view and at the top of the first page when printed
Page Header A page header displays information such as a title graphics column headings or any information that you want at the top of every printed page Page headers appear only on printed forms
Detail Section A detail section displays records You can either display one record on the screen or page or you can display as many as will fit
Page Footer Page footer displays information such as the date page number or any information that you want at the bottom of every printed page Page footers appear only on printed forms
Form Footer Form footer displays information that you want to show for every record such as command buttons or instructions for using the form Form footer appears only at the bottom of the screen in Form view or after the last detail section on the last page when printed
The Navigation Buttons
The buttons at the bottom of the window in Form View are called Navigation Buttons These buttons give the user a graphical way of quickly moving between records The following table briefly describes these buttons
Button Description Function
First record Moves to the first record
Previous record Moves to the next record
Last record Moves to the last record
Next record Moves to the next record
Blank (new) record Add a new record
You create a basic form and customize it in Design view (Design view A window that shows the design of these database objects tables queries forms and reports macros and data access pages In Design view you can create new database objects and modify the design of existing ones) to suit your requirements
1 In the All Access Objects window or pane click the Employee Info table 2 Click the Create Tab from Form group click Form Design 3 Click the name of the table or other record source that includes the data you want to base your form
on If the form wont contain data (for example if you want to create a form to use as a switchboard to open other forms or reports or if you want to create a custom dialog box) dont select anything from field list
If you want to create a form that uses data from more than one table base your form on a query
Activity 12 CREATING A FORM USING FORM DESIGN
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Salaries Entry form based on Employees Info Employees Income and Employees Deduction tables 1 Click the Create tab click Blank Forms 2 At Blank Form change view into Design View 3 Select the following fields from the Employees Info Table EmployeeID Lastname Firstname
Middlename and Position 4 Click again the down-arrow button located to the right of the TablesQueries box and then select the
Employees Income table from the list 5 The fields of the Employees Income table are displayed in the Available Fields box In this box the
EmployeeID field is highlighted Since we are already used the EmployeeID of the Employees Info table there is no need for you to select this field again
6 Instead select the Department field and click the gt button to moved this field in the Selected Fields box
7 Click the gt again trice to move the NDW PR and GP fields in the Selected Fields box respectively 8 Click again the down-arrow button located to the right of the TablesQueries box and then select the
Employees Deduction table from the list 9 Select the following fields of the Employees Deduction Table SSS PHIC HDMF WTAX
ADV_VALE and TD 10 After selecting the necessary fields click now the Next button 11 Click again the down-arrow button located to the right of the TablesQueries box and then select the
Employees Income table from the list 12 Select the following fields of the Employees Income Table NP 13 After selecting the necessary fields click now the Next button 14 The next step in the Form Wizard is the selection of layout for your form Select the layout that you
want in this Activity select Columnar and then click the Next button 15 In the next step the Form Wizard asks you to select the background From the available list select
the background that you want in this exercise select Office and then click the Next button 16 The final step in the Form Wizard asks you to enter a name for your form Type Employees Salaries
Entry as the name for this form and then click the Finish button Wait for a few seconds while Access generates the form
Property Sheets
In Microsoft Access you use properties to determine the characteristics of tables queries fields forms reports and data access pages Every section and control on a form report or data access page has properties as well Control properties determine the structure appearance and behavior of a control as well as the characteristics of the text or data it contains
The title bar shows the type and name of the selected object
Each tab displays properties of a specific category
Note To open the properties window in design view press F4
Printing a Form After Access displays the new form in the Form View window you can print this form by following these steps
1 Click the Office button point to Print and then click Print button 2 In the Print dialog box click OK button
Lesson 10
MODIFYING FORM
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to modify a form
Arranging and Repositioning of Controls
Controls are graphical objects as labels text boxes lists check boxes and buttons that you place in
a form to display the data or perform an action Using a form you are not limited to change the labels and
text boxes size of each item rather you can also move or reposition each control inside the form For
Example if you want to move the GP control follows these steps
1 Right click the Employees Salaries Entry and select Design View 2 Press and hold the left mouse button Notice while you are still holding the left mouse button the
mouse pointer changes to an open hand 3 Drag the control on a new location 4 Release the mouse button 5 Now try to rearrange the controls of the Employees Salaries Entry Form as displayed
Using the Controls Group
To simplify your task of placing controls on a form Access provides an extensive tool set in the toolbox The table below briefly describes each tool set in the toolbox
TOOL TOOL NAME PURPOSE
Select Object Selects an Object
Control Wizard Turns the control wizard on or off
Label Create a label to display text
Text Box Create a box to display or edit data
Option Group Creates a group of control that allows one choice
Toggle Button Create a button to indicate a true value when pushed
Option Button Create one button in a single choice set of buttons
Check Box Create a box to indicate a true or false value
Combo Box Create a box to edit data or to choose value from a list
List Box Create a list of values
Button Create a button to run a macro or call a Visual Basic function
Image Create a frame to display a static image
Unbound Object Create a frame to display an OLE object
Bound Object Create a frame to display an OLE object from the database
Page Break Mark the beginning of a new screen or page
SubformSubreport Create a frame to display an embedded form or report
Line Create a line
Rectangle Create a rectangle
Types of Control
The Access form can have one of the three types of controls and these are bound unbound and calculated The following section describes the differences between these types
BOUND CONTROLS
A control that is connected or tied to a field in a formrsquos underlying table or query You use the bound control to display add and update values from a field in your database In this activity you are going to add bound controls to Employees Salaries Entry Form You will begin by deleting the original controls in the form ndash the controls bound to the Sex fields ndash and replace them with bound control the Sex text box becomes a Combo box
ADDING BOUND CONTROLS TO THE FORM
To add button controls to the form you have to follow these general steps 1 In the toolbox click a button that represents the type of control that you want 2 Click the Field List button and then select the field that you want to display in the control 3 Drag the selected field to the form
PLACING COMBO BOXES IN A FORM
To place a combo box in the form follow these steps 1 In the Design View window right click the Gender text box 2 And then point to Change to and then select Combo Box 3 Click the Save button from the Quick Access Toolbar
UNBOUND CONTROLS
In an unbound control the field is not connected or linked in the underlying table or query You can use unbound control to display information lines rectangles and pictures
ADDING UNBOUND CONTROLS TO THE FORM
Your next step for revising the form is to add two unbound controls to the form-a label that serve as the heading and rectangle that will surround the text boxes
PLACING A STAND - ALONE LABEL TO THE FORM
You can create a stand-alone label on the form by using the Label button located on the Toolbox This kind of label is not attached to any other form Its function is to create other information such as heading or title on a form 1 In Design View Select Label button from Control Group 2 Click the Label button and then drag the mouse pointer on the Form Detail Section When you have
the mouse pointer it will appear as a +A
3 Click the left mouse button and type this heading Employee Name Then press the Enter key to complete your entry
4 In the toolbar click the down-arrow on the Font Size box and then select 14 from the list click the Bold button
5 Reposition and resize the label box 6 Click the Label button and then drag the mouse pointer on the Form Detail Section When you have
the mouse pointer it will appear as a +A
7 Click the left mouse button and type this heading Earnings Then press the Enter key to complete your entry
8 In the toolbar click the down-arrow on the Font Size box and then select 14 from the list click the Bold button
9 Reposition and resize the label box 10 Click the Label button and then drag the mouse pointer on the Form Detail Section When you have
the mouse pointer it will appear as a +A
11 Click the left mouse button and type this heading Deductions Then press the Enter key to complete your entry
12 In the toolbar click the down-arrow on the Font Size box and then select 14 from the list click the Bold button
13 Reposition and resize the label box
CREATING A RECTANGLE
The second unbound control that you are going to place on the form is by draw a rectangle around the label heading To draw this rectangle follow these steps 1 In the Toolbox click the Rectangle button 2 Position the mouse pointer just above the label heading
3 When you move the mouse pointer it will appear as +
4 Hold down the left mouse button and drag the mouse pointer to surround your heading Then release the mouse pointer
Note If the rectangle that you placed in your form hides the heading you created previously Click the Format menu and then choose the Send to Back command
5 Click the Form View button to display your form
Activity 13 MODIFYING FORM
CHANGING THE LABEL
The following steps show you how to change the labelrsquos name
1 With the Form still active click the Form View button To display the Form Design View 2 Click the Form Maximize button to expand the formrsquos size 3 Position the mouse pointer on the NDW label and then press the left mouse button Access
displays a small black square around the text box 4 Move the mouse pointer inside the NDW label box and then press the left mouse button again 5 Delete the word NDW and then type Number of Days Worked 6 Repeat procedure number 4 and 5 to change the label
Label Change to PR Rate per Day GP Gross Pay TD Total Deduction NP Net Pay
7 See the result of the revised form
CALCULATED CONTROL
To display the calculated GP of each Employee in a form you can add a Calculated control on the Ave field A Calculated control uses an expression to define a calculation for the control Expressions are combinations of operators (such as + or -) control names field names functions and constants that returns a value The following steps show you how to add a calculated control to the GP field
In the Form Design Window click the Gross Pay text box Access displays a small black square around the field
Click the GP field again Inside the Text box delete the GP then type this expression
=([NDW][PR]) Click the TD field again Inside the Text box delete the TD then type this expression
=([SSS]+[PHIC]+HDMF+WTAX+ADV_VALE) Click the NP field again Inside the Text box delete the NP then type this expression
=([GP][TD])
Click the Form View button to display the form
Lesson 11
ADDING OBJECTS AND COMMAND BUTTONS TO A FORM
Objective In this lesson you will learn to create an unbound object to a form using the unbound object control To create and to modify the embedded object One of the main feature of Access is it enables the user to add objects created in other application to an Access form For Example you can add the companyrsquos logo that you created with Paint Program or other graphics program The type of control used to add picture or object depends whether you want the object to be bound or unbound
Understanding OLE
One of the most important features of OLE is its capability to create embedded object For Example you can insert in your form drawings that you created manually in your Paint Program Another feature of OLE is that you can create an object and then embed it or you can embed existing file that contains text chart spreadsheet data or drawings The third feature of OLE is that you have the convenience of being to update it in the original application without the trouble of remembering which object came from which source programs ndash the embedded object will open the source application every time you double-click the object
Adding Unbound Objects
You can insert an unbound object to the Form by using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox When you insert the Object you have a choice of either embedded it into form or linked it to the original file The difference is that an embedded object is stored in the form and is always available A linked object is stored in the source file you can edit the object file separately and have the latest changes appear on your form EMBEDDING UNBOUND OBJECT
Using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox you can easily embed object The following steps show you how to insert an object from Paint Program to Access if you have a scan logo we can embed it and place it to your form
1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Unbound Object button on the Toolbox 3 Place the mouse pointer on the form Click where you want to embed the object The Insert Object
dialog box opens 4 Open the Paint Program and Open the file for example HAUBMP 5 Then select the Logo and click the Copy button or click Edit menu then Copy 6 Select the Microsoft Access at the task bar and since that you are still in Design View clicks the
Unbound Object 7 And then click the Paste button or click Edit menu then Paste 8 After Copy and Paste the object adjust the size of the window of the object 9 Click the Form View button to see the changes that had been created
CREATING AND EMBEDDED UNBOUND OBJECT
Most Windows applications that support OLE make it easy to create a new object and embed it in the document Using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox you can easily embed object The following steps show you how to embed unbound object in the Employees Salaries Entry Form 1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Unbound Object button on the Toolbox 3 Place the mouse pointer on the form Click where you want to embed the object The Insert Object
dialog box opens 4 In the Object type box select the type of the object that you want to create For Example if you want
to create a picture on your form select the Paintbrush Picture object 5 Click the OK button The applications that you choose either will opens or display a window into
which you can create the object 6 Create the object that you want 7 After creating the object adjust the size of the window of the object 8 Click the File menu and then click Exit and Return to Employees Salaries Entry Form The new
object is then embedded in your form 9 In the Form Design View click the objectrsquos size handle and then adjust the size and proportion of
the object
EDITING EMBEDDED OBJECT
If you want to edit the embedded object for example you want to add new data to it you can easily do so by following these steps 1 In the Form Design View double-click the embedded to open it 2 Edit the object 3 After editing click File menu and then click Exit and Return to Employees Salaries Entry Form
DELETING EMBEDDED OBJECT
Deleting an embedded object is easier than creating it To delete the embedded object just select it and then press the DELETE key
CREATING AND LINKING UNBOUND OBJECT
Linking an object is very useful if you plan to use the same object on several forms but you do not want to include it in your database file When you linked the object you only store the object at once but if the linked object file is move you have to reconnect the link The following steps show you how to create and link an object to form 1 Open the Windows Accessories Paint program 2 Create the picture that you want 3 Save the picture by choosing the Save command from the File menu 4 Close the Paint program 5 Open the Access program 6 From the Design View of the Employees Salaries Entry Form click the Unbound Object and then
click where you want to place the object 7 In the Insert Object window click the Create form file button and then type the path to the file If you
do not know the path click the Browse button and find where you stored the file 8 Click the Link check box and then click the OK button 9 Wait for a few seconds while Access creates the unbound object frame and displays the object
Activity 14 CREATING OBJECTS AND ADDING OBJECTS TO A FORM
CREATE A LOGO
PROCEDURE 1 Create a Logo using the MS Word or MS PowerPoint or Paint Program size 1rdquo height and 15rdquo
width
2 After creating the logo Copy the Logo and Paste to the Employees Salaries Entry Form and be sure that the form must be in Design View
3 Click the Form View button to see the changes that had been created 4 Add a Title and Type RGB Company Place beside the Logo
Activity 15 ADDING COMMAND BUTTONS ON YOUR FORM
If you want to insert another command button aside from the navigation buttons the following steps show you how to add a command button to a form 1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Command Button from the Control Group and then click where you want to place the
button 3 And be sure that Control Wizard button is activated 4 The Command Button Wizard appears on your screen telling you to answer this question What
Action do you want to happen when the button is pressed Select the Categories first Record Navigation Second selects the action Go to First Record
5 Then click the Next button 6 On the next dialog box telling you again to answer the next question Do you want text or picture
on the button If you choose Text you can type text to display If you choose Picture you can click Browse to find a picture to display Select Picture and select also Go to First
7 Then click the Next button again to go to next dialog box 8 The next dialog box telling you again to answer the next question What do you want to name the
button A meaningful name will help you to refer to the button later Then type First Record Thatrsquos all information the wizards to create your command button
9 Last steps click the Finish button And Access displays the command button with picture 10 Now add the following command buttons
A Go to First Record B Go to Previous Record C Go to Next Record D Go to Last Record E Find Record F Add New Record G Save Record H Delete Record I Print Record J Undo Record K Close Form
RGB
RGB Company
Lesson 12
CREATING OTHER FORMS
Objective In this lesson you will learn to create a Subform and filter the records on form
What is a SubForm
Subform is a form that is displayed within a form You can think of a formsubform combination as a hierarchical form a masterdetail form or a parentchild form wherein the primary form is called the main form and the form within the form is called subform Subforms are efficient when you want to display data from tables or queries with a one-to-many relationship
Activity 16 CREATING A SUBFORM
Create the Employees Gross Pay Form attached this from to the Employees Profile Form to create a subform
CREATING SUBFORM (EMPLOYEES INCOME FORM)
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Income Form using the Tabular Auto Form 1 In the Create tab click the More Forms and Select Form Wizard 2 Click the down-arrow button located to the right of the TablesQueries box and then select the
Employees Income table from the list Select the following fields Department NDW RPD and GrossPay Click the Next button
3 Select the Tabular Layout and Click Next button 4 Select the Style that you like and click Next button 5 Type Employees Gross Pay Form in the Title of the Form Access generates the form and
displays the records in the Form View window Click the Form View button to display the formrsquos design view
CREATING MAIN FORM (EMPLOYEES PROFILE FORM)
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Profile Form using the Blank Form 1 In the All Access Objects Window click Employees Info Table In the Create tab at Forms
Group and Select Form 2 Click the View button drop down list and select Design View
3 After modifying the form click and drag the Employees Income Form and place it below the
Position Label box and release the mouse 4 Click the View button drop down list and select Form View to display the records in the Form
View window And then click the Save button filename Employees Profile Form
Filter is a condition you placed on the records in an open form to temporarily separate a subset of records After applying the filter Access will display a record that meets the criteria you have specified However the next time you open the Form it displays all records until you click the Apply FilterSort command to apply the filter
Filter Records in a Form
When you are working with a form sometimes you may need a quick way to filter records To meet this need Access provides your three methods that you can use to filter records-Filter by Form Filter by Selection and Advanced FilterSort
USING FILTER BY SELECTION
The following steps show you how to filter records by using the Filter by Selection 1 In the Form View Window select the value that you want to be included in the results of the filter
For Example to display only the Employees under the Accounting Department then select the Accounting from the Department field
2 Click the and then click Equal ldquoAccountingrdquo The filtered results display only the records that contain the selected value
3 To further limit the set of records select another value and then repeat step 2 4 Save this form if you want to save the filter
USING THE FILTER BY FORM
The following steps show you how to filter a form by using the Filter By Form
1 In the Form View Window click the and then click Filter By Form 2 Access display the Filter By Form window and opens the Look for Tab select the field in which
you want to specify the criteria 3 Select the value from the list or type the value you want the filtered records to contain 4 To further limit the set of record select another field and type or select the new value 5 To specify the alternative values that filtered records can contain click the Or tab Select another
filed and enter a new value
6 Click the and then click Apply FilterSort 7 Save this Form if you want to save this filter
REMOVING A FILTER
After applying the filter you can display all the records that were previously in the Form by selecting the
Lesson 13
CREATING SIMPLE REPORTS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create reports using Report and Report Wizard
Why Create Reports Reports are specifically design to be printed and shared with other people With a report you can generate professional results that you can be proud of whether yoursquore distributing them on paper or publishing them on the Internet Reports are the method by which data can be viewed or printed in an organized and meaningful way Because you have control over the size and appearance of a report you can modify and display the data the way you want Creating a report is similar to creating a form However reports can only display data You cannot use it to input data
There are several ways to create a report ranging from easy-but-limited (Report) to difficult-but-very-flexible (Report Design) The intermediate choice is Report Wizard which offers some flexibility along with a fairly easy procedure
Report Create a basic report of the data in the current query or table to which you can add features such group or totals
Report Wizard Launch the report wizard which helps you to create simple customized reports
New Object Report Create a new blank report in design view In design view you can make advanced design changes to reports such as adding custom control types and writing codes
Labels Launch the label wizard to create standard or customized labels
Using Design View to Create a Report The Design View method is used if you want to create your own report from scratch without using a wizard When you used this method Access will create a blank report You will have to drag the fields and as well as any code that might be needed for the report
Activity 17 USING REPORT WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT
The Report Wizard offers a good compromise between ease of use and flexibility With Report Wizard you can use multiple tables or queries and choose a layout and format for your report Follow these steps to create a report with Report Wizard 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard
Multiple TablesQueries Allowed You donrsquot need to select a table or query from the drop down list in the New Report dialog box in step 3 because yoursquoll be selecting tables and queries in step 4 as part of the wizard
3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want to include fields
4 Click a field in the Available Fields list and then click the gt button to move it to the Selected Fields list Select the following fields EmployeeID Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity and Province
5 If necessary select another table or query from the TablesQueries list and repeat step 5 When you finish selecting fields click Next The next screen of the wizard appears
6 If you want the records grouped by any of the fields you selected click the field and click the gt button If you want to select more than one grouping level select them in the order you want them Then click Next to move on
Grouping The Instructions on the screen are bit cryptic By default there are no groups You have to select a field and click the gt button to create a grouping Grouping sets off each group on the report If you select a field to group by the Grouping Options button becomes active and you can click it to specify precise grouping settings
7 Next yoursquore asked what sort order you want to use If you want sorted records open the top drop-down list and select a field to sort by You can select up to four sorts from the drop-down lists Then click Next
8 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
9 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button
Ascending or Descending By default Access sorts in ascending order (A-Z) Click the AZ button next to the box to change the sort order to descending (Z-A) if you want
10 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area When you click an option button the sample in the box changes to show you what yoursquove selected Select Tabular Layout
11 Choose the orientation for your printed report Portrait (across the narrow edge of the paper) or Landscape (across wide edge of the paper) Then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue
12 In the next wizard dialog box yoursquore asked to choose a report style Several are listed click one to see a sample of it When youre satisfied with your choice click Next
13 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Info Report as the name of the report 14 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
Activity 18 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report 3 The report appears in Layout View 4 Save the report as Employees Info ndash Tabular
Activity 19 USING REPORT WIZARD CREATING A REPORT BASED ON MORE THAN ONE TABLE
From the previous discussion you saw how easy it is to create a simple report based on Employees Info table Using again the Report Wizard you can create a report based on more than one table This wizard speeds up the process of creating a report that brings data together from more than one table
The following steps show you how to create a report based on the Employees Info and Employees Income tables 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard button 3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want
to include fields 4 Access displays the first dialog box of the report wizard Click the gt button to move the EmployeeID
Lastname Firstname Middlename and TIN fields from the Available Fields box to the Selected Fields box
5 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
6 Click the gt button again to move the Department NDW PR and GP fields to the Selected Fields box
7 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Deduction table from the list
8 Click the gt button again to move the SSS PHIC WTAX ADV_VALE and TD fields to the Selected Fields box
9 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
10 Click the gt button again to move the NP fields to the Selected Fields box 11 After moving the needed fields click the Next button 12 Because you want to group the report by Department select the Department field in the list box and
click the gt button This second step of the report wizard enables you to set the grouping options for the report Click the Next button
13 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
14 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button 15 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area Select Stepped Layout And
then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue 16 In the next dialog box enables you to set a Style for the report Choose a style that is appropriate
and then click the Next button 17 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Payroll Registry Report as the name of the
report 18 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
USING LABEL WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT The Label Wizard is a powerful but easy to use wizard that is used to create standard mailing labels or other types of labels Lesson 15 ldquoCreating Labelsrdquo goes into great detail about creating mailing label in Access Sections of a Report
Report Header The report header appears once at the beginning of a report You can use it for items such as logo report title or print date
Page Header The page header appears at the top of every page in the report You use it to display items such as column headings
Detail Section The detail section contains the main body of a reportrsquos data This section is repeated for each record in the reportrsquos underlying record source
Page Footer The page footer appears at the bottom of every page in the report You use it to display items such as page numbers
Report Footer The Report footer appears once at the end of the report You use it to display items such as report totals The report footer is the last section in the report design but appears before the page footer on the last page of the printed report
Group Header By grouping records that share a common value You can calculate subtotals and make a report easier to read A group header appears at the beginning of a new group of records You use it to display information that applies to the group as a whole such a group name and department and so on
Setting up a Report After creating and viewing the report in the Print Preview window you are now ready to print it on the paper Not quite you have still to modify how the report will look when it is printed Follow these steps to modify the report before printing it
1 In the Layout View mode Click Page Setup 2 In response Access displays the Page Setup window This window contains three tabs ndash Margins
Page and Columns 3 In the Margin tab change the page margins if you want to put more data into a page The sample
preview on the right side of the window changes as you change the margins
4 Click the Page tab sets the orientation paper size and source and the printer to use for the report 5 In the Columns tab set the different field layout properties by changing the number of columns and
the row spacing 6 Click the OK button
Lesson 14
CUSTOMIZING A REPORT
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to move and size the controls to make the report more attractive and readable to center the heading of the report and to change controlrsquos border width
Entering Report Design View When you finish previewing a report yoursquove created close Print Preview and yoursquore automatically in Report Design view If you want to come back to Report Design view later from the Database window perform these steps 1 Right Click the report that you want to modify 2 Click the Design View button Report Views The different options to view reports are ndash Design View Print Preview and Layout Preview
Design View to create a new report or modify the structure of an existing report
Print Preview shows all the data that will appear on every page of the report
Layout Preview to quickly look the reportrsquos layout but it only includes enough data to show you what the report will look like
SWITCHING TO DESIGN VIEW The following are the methods to switch to the Design View If you are in Print Preview click the Close button to display the reportrsquos design Or in the Database Window 1 Click the View button 2 Select the report you want to view 3 Click the Design button SWITCHING TO REPORT OR LAYOUT PREVIEW To switch to Report or Layout view make sure you are in the Design View then click the Print Preview button to view all the data on a report or click the Layout Preview button to view the reportrsquos layout Changing the Appearance of the Report You can change the appearance of the report by means of moving sizing aligning or formatting a control The following sections describe how to customize a report
MOVING AND SIZING CONTROLS Access provides several tools to manipulate the controls in the Report Design view After the controls are added on the report you can easily move align and size them You can size or move a control only if it is selected To select a control simply clicks it Once it is selected you can size it by placing the mouse pointer on one of its size handles and dragging Or you can use the To Fit option from the Size command of the Format menu
Note To select more than one control hold down the shift key while clicking each control
To move a selected control simply place the mouse pointer on the control with its attached label and then move it
Activity 20 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 5 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees
IncomeTable 6 Click the Report 7 The report appears in Layout View 8 Save the report as Employees Income Report CHANGING A LABEL To change the name of a selected label with a new name follow these steps 1 Click the label you want to change 2 Click inside the selected label 3 Change the label with a new text ALIGNING OF TEXT IN CONTROLS You can use the alignment buttons on the Toolbar to change the alignment of a selected text in a control For example you might want the heading of your report to appear to the center of a control instead of to the left To center the Employees Income Report heading follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 On the Formatting Toolbar click the Center button to center the text CHANGING BORDER WIDTH When you create a form or report Access automatically surrounds the controls with a border The default controlrsquos border width setting is hairline but you can easily change it by using the Border Width property setting which range from 0 to 6 points To change the Employees Income Report width follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 Press F4 To display Property Window 3 In the Property dialog box click the vertical scroll bar until you find Border Width option 4 Click the Border Width box and then click the down-arrow button 5 From the list select the new border width that you want
Lesson 15
CREATING MAILING LABELS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to make mailing labels using names and address in a database
Easy Mailing Labels with Access If you have ever done mass mailings to club members customers or even friends the worst part was probably addressing all those envelopes Most Word processors (such as Word) have mailing label features that enable you to create mailing labels from a list of names but Access is even better it lets you create mailing labels directly from an address book database (or any other database) Many times in a corporation they need to mail a letter to all of their customers Given a database that contains customer records (Name Address TownCity and Province) you can easily create mailing labels Access provides a powerful and easy-to-use Label Wizard that allows you to design a mailing label To create a mailing label from Employees Info table determine the followings
First examine the fields contained in this table Second decides which field goes to the label And third determine the format of the label
Examining the Employees Info table you can see that the label should contain the following lines
Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity Province
Activity 21 CREATING MAILING LABEL WITH THE LABEL WIZARD
After determining the format of the label you are now ready to create a mailing label 1 Open the Payroll Database Select the Employees Info table and click the Create tab 2 Click Labels button 3 The first screen of the label Wizard appears In this dialog box access displays a predefined set of
label sizes and Select the Product Number 5160 from the list 4 Click Sheet feed or Continuous (Sheet-Fed labels are single sheets continuous labels are joined to
the previous and next sheet at the top and they have perforated strips on the side that feed through a dot-matrix printer) And then click the Next button
5 Next yoursquore asked about the appearance of the text Choose a font from the Font Name drop-down list and choose a font size from the Font Size drop-down list
Donrsquot Make the Font Too Big If you need to print multiple lines on each label make sure that the font size you select is small enough that all lines will fit For mailing labels 8 or 10 point type works well it is large enough to be read by US Postal Service machines but itrsquos small enough that you can fit several lines on each label
6 With some fonts you can choose a font weight Open the Font Weight drop-down list and choose a different weight if you want Normal will work well in most cases
7 If you would like color labels (and you have a color printer) choose a different color from the Text Color List To do so click the button next to the Text Color box choose from the Color dialog box that appears and then click OK to return
Avoid Light Colors If yoursquore making labels to be sent through the US Postal Service keep in mind that their machines canrsquot read light-colored ink such as yellow or pale pink Choose a dark color to ensure that your addresses will be read correctly
8 Click the Italic andor the Underline check box if you want the text formatted with either or both of those attributes Then click Nextgt to continue
9 In the next dialog box you are going to create a template for your labels As you can see this box contains a list box called Available fields and another box called Prototype label To create the template for your labels follow these steps
Select the Lastname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Firstname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Press the Spacebar key to create a space
Select the Middlename field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the Address field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the TownCity field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Province field in the Available field list and then click the gt button 10 Click the Next button 11 In the next dialog box you can specify the sort key of the mailing labels You can sort the labels by
one or more fields To sort the mailing labels select the Lastname field as the sort key and then click the gt button Select the Firstname field and then click the gt button again This process tells Access to sort the mailing label by Lastname and then by Firstname Click the Next button to move to the last dialog box in the Label Wizard
Order Is Important If you pick more than one field to sort by Access sorts the records first by first field you select then by the second and so on So itrsquos important to choose the field first that you want to sort by first If theyrsquore in the wrong order click the ltlt button to remove them all from the Sort By list and then start over
12 In the last screen yoursquore asked for a title or name Enter Employees Info ndash Label and click the Finish Your labels appear in Print Preview just like any other report
Printing Labels You can print by clicking the Print button or you can close the Print Preview box by clicking the Close button Modifying Your Labels If you want to modify the labels you can enter Report Design view and make changes just as you would with any report Just click the labels on the Reports tab and then click Design Your label design appears Use all the same editing techniques that you learned in ldquoCustomizing a Reportrdquo to make changes to your label Editing a Mailing Label After creating a mailing label you can make minor changes to it by changing the font type and size of the text in the controls and by changing the size of controls However if you want to make major changes to the label it is much better to create a new label than to edit it
CHANGING THE FONT TYPE AND SIZE OF TEXT
To change the font type and size of text in the controls follow these steps 1 Right click Employees Info- Labels and then click the Design View button 2 In response Access displays the label in the Design View Click the control that contains the text you
want to change 3 In the Formatting toolbar click the down-arrow button on the Font Name box and then select the font
you want 4 To change the font size click the down-arrow button on the Font Size box and then select the size
you want CHANGING THE SIZE OF CONTROL
The following steps show you how to resize a control 1 In Design View click the control you want to resize 2 Drag the sizing handle
Lesson 16
CREATING MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create main switchboard and adding graphics in switchboard
Create and manage a switchboard form
When you use the Local Templates to create a database Microsoft Access automatically creates a switchboard that helps you to navigate around the database This switchboard has buttons that you can click to open forms and reports (or open other switchboards that open additional forms and reports) quit Microsoft Access or customize the switchboard You can create a switchboard similar to the one that the Local Templates creates by using the Switchboard Manager
What do you want to do
1 Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager 2 Create a new switchboard that you can open from the opening switchboard 3 Make a change to an existing switchboard 4 Change which switchboard is automatically displayed when you open the database 5 Delete a switchboard
Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager When you use the Database Wizard to create a database the wizard creates a switchboard that makes it easy to navigate between the Forms and Reports in your database If you want to build the same type of switchboard for a database you created yourself you can use the Switchboard Manager 1 Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager 2 If Microsoft Access asks if youd like to create a switchboard click Yes 3 In the Switchboard Manager dialog box click the New button 4 In the Create New Window type Forms Switchboard at the Switchboard Page Name and click the
OK button 5 Repeat Step 4-5 In the Create New Window type Reports Switchboard at the Switchboard Page
Name and click the OK button
Activity 22 CREATING A SWITCHBOARD ITEM AT THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager
2 In the Switchboard Manager Window Select Forms Switchboard and then click the Edit button 3 In the Edit Switchboard Page Window Click the New button 4 In the Edit Switchboard Item Type the EnterView Employees Information in Columnar in the
Text Box 5 In the Command Box click the drop-down list button and select Open Form in Edit Mode 6 In the Forms Box click the drop-down list button and select Employees Info-Columnar and click the
OK 7 Repeat Step 2-5 based on the given table below Until yoursquore through with Forms Switchboard and
click the Close button to close the Edit Switchboard Page Window
8 And then you can continue with Reports and Main Switchboard with the same procedures repeat Steps 1-6
Table ndash Switchboard Manager
SWITCHBOARD PAGE SWITCHBOARD ITEM COMMAND OBJECTS
Main Switchboard EnterView Information Goto Switchboard Forms Switchboard
Preview Reports Goto Switchboard Reports Switchboard
Change Switchboard Items Design Application
Exit this database Exit Application
Forms Switchboard Employees Information Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Profile
Employees Salaries Entry Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Salaries Entry
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Reports Switchboard Preview Employees Payroll Registry Report
Open Report Employees Payroll Registry Report
Preview Employees Info Report Open Report Employees Info
Preview the Labels Employees Info
Open Report Employees Info - Label
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Startup Application is used whenever you open your database it will open the main switchboard
Activity 23 CREATING A STARTUP APPLICATION BASED ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Follow these steps to create a startup application 1 Click the Office button and select Access Options in order to display Start Application 2 In the Startup Window type Main Menu ndash Payroll Database in the Application Title box 3 In the Display Form box click the drop-down list button and then select Switchboard and then click
the OK button 4 To check if it is start on the Main Switchboard close the Database and then open the Payroll
Database again
You create a basic form and customize it in Design view (Design view A window that shows the design of these database objects tables queries forms and reports macros and data access pages In Design view you can create new database objects and modify the design of existing ones) to suit your requirements
1 In the All Access Objects window or pane click the Employee Info table 2 Click the Create Tab from Form group click Form Design 3 Click the name of the table or other record source that includes the data you want to base your form
on If the form wont contain data (for example if you want to create a form to use as a switchboard to open other forms or reports or if you want to create a custom dialog box) dont select anything from field list
If you want to create a form that uses data from more than one table base your form on a query
Activity 12 CREATING A FORM USING FORM DESIGN
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Salaries Entry form based on Employees Info Employees Income and Employees Deduction tables 1 Click the Create tab click Blank Forms 2 At Blank Form change view into Design View 3 Select the following fields from the Employees Info Table EmployeeID Lastname Firstname
Middlename and Position 4 Click again the down-arrow button located to the right of the TablesQueries box and then select the
Employees Income table from the list 5 The fields of the Employees Income table are displayed in the Available Fields box In this box the
EmployeeID field is highlighted Since we are already used the EmployeeID of the Employees Info table there is no need for you to select this field again
6 Instead select the Department field and click the gt button to moved this field in the Selected Fields box
7 Click the gt again trice to move the NDW PR and GP fields in the Selected Fields box respectively 8 Click again the down-arrow button located to the right of the TablesQueries box and then select the
Employees Deduction table from the list 9 Select the following fields of the Employees Deduction Table SSS PHIC HDMF WTAX
ADV_VALE and TD 10 After selecting the necessary fields click now the Next button 11 Click again the down-arrow button located to the right of the TablesQueries box and then select the
Employees Income table from the list 12 Select the following fields of the Employees Income Table NP 13 After selecting the necessary fields click now the Next button 14 The next step in the Form Wizard is the selection of layout for your form Select the layout that you
want in this Activity select Columnar and then click the Next button 15 In the next step the Form Wizard asks you to select the background From the available list select
the background that you want in this exercise select Office and then click the Next button 16 The final step in the Form Wizard asks you to enter a name for your form Type Employees Salaries
Entry as the name for this form and then click the Finish button Wait for a few seconds while Access generates the form
Property Sheets
In Microsoft Access you use properties to determine the characteristics of tables queries fields forms reports and data access pages Every section and control on a form report or data access page has properties as well Control properties determine the structure appearance and behavior of a control as well as the characteristics of the text or data it contains
The title bar shows the type and name of the selected object
Each tab displays properties of a specific category
Note To open the properties window in design view press F4
Printing a Form After Access displays the new form in the Form View window you can print this form by following these steps
1 Click the Office button point to Print and then click Print button 2 In the Print dialog box click OK button
Lesson 10
MODIFYING FORM
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to modify a form
Arranging and Repositioning of Controls
Controls are graphical objects as labels text boxes lists check boxes and buttons that you place in
a form to display the data or perform an action Using a form you are not limited to change the labels and
text boxes size of each item rather you can also move or reposition each control inside the form For
Example if you want to move the GP control follows these steps
1 Right click the Employees Salaries Entry and select Design View 2 Press and hold the left mouse button Notice while you are still holding the left mouse button the
mouse pointer changes to an open hand 3 Drag the control on a new location 4 Release the mouse button 5 Now try to rearrange the controls of the Employees Salaries Entry Form as displayed
Using the Controls Group
To simplify your task of placing controls on a form Access provides an extensive tool set in the toolbox The table below briefly describes each tool set in the toolbox
TOOL TOOL NAME PURPOSE
Select Object Selects an Object
Control Wizard Turns the control wizard on or off
Label Create a label to display text
Text Box Create a box to display or edit data
Option Group Creates a group of control that allows one choice
Toggle Button Create a button to indicate a true value when pushed
Option Button Create one button in a single choice set of buttons
Check Box Create a box to indicate a true or false value
Combo Box Create a box to edit data or to choose value from a list
List Box Create a list of values
Button Create a button to run a macro or call a Visual Basic function
Image Create a frame to display a static image
Unbound Object Create a frame to display an OLE object
Bound Object Create a frame to display an OLE object from the database
Page Break Mark the beginning of a new screen or page
SubformSubreport Create a frame to display an embedded form or report
Line Create a line
Rectangle Create a rectangle
Types of Control
The Access form can have one of the three types of controls and these are bound unbound and calculated The following section describes the differences between these types
BOUND CONTROLS
A control that is connected or tied to a field in a formrsquos underlying table or query You use the bound control to display add and update values from a field in your database In this activity you are going to add bound controls to Employees Salaries Entry Form You will begin by deleting the original controls in the form ndash the controls bound to the Sex fields ndash and replace them with bound control the Sex text box becomes a Combo box
ADDING BOUND CONTROLS TO THE FORM
To add button controls to the form you have to follow these general steps 1 In the toolbox click a button that represents the type of control that you want 2 Click the Field List button and then select the field that you want to display in the control 3 Drag the selected field to the form
PLACING COMBO BOXES IN A FORM
To place a combo box in the form follow these steps 1 In the Design View window right click the Gender text box 2 And then point to Change to and then select Combo Box 3 Click the Save button from the Quick Access Toolbar
UNBOUND CONTROLS
In an unbound control the field is not connected or linked in the underlying table or query You can use unbound control to display information lines rectangles and pictures
ADDING UNBOUND CONTROLS TO THE FORM
Your next step for revising the form is to add two unbound controls to the form-a label that serve as the heading and rectangle that will surround the text boxes
PLACING A STAND - ALONE LABEL TO THE FORM
You can create a stand-alone label on the form by using the Label button located on the Toolbox This kind of label is not attached to any other form Its function is to create other information such as heading or title on a form 1 In Design View Select Label button from Control Group 2 Click the Label button and then drag the mouse pointer on the Form Detail Section When you have
the mouse pointer it will appear as a +A
3 Click the left mouse button and type this heading Employee Name Then press the Enter key to complete your entry
4 In the toolbar click the down-arrow on the Font Size box and then select 14 from the list click the Bold button
5 Reposition and resize the label box 6 Click the Label button and then drag the mouse pointer on the Form Detail Section When you have
the mouse pointer it will appear as a +A
7 Click the left mouse button and type this heading Earnings Then press the Enter key to complete your entry
8 In the toolbar click the down-arrow on the Font Size box and then select 14 from the list click the Bold button
9 Reposition and resize the label box 10 Click the Label button and then drag the mouse pointer on the Form Detail Section When you have
the mouse pointer it will appear as a +A
11 Click the left mouse button and type this heading Deductions Then press the Enter key to complete your entry
12 In the toolbar click the down-arrow on the Font Size box and then select 14 from the list click the Bold button
13 Reposition and resize the label box
CREATING A RECTANGLE
The second unbound control that you are going to place on the form is by draw a rectangle around the label heading To draw this rectangle follow these steps 1 In the Toolbox click the Rectangle button 2 Position the mouse pointer just above the label heading
3 When you move the mouse pointer it will appear as +
4 Hold down the left mouse button and drag the mouse pointer to surround your heading Then release the mouse pointer
Note If the rectangle that you placed in your form hides the heading you created previously Click the Format menu and then choose the Send to Back command
5 Click the Form View button to display your form
Activity 13 MODIFYING FORM
CHANGING THE LABEL
The following steps show you how to change the labelrsquos name
1 With the Form still active click the Form View button To display the Form Design View 2 Click the Form Maximize button to expand the formrsquos size 3 Position the mouse pointer on the NDW label and then press the left mouse button Access
displays a small black square around the text box 4 Move the mouse pointer inside the NDW label box and then press the left mouse button again 5 Delete the word NDW and then type Number of Days Worked 6 Repeat procedure number 4 and 5 to change the label
Label Change to PR Rate per Day GP Gross Pay TD Total Deduction NP Net Pay
7 See the result of the revised form
CALCULATED CONTROL
To display the calculated GP of each Employee in a form you can add a Calculated control on the Ave field A Calculated control uses an expression to define a calculation for the control Expressions are combinations of operators (such as + or -) control names field names functions and constants that returns a value The following steps show you how to add a calculated control to the GP field
In the Form Design Window click the Gross Pay text box Access displays a small black square around the field
Click the GP field again Inside the Text box delete the GP then type this expression
=([NDW][PR]) Click the TD field again Inside the Text box delete the TD then type this expression
=([SSS]+[PHIC]+HDMF+WTAX+ADV_VALE) Click the NP field again Inside the Text box delete the NP then type this expression
=([GP][TD])
Click the Form View button to display the form
Lesson 11
ADDING OBJECTS AND COMMAND BUTTONS TO A FORM
Objective In this lesson you will learn to create an unbound object to a form using the unbound object control To create and to modify the embedded object One of the main feature of Access is it enables the user to add objects created in other application to an Access form For Example you can add the companyrsquos logo that you created with Paint Program or other graphics program The type of control used to add picture or object depends whether you want the object to be bound or unbound
Understanding OLE
One of the most important features of OLE is its capability to create embedded object For Example you can insert in your form drawings that you created manually in your Paint Program Another feature of OLE is that you can create an object and then embed it or you can embed existing file that contains text chart spreadsheet data or drawings The third feature of OLE is that you have the convenience of being to update it in the original application without the trouble of remembering which object came from which source programs ndash the embedded object will open the source application every time you double-click the object
Adding Unbound Objects
You can insert an unbound object to the Form by using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox When you insert the Object you have a choice of either embedded it into form or linked it to the original file The difference is that an embedded object is stored in the form and is always available A linked object is stored in the source file you can edit the object file separately and have the latest changes appear on your form EMBEDDING UNBOUND OBJECT
Using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox you can easily embed object The following steps show you how to insert an object from Paint Program to Access if you have a scan logo we can embed it and place it to your form
1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Unbound Object button on the Toolbox 3 Place the mouse pointer on the form Click where you want to embed the object The Insert Object
dialog box opens 4 Open the Paint Program and Open the file for example HAUBMP 5 Then select the Logo and click the Copy button or click Edit menu then Copy 6 Select the Microsoft Access at the task bar and since that you are still in Design View clicks the
Unbound Object 7 And then click the Paste button or click Edit menu then Paste 8 After Copy and Paste the object adjust the size of the window of the object 9 Click the Form View button to see the changes that had been created
CREATING AND EMBEDDED UNBOUND OBJECT
Most Windows applications that support OLE make it easy to create a new object and embed it in the document Using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox you can easily embed object The following steps show you how to embed unbound object in the Employees Salaries Entry Form 1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Unbound Object button on the Toolbox 3 Place the mouse pointer on the form Click where you want to embed the object The Insert Object
dialog box opens 4 In the Object type box select the type of the object that you want to create For Example if you want
to create a picture on your form select the Paintbrush Picture object 5 Click the OK button The applications that you choose either will opens or display a window into
which you can create the object 6 Create the object that you want 7 After creating the object adjust the size of the window of the object 8 Click the File menu and then click Exit and Return to Employees Salaries Entry Form The new
object is then embedded in your form 9 In the Form Design View click the objectrsquos size handle and then adjust the size and proportion of
the object
EDITING EMBEDDED OBJECT
If you want to edit the embedded object for example you want to add new data to it you can easily do so by following these steps 1 In the Form Design View double-click the embedded to open it 2 Edit the object 3 After editing click File menu and then click Exit and Return to Employees Salaries Entry Form
DELETING EMBEDDED OBJECT
Deleting an embedded object is easier than creating it To delete the embedded object just select it and then press the DELETE key
CREATING AND LINKING UNBOUND OBJECT
Linking an object is very useful if you plan to use the same object on several forms but you do not want to include it in your database file When you linked the object you only store the object at once but if the linked object file is move you have to reconnect the link The following steps show you how to create and link an object to form 1 Open the Windows Accessories Paint program 2 Create the picture that you want 3 Save the picture by choosing the Save command from the File menu 4 Close the Paint program 5 Open the Access program 6 From the Design View of the Employees Salaries Entry Form click the Unbound Object and then
click where you want to place the object 7 In the Insert Object window click the Create form file button and then type the path to the file If you
do not know the path click the Browse button and find where you stored the file 8 Click the Link check box and then click the OK button 9 Wait for a few seconds while Access creates the unbound object frame and displays the object
Activity 14 CREATING OBJECTS AND ADDING OBJECTS TO A FORM
CREATE A LOGO
PROCEDURE 1 Create a Logo using the MS Word or MS PowerPoint or Paint Program size 1rdquo height and 15rdquo
width
2 After creating the logo Copy the Logo and Paste to the Employees Salaries Entry Form and be sure that the form must be in Design View
3 Click the Form View button to see the changes that had been created 4 Add a Title and Type RGB Company Place beside the Logo
Activity 15 ADDING COMMAND BUTTONS ON YOUR FORM
If you want to insert another command button aside from the navigation buttons the following steps show you how to add a command button to a form 1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Command Button from the Control Group and then click where you want to place the
button 3 And be sure that Control Wizard button is activated 4 The Command Button Wizard appears on your screen telling you to answer this question What
Action do you want to happen when the button is pressed Select the Categories first Record Navigation Second selects the action Go to First Record
5 Then click the Next button 6 On the next dialog box telling you again to answer the next question Do you want text or picture
on the button If you choose Text you can type text to display If you choose Picture you can click Browse to find a picture to display Select Picture and select also Go to First
7 Then click the Next button again to go to next dialog box 8 The next dialog box telling you again to answer the next question What do you want to name the
button A meaningful name will help you to refer to the button later Then type First Record Thatrsquos all information the wizards to create your command button
9 Last steps click the Finish button And Access displays the command button with picture 10 Now add the following command buttons
A Go to First Record B Go to Previous Record C Go to Next Record D Go to Last Record E Find Record F Add New Record G Save Record H Delete Record I Print Record J Undo Record K Close Form
RGB
RGB Company
Lesson 12
CREATING OTHER FORMS
Objective In this lesson you will learn to create a Subform and filter the records on form
What is a SubForm
Subform is a form that is displayed within a form You can think of a formsubform combination as a hierarchical form a masterdetail form or a parentchild form wherein the primary form is called the main form and the form within the form is called subform Subforms are efficient when you want to display data from tables or queries with a one-to-many relationship
Activity 16 CREATING A SUBFORM
Create the Employees Gross Pay Form attached this from to the Employees Profile Form to create a subform
CREATING SUBFORM (EMPLOYEES INCOME FORM)
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Income Form using the Tabular Auto Form 1 In the Create tab click the More Forms and Select Form Wizard 2 Click the down-arrow button located to the right of the TablesQueries box and then select the
Employees Income table from the list Select the following fields Department NDW RPD and GrossPay Click the Next button
3 Select the Tabular Layout and Click Next button 4 Select the Style that you like and click Next button 5 Type Employees Gross Pay Form in the Title of the Form Access generates the form and
displays the records in the Form View window Click the Form View button to display the formrsquos design view
CREATING MAIN FORM (EMPLOYEES PROFILE FORM)
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Profile Form using the Blank Form 1 In the All Access Objects Window click Employees Info Table In the Create tab at Forms
Group and Select Form 2 Click the View button drop down list and select Design View
3 After modifying the form click and drag the Employees Income Form and place it below the
Position Label box and release the mouse 4 Click the View button drop down list and select Form View to display the records in the Form
View window And then click the Save button filename Employees Profile Form
Filter is a condition you placed on the records in an open form to temporarily separate a subset of records After applying the filter Access will display a record that meets the criteria you have specified However the next time you open the Form it displays all records until you click the Apply FilterSort command to apply the filter
Filter Records in a Form
When you are working with a form sometimes you may need a quick way to filter records To meet this need Access provides your three methods that you can use to filter records-Filter by Form Filter by Selection and Advanced FilterSort
USING FILTER BY SELECTION
The following steps show you how to filter records by using the Filter by Selection 1 In the Form View Window select the value that you want to be included in the results of the filter
For Example to display only the Employees under the Accounting Department then select the Accounting from the Department field
2 Click the and then click Equal ldquoAccountingrdquo The filtered results display only the records that contain the selected value
3 To further limit the set of records select another value and then repeat step 2 4 Save this form if you want to save the filter
USING THE FILTER BY FORM
The following steps show you how to filter a form by using the Filter By Form
1 In the Form View Window click the and then click Filter By Form 2 Access display the Filter By Form window and opens the Look for Tab select the field in which
you want to specify the criteria 3 Select the value from the list or type the value you want the filtered records to contain 4 To further limit the set of record select another field and type or select the new value 5 To specify the alternative values that filtered records can contain click the Or tab Select another
filed and enter a new value
6 Click the and then click Apply FilterSort 7 Save this Form if you want to save this filter
REMOVING A FILTER
After applying the filter you can display all the records that were previously in the Form by selecting the
Lesson 13
CREATING SIMPLE REPORTS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create reports using Report and Report Wizard
Why Create Reports Reports are specifically design to be printed and shared with other people With a report you can generate professional results that you can be proud of whether yoursquore distributing them on paper or publishing them on the Internet Reports are the method by which data can be viewed or printed in an organized and meaningful way Because you have control over the size and appearance of a report you can modify and display the data the way you want Creating a report is similar to creating a form However reports can only display data You cannot use it to input data
There are several ways to create a report ranging from easy-but-limited (Report) to difficult-but-very-flexible (Report Design) The intermediate choice is Report Wizard which offers some flexibility along with a fairly easy procedure
Report Create a basic report of the data in the current query or table to which you can add features such group or totals
Report Wizard Launch the report wizard which helps you to create simple customized reports
New Object Report Create a new blank report in design view In design view you can make advanced design changes to reports such as adding custom control types and writing codes
Labels Launch the label wizard to create standard or customized labels
Using Design View to Create a Report The Design View method is used if you want to create your own report from scratch without using a wizard When you used this method Access will create a blank report You will have to drag the fields and as well as any code that might be needed for the report
Activity 17 USING REPORT WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT
The Report Wizard offers a good compromise between ease of use and flexibility With Report Wizard you can use multiple tables or queries and choose a layout and format for your report Follow these steps to create a report with Report Wizard 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard
Multiple TablesQueries Allowed You donrsquot need to select a table or query from the drop down list in the New Report dialog box in step 3 because yoursquoll be selecting tables and queries in step 4 as part of the wizard
3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want to include fields
4 Click a field in the Available Fields list and then click the gt button to move it to the Selected Fields list Select the following fields EmployeeID Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity and Province
5 If necessary select another table or query from the TablesQueries list and repeat step 5 When you finish selecting fields click Next The next screen of the wizard appears
6 If you want the records grouped by any of the fields you selected click the field and click the gt button If you want to select more than one grouping level select them in the order you want them Then click Next to move on
Grouping The Instructions on the screen are bit cryptic By default there are no groups You have to select a field and click the gt button to create a grouping Grouping sets off each group on the report If you select a field to group by the Grouping Options button becomes active and you can click it to specify precise grouping settings
7 Next yoursquore asked what sort order you want to use If you want sorted records open the top drop-down list and select a field to sort by You can select up to four sorts from the drop-down lists Then click Next
8 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
9 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button
Ascending or Descending By default Access sorts in ascending order (A-Z) Click the AZ button next to the box to change the sort order to descending (Z-A) if you want
10 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area When you click an option button the sample in the box changes to show you what yoursquove selected Select Tabular Layout
11 Choose the orientation for your printed report Portrait (across the narrow edge of the paper) or Landscape (across wide edge of the paper) Then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue
12 In the next wizard dialog box yoursquore asked to choose a report style Several are listed click one to see a sample of it When youre satisfied with your choice click Next
13 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Info Report as the name of the report 14 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
Activity 18 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report 3 The report appears in Layout View 4 Save the report as Employees Info ndash Tabular
Activity 19 USING REPORT WIZARD CREATING A REPORT BASED ON MORE THAN ONE TABLE
From the previous discussion you saw how easy it is to create a simple report based on Employees Info table Using again the Report Wizard you can create a report based on more than one table This wizard speeds up the process of creating a report that brings data together from more than one table
The following steps show you how to create a report based on the Employees Info and Employees Income tables 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard button 3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want
to include fields 4 Access displays the first dialog box of the report wizard Click the gt button to move the EmployeeID
Lastname Firstname Middlename and TIN fields from the Available Fields box to the Selected Fields box
5 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
6 Click the gt button again to move the Department NDW PR and GP fields to the Selected Fields box
7 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Deduction table from the list
8 Click the gt button again to move the SSS PHIC WTAX ADV_VALE and TD fields to the Selected Fields box
9 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
10 Click the gt button again to move the NP fields to the Selected Fields box 11 After moving the needed fields click the Next button 12 Because you want to group the report by Department select the Department field in the list box and
click the gt button This second step of the report wizard enables you to set the grouping options for the report Click the Next button
13 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
14 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button 15 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area Select Stepped Layout And
then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue 16 In the next dialog box enables you to set a Style for the report Choose a style that is appropriate
and then click the Next button 17 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Payroll Registry Report as the name of the
report 18 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
USING LABEL WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT The Label Wizard is a powerful but easy to use wizard that is used to create standard mailing labels or other types of labels Lesson 15 ldquoCreating Labelsrdquo goes into great detail about creating mailing label in Access Sections of a Report
Report Header The report header appears once at the beginning of a report You can use it for items such as logo report title or print date
Page Header The page header appears at the top of every page in the report You use it to display items such as column headings
Detail Section The detail section contains the main body of a reportrsquos data This section is repeated for each record in the reportrsquos underlying record source
Page Footer The page footer appears at the bottom of every page in the report You use it to display items such as page numbers
Report Footer The Report footer appears once at the end of the report You use it to display items such as report totals The report footer is the last section in the report design but appears before the page footer on the last page of the printed report
Group Header By grouping records that share a common value You can calculate subtotals and make a report easier to read A group header appears at the beginning of a new group of records You use it to display information that applies to the group as a whole such a group name and department and so on
Setting up a Report After creating and viewing the report in the Print Preview window you are now ready to print it on the paper Not quite you have still to modify how the report will look when it is printed Follow these steps to modify the report before printing it
1 In the Layout View mode Click Page Setup 2 In response Access displays the Page Setup window This window contains three tabs ndash Margins
Page and Columns 3 In the Margin tab change the page margins if you want to put more data into a page The sample
preview on the right side of the window changes as you change the margins
4 Click the Page tab sets the orientation paper size and source and the printer to use for the report 5 In the Columns tab set the different field layout properties by changing the number of columns and
the row spacing 6 Click the OK button
Lesson 14
CUSTOMIZING A REPORT
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to move and size the controls to make the report more attractive and readable to center the heading of the report and to change controlrsquos border width
Entering Report Design View When you finish previewing a report yoursquove created close Print Preview and yoursquore automatically in Report Design view If you want to come back to Report Design view later from the Database window perform these steps 1 Right Click the report that you want to modify 2 Click the Design View button Report Views The different options to view reports are ndash Design View Print Preview and Layout Preview
Design View to create a new report or modify the structure of an existing report
Print Preview shows all the data that will appear on every page of the report
Layout Preview to quickly look the reportrsquos layout but it only includes enough data to show you what the report will look like
SWITCHING TO DESIGN VIEW The following are the methods to switch to the Design View If you are in Print Preview click the Close button to display the reportrsquos design Or in the Database Window 1 Click the View button 2 Select the report you want to view 3 Click the Design button SWITCHING TO REPORT OR LAYOUT PREVIEW To switch to Report or Layout view make sure you are in the Design View then click the Print Preview button to view all the data on a report or click the Layout Preview button to view the reportrsquos layout Changing the Appearance of the Report You can change the appearance of the report by means of moving sizing aligning or formatting a control The following sections describe how to customize a report
MOVING AND SIZING CONTROLS Access provides several tools to manipulate the controls in the Report Design view After the controls are added on the report you can easily move align and size them You can size or move a control only if it is selected To select a control simply clicks it Once it is selected you can size it by placing the mouse pointer on one of its size handles and dragging Or you can use the To Fit option from the Size command of the Format menu
Note To select more than one control hold down the shift key while clicking each control
To move a selected control simply place the mouse pointer on the control with its attached label and then move it
Activity 20 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 5 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees
IncomeTable 6 Click the Report 7 The report appears in Layout View 8 Save the report as Employees Income Report CHANGING A LABEL To change the name of a selected label with a new name follow these steps 1 Click the label you want to change 2 Click inside the selected label 3 Change the label with a new text ALIGNING OF TEXT IN CONTROLS You can use the alignment buttons on the Toolbar to change the alignment of a selected text in a control For example you might want the heading of your report to appear to the center of a control instead of to the left To center the Employees Income Report heading follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 On the Formatting Toolbar click the Center button to center the text CHANGING BORDER WIDTH When you create a form or report Access automatically surrounds the controls with a border The default controlrsquos border width setting is hairline but you can easily change it by using the Border Width property setting which range from 0 to 6 points To change the Employees Income Report width follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 Press F4 To display Property Window 3 In the Property dialog box click the vertical scroll bar until you find Border Width option 4 Click the Border Width box and then click the down-arrow button 5 From the list select the new border width that you want
Lesson 15
CREATING MAILING LABELS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to make mailing labels using names and address in a database
Easy Mailing Labels with Access If you have ever done mass mailings to club members customers or even friends the worst part was probably addressing all those envelopes Most Word processors (such as Word) have mailing label features that enable you to create mailing labels from a list of names but Access is even better it lets you create mailing labels directly from an address book database (or any other database) Many times in a corporation they need to mail a letter to all of their customers Given a database that contains customer records (Name Address TownCity and Province) you can easily create mailing labels Access provides a powerful and easy-to-use Label Wizard that allows you to design a mailing label To create a mailing label from Employees Info table determine the followings
First examine the fields contained in this table Second decides which field goes to the label And third determine the format of the label
Examining the Employees Info table you can see that the label should contain the following lines
Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity Province
Activity 21 CREATING MAILING LABEL WITH THE LABEL WIZARD
After determining the format of the label you are now ready to create a mailing label 1 Open the Payroll Database Select the Employees Info table and click the Create tab 2 Click Labels button 3 The first screen of the label Wizard appears In this dialog box access displays a predefined set of
label sizes and Select the Product Number 5160 from the list 4 Click Sheet feed or Continuous (Sheet-Fed labels are single sheets continuous labels are joined to
the previous and next sheet at the top and they have perforated strips on the side that feed through a dot-matrix printer) And then click the Next button
5 Next yoursquore asked about the appearance of the text Choose a font from the Font Name drop-down list and choose a font size from the Font Size drop-down list
Donrsquot Make the Font Too Big If you need to print multiple lines on each label make sure that the font size you select is small enough that all lines will fit For mailing labels 8 or 10 point type works well it is large enough to be read by US Postal Service machines but itrsquos small enough that you can fit several lines on each label
6 With some fonts you can choose a font weight Open the Font Weight drop-down list and choose a different weight if you want Normal will work well in most cases
7 If you would like color labels (and you have a color printer) choose a different color from the Text Color List To do so click the button next to the Text Color box choose from the Color dialog box that appears and then click OK to return
Avoid Light Colors If yoursquore making labels to be sent through the US Postal Service keep in mind that their machines canrsquot read light-colored ink such as yellow or pale pink Choose a dark color to ensure that your addresses will be read correctly
8 Click the Italic andor the Underline check box if you want the text formatted with either or both of those attributes Then click Nextgt to continue
9 In the next dialog box you are going to create a template for your labels As you can see this box contains a list box called Available fields and another box called Prototype label To create the template for your labels follow these steps
Select the Lastname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Firstname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Press the Spacebar key to create a space
Select the Middlename field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the Address field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the TownCity field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Province field in the Available field list and then click the gt button 10 Click the Next button 11 In the next dialog box you can specify the sort key of the mailing labels You can sort the labels by
one or more fields To sort the mailing labels select the Lastname field as the sort key and then click the gt button Select the Firstname field and then click the gt button again This process tells Access to sort the mailing label by Lastname and then by Firstname Click the Next button to move to the last dialog box in the Label Wizard
Order Is Important If you pick more than one field to sort by Access sorts the records first by first field you select then by the second and so on So itrsquos important to choose the field first that you want to sort by first If theyrsquore in the wrong order click the ltlt button to remove them all from the Sort By list and then start over
12 In the last screen yoursquore asked for a title or name Enter Employees Info ndash Label and click the Finish Your labels appear in Print Preview just like any other report
Printing Labels You can print by clicking the Print button or you can close the Print Preview box by clicking the Close button Modifying Your Labels If you want to modify the labels you can enter Report Design view and make changes just as you would with any report Just click the labels on the Reports tab and then click Design Your label design appears Use all the same editing techniques that you learned in ldquoCustomizing a Reportrdquo to make changes to your label Editing a Mailing Label After creating a mailing label you can make minor changes to it by changing the font type and size of the text in the controls and by changing the size of controls However if you want to make major changes to the label it is much better to create a new label than to edit it
CHANGING THE FONT TYPE AND SIZE OF TEXT
To change the font type and size of text in the controls follow these steps 1 Right click Employees Info- Labels and then click the Design View button 2 In response Access displays the label in the Design View Click the control that contains the text you
want to change 3 In the Formatting toolbar click the down-arrow button on the Font Name box and then select the font
you want 4 To change the font size click the down-arrow button on the Font Size box and then select the size
you want CHANGING THE SIZE OF CONTROL
The following steps show you how to resize a control 1 In Design View click the control you want to resize 2 Drag the sizing handle
Lesson 16
CREATING MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create main switchboard and adding graphics in switchboard
Create and manage a switchboard form
When you use the Local Templates to create a database Microsoft Access automatically creates a switchboard that helps you to navigate around the database This switchboard has buttons that you can click to open forms and reports (or open other switchboards that open additional forms and reports) quit Microsoft Access or customize the switchboard You can create a switchboard similar to the one that the Local Templates creates by using the Switchboard Manager
What do you want to do
1 Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager 2 Create a new switchboard that you can open from the opening switchboard 3 Make a change to an existing switchboard 4 Change which switchboard is automatically displayed when you open the database 5 Delete a switchboard
Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager When you use the Database Wizard to create a database the wizard creates a switchboard that makes it easy to navigate between the Forms and Reports in your database If you want to build the same type of switchboard for a database you created yourself you can use the Switchboard Manager 1 Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager 2 If Microsoft Access asks if youd like to create a switchboard click Yes 3 In the Switchboard Manager dialog box click the New button 4 In the Create New Window type Forms Switchboard at the Switchboard Page Name and click the
OK button 5 Repeat Step 4-5 In the Create New Window type Reports Switchboard at the Switchboard Page
Name and click the OK button
Activity 22 CREATING A SWITCHBOARD ITEM AT THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager
2 In the Switchboard Manager Window Select Forms Switchboard and then click the Edit button 3 In the Edit Switchboard Page Window Click the New button 4 In the Edit Switchboard Item Type the EnterView Employees Information in Columnar in the
Text Box 5 In the Command Box click the drop-down list button and select Open Form in Edit Mode 6 In the Forms Box click the drop-down list button and select Employees Info-Columnar and click the
OK 7 Repeat Step 2-5 based on the given table below Until yoursquore through with Forms Switchboard and
click the Close button to close the Edit Switchboard Page Window
8 And then you can continue with Reports and Main Switchboard with the same procedures repeat Steps 1-6
Table ndash Switchboard Manager
SWITCHBOARD PAGE SWITCHBOARD ITEM COMMAND OBJECTS
Main Switchboard EnterView Information Goto Switchboard Forms Switchboard
Preview Reports Goto Switchboard Reports Switchboard
Change Switchboard Items Design Application
Exit this database Exit Application
Forms Switchboard Employees Information Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Profile
Employees Salaries Entry Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Salaries Entry
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Reports Switchboard Preview Employees Payroll Registry Report
Open Report Employees Payroll Registry Report
Preview Employees Info Report Open Report Employees Info
Preview the Labels Employees Info
Open Report Employees Info - Label
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Startup Application is used whenever you open your database it will open the main switchboard
Activity 23 CREATING A STARTUP APPLICATION BASED ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Follow these steps to create a startup application 1 Click the Office button and select Access Options in order to display Start Application 2 In the Startup Window type Main Menu ndash Payroll Database in the Application Title box 3 In the Display Form box click the drop-down list button and then select Switchboard and then click
the OK button 4 To check if it is start on the Main Switchboard close the Database and then open the Payroll
Database again
Property Sheets
In Microsoft Access you use properties to determine the characteristics of tables queries fields forms reports and data access pages Every section and control on a form report or data access page has properties as well Control properties determine the structure appearance and behavior of a control as well as the characteristics of the text or data it contains
The title bar shows the type and name of the selected object
Each tab displays properties of a specific category
Note To open the properties window in design view press F4
Printing a Form After Access displays the new form in the Form View window you can print this form by following these steps
1 Click the Office button point to Print and then click Print button 2 In the Print dialog box click OK button
Lesson 10
MODIFYING FORM
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to modify a form
Arranging and Repositioning of Controls
Controls are graphical objects as labels text boxes lists check boxes and buttons that you place in
a form to display the data or perform an action Using a form you are not limited to change the labels and
text boxes size of each item rather you can also move or reposition each control inside the form For
Example if you want to move the GP control follows these steps
1 Right click the Employees Salaries Entry and select Design View 2 Press and hold the left mouse button Notice while you are still holding the left mouse button the
mouse pointer changes to an open hand 3 Drag the control on a new location 4 Release the mouse button 5 Now try to rearrange the controls of the Employees Salaries Entry Form as displayed
Using the Controls Group
To simplify your task of placing controls on a form Access provides an extensive tool set in the toolbox The table below briefly describes each tool set in the toolbox
TOOL TOOL NAME PURPOSE
Select Object Selects an Object
Control Wizard Turns the control wizard on or off
Label Create a label to display text
Text Box Create a box to display or edit data
Option Group Creates a group of control that allows one choice
Toggle Button Create a button to indicate a true value when pushed
Option Button Create one button in a single choice set of buttons
Check Box Create a box to indicate a true or false value
Combo Box Create a box to edit data or to choose value from a list
List Box Create a list of values
Button Create a button to run a macro or call a Visual Basic function
Image Create a frame to display a static image
Unbound Object Create a frame to display an OLE object
Bound Object Create a frame to display an OLE object from the database
Page Break Mark the beginning of a new screen or page
SubformSubreport Create a frame to display an embedded form or report
Line Create a line
Rectangle Create a rectangle
Types of Control
The Access form can have one of the three types of controls and these are bound unbound and calculated The following section describes the differences between these types
BOUND CONTROLS
A control that is connected or tied to a field in a formrsquos underlying table or query You use the bound control to display add and update values from a field in your database In this activity you are going to add bound controls to Employees Salaries Entry Form You will begin by deleting the original controls in the form ndash the controls bound to the Sex fields ndash and replace them with bound control the Sex text box becomes a Combo box
ADDING BOUND CONTROLS TO THE FORM
To add button controls to the form you have to follow these general steps 1 In the toolbox click a button that represents the type of control that you want 2 Click the Field List button and then select the field that you want to display in the control 3 Drag the selected field to the form
PLACING COMBO BOXES IN A FORM
To place a combo box in the form follow these steps 1 In the Design View window right click the Gender text box 2 And then point to Change to and then select Combo Box 3 Click the Save button from the Quick Access Toolbar
UNBOUND CONTROLS
In an unbound control the field is not connected or linked in the underlying table or query You can use unbound control to display information lines rectangles and pictures
ADDING UNBOUND CONTROLS TO THE FORM
Your next step for revising the form is to add two unbound controls to the form-a label that serve as the heading and rectangle that will surround the text boxes
PLACING A STAND - ALONE LABEL TO THE FORM
You can create a stand-alone label on the form by using the Label button located on the Toolbox This kind of label is not attached to any other form Its function is to create other information such as heading or title on a form 1 In Design View Select Label button from Control Group 2 Click the Label button and then drag the mouse pointer on the Form Detail Section When you have
the mouse pointer it will appear as a +A
3 Click the left mouse button and type this heading Employee Name Then press the Enter key to complete your entry
4 In the toolbar click the down-arrow on the Font Size box and then select 14 from the list click the Bold button
5 Reposition and resize the label box 6 Click the Label button and then drag the mouse pointer on the Form Detail Section When you have
the mouse pointer it will appear as a +A
7 Click the left mouse button and type this heading Earnings Then press the Enter key to complete your entry
8 In the toolbar click the down-arrow on the Font Size box and then select 14 from the list click the Bold button
9 Reposition and resize the label box 10 Click the Label button and then drag the mouse pointer on the Form Detail Section When you have
the mouse pointer it will appear as a +A
11 Click the left mouse button and type this heading Deductions Then press the Enter key to complete your entry
12 In the toolbar click the down-arrow on the Font Size box and then select 14 from the list click the Bold button
13 Reposition and resize the label box
CREATING A RECTANGLE
The second unbound control that you are going to place on the form is by draw a rectangle around the label heading To draw this rectangle follow these steps 1 In the Toolbox click the Rectangle button 2 Position the mouse pointer just above the label heading
3 When you move the mouse pointer it will appear as +
4 Hold down the left mouse button and drag the mouse pointer to surround your heading Then release the mouse pointer
Note If the rectangle that you placed in your form hides the heading you created previously Click the Format menu and then choose the Send to Back command
5 Click the Form View button to display your form
Activity 13 MODIFYING FORM
CHANGING THE LABEL
The following steps show you how to change the labelrsquos name
1 With the Form still active click the Form View button To display the Form Design View 2 Click the Form Maximize button to expand the formrsquos size 3 Position the mouse pointer on the NDW label and then press the left mouse button Access
displays a small black square around the text box 4 Move the mouse pointer inside the NDW label box and then press the left mouse button again 5 Delete the word NDW and then type Number of Days Worked 6 Repeat procedure number 4 and 5 to change the label
Label Change to PR Rate per Day GP Gross Pay TD Total Deduction NP Net Pay
7 See the result of the revised form
CALCULATED CONTROL
To display the calculated GP of each Employee in a form you can add a Calculated control on the Ave field A Calculated control uses an expression to define a calculation for the control Expressions are combinations of operators (such as + or -) control names field names functions and constants that returns a value The following steps show you how to add a calculated control to the GP field
In the Form Design Window click the Gross Pay text box Access displays a small black square around the field
Click the GP field again Inside the Text box delete the GP then type this expression
=([NDW][PR]) Click the TD field again Inside the Text box delete the TD then type this expression
=([SSS]+[PHIC]+HDMF+WTAX+ADV_VALE) Click the NP field again Inside the Text box delete the NP then type this expression
=([GP][TD])
Click the Form View button to display the form
Lesson 11
ADDING OBJECTS AND COMMAND BUTTONS TO A FORM
Objective In this lesson you will learn to create an unbound object to a form using the unbound object control To create and to modify the embedded object One of the main feature of Access is it enables the user to add objects created in other application to an Access form For Example you can add the companyrsquos logo that you created with Paint Program or other graphics program The type of control used to add picture or object depends whether you want the object to be bound or unbound
Understanding OLE
One of the most important features of OLE is its capability to create embedded object For Example you can insert in your form drawings that you created manually in your Paint Program Another feature of OLE is that you can create an object and then embed it or you can embed existing file that contains text chart spreadsheet data or drawings The third feature of OLE is that you have the convenience of being to update it in the original application without the trouble of remembering which object came from which source programs ndash the embedded object will open the source application every time you double-click the object
Adding Unbound Objects
You can insert an unbound object to the Form by using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox When you insert the Object you have a choice of either embedded it into form or linked it to the original file The difference is that an embedded object is stored in the form and is always available A linked object is stored in the source file you can edit the object file separately and have the latest changes appear on your form EMBEDDING UNBOUND OBJECT
Using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox you can easily embed object The following steps show you how to insert an object from Paint Program to Access if you have a scan logo we can embed it and place it to your form
1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Unbound Object button on the Toolbox 3 Place the mouse pointer on the form Click where you want to embed the object The Insert Object
dialog box opens 4 Open the Paint Program and Open the file for example HAUBMP 5 Then select the Logo and click the Copy button or click Edit menu then Copy 6 Select the Microsoft Access at the task bar and since that you are still in Design View clicks the
Unbound Object 7 And then click the Paste button or click Edit menu then Paste 8 After Copy and Paste the object adjust the size of the window of the object 9 Click the Form View button to see the changes that had been created
CREATING AND EMBEDDED UNBOUND OBJECT
Most Windows applications that support OLE make it easy to create a new object and embed it in the document Using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox you can easily embed object The following steps show you how to embed unbound object in the Employees Salaries Entry Form 1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Unbound Object button on the Toolbox 3 Place the mouse pointer on the form Click where you want to embed the object The Insert Object
dialog box opens 4 In the Object type box select the type of the object that you want to create For Example if you want
to create a picture on your form select the Paintbrush Picture object 5 Click the OK button The applications that you choose either will opens or display a window into
which you can create the object 6 Create the object that you want 7 After creating the object adjust the size of the window of the object 8 Click the File menu and then click Exit and Return to Employees Salaries Entry Form The new
object is then embedded in your form 9 In the Form Design View click the objectrsquos size handle and then adjust the size and proportion of
the object
EDITING EMBEDDED OBJECT
If you want to edit the embedded object for example you want to add new data to it you can easily do so by following these steps 1 In the Form Design View double-click the embedded to open it 2 Edit the object 3 After editing click File menu and then click Exit and Return to Employees Salaries Entry Form
DELETING EMBEDDED OBJECT
Deleting an embedded object is easier than creating it To delete the embedded object just select it and then press the DELETE key
CREATING AND LINKING UNBOUND OBJECT
Linking an object is very useful if you plan to use the same object on several forms but you do not want to include it in your database file When you linked the object you only store the object at once but if the linked object file is move you have to reconnect the link The following steps show you how to create and link an object to form 1 Open the Windows Accessories Paint program 2 Create the picture that you want 3 Save the picture by choosing the Save command from the File menu 4 Close the Paint program 5 Open the Access program 6 From the Design View of the Employees Salaries Entry Form click the Unbound Object and then
click where you want to place the object 7 In the Insert Object window click the Create form file button and then type the path to the file If you
do not know the path click the Browse button and find where you stored the file 8 Click the Link check box and then click the OK button 9 Wait for a few seconds while Access creates the unbound object frame and displays the object
Activity 14 CREATING OBJECTS AND ADDING OBJECTS TO A FORM
CREATE A LOGO
PROCEDURE 1 Create a Logo using the MS Word or MS PowerPoint or Paint Program size 1rdquo height and 15rdquo
width
2 After creating the logo Copy the Logo and Paste to the Employees Salaries Entry Form and be sure that the form must be in Design View
3 Click the Form View button to see the changes that had been created 4 Add a Title and Type RGB Company Place beside the Logo
Activity 15 ADDING COMMAND BUTTONS ON YOUR FORM
If you want to insert another command button aside from the navigation buttons the following steps show you how to add a command button to a form 1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Command Button from the Control Group and then click where you want to place the
button 3 And be sure that Control Wizard button is activated 4 The Command Button Wizard appears on your screen telling you to answer this question What
Action do you want to happen when the button is pressed Select the Categories first Record Navigation Second selects the action Go to First Record
5 Then click the Next button 6 On the next dialog box telling you again to answer the next question Do you want text or picture
on the button If you choose Text you can type text to display If you choose Picture you can click Browse to find a picture to display Select Picture and select also Go to First
7 Then click the Next button again to go to next dialog box 8 The next dialog box telling you again to answer the next question What do you want to name the
button A meaningful name will help you to refer to the button later Then type First Record Thatrsquos all information the wizards to create your command button
9 Last steps click the Finish button And Access displays the command button with picture 10 Now add the following command buttons
A Go to First Record B Go to Previous Record C Go to Next Record D Go to Last Record E Find Record F Add New Record G Save Record H Delete Record I Print Record J Undo Record K Close Form
RGB
RGB Company
Lesson 12
CREATING OTHER FORMS
Objective In this lesson you will learn to create a Subform and filter the records on form
What is a SubForm
Subform is a form that is displayed within a form You can think of a formsubform combination as a hierarchical form a masterdetail form or a parentchild form wherein the primary form is called the main form and the form within the form is called subform Subforms are efficient when you want to display data from tables or queries with a one-to-many relationship
Activity 16 CREATING A SUBFORM
Create the Employees Gross Pay Form attached this from to the Employees Profile Form to create a subform
CREATING SUBFORM (EMPLOYEES INCOME FORM)
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Income Form using the Tabular Auto Form 1 In the Create tab click the More Forms and Select Form Wizard 2 Click the down-arrow button located to the right of the TablesQueries box and then select the
Employees Income table from the list Select the following fields Department NDW RPD and GrossPay Click the Next button
3 Select the Tabular Layout and Click Next button 4 Select the Style that you like and click Next button 5 Type Employees Gross Pay Form in the Title of the Form Access generates the form and
displays the records in the Form View window Click the Form View button to display the formrsquos design view
CREATING MAIN FORM (EMPLOYEES PROFILE FORM)
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Profile Form using the Blank Form 1 In the All Access Objects Window click Employees Info Table In the Create tab at Forms
Group and Select Form 2 Click the View button drop down list and select Design View
3 After modifying the form click and drag the Employees Income Form and place it below the
Position Label box and release the mouse 4 Click the View button drop down list and select Form View to display the records in the Form
View window And then click the Save button filename Employees Profile Form
Filter is a condition you placed on the records in an open form to temporarily separate a subset of records After applying the filter Access will display a record that meets the criteria you have specified However the next time you open the Form it displays all records until you click the Apply FilterSort command to apply the filter
Filter Records in a Form
When you are working with a form sometimes you may need a quick way to filter records To meet this need Access provides your three methods that you can use to filter records-Filter by Form Filter by Selection and Advanced FilterSort
USING FILTER BY SELECTION
The following steps show you how to filter records by using the Filter by Selection 1 In the Form View Window select the value that you want to be included in the results of the filter
For Example to display only the Employees under the Accounting Department then select the Accounting from the Department field
2 Click the and then click Equal ldquoAccountingrdquo The filtered results display only the records that contain the selected value
3 To further limit the set of records select another value and then repeat step 2 4 Save this form if you want to save the filter
USING THE FILTER BY FORM
The following steps show you how to filter a form by using the Filter By Form
1 In the Form View Window click the and then click Filter By Form 2 Access display the Filter By Form window and opens the Look for Tab select the field in which
you want to specify the criteria 3 Select the value from the list or type the value you want the filtered records to contain 4 To further limit the set of record select another field and type or select the new value 5 To specify the alternative values that filtered records can contain click the Or tab Select another
filed and enter a new value
6 Click the and then click Apply FilterSort 7 Save this Form if you want to save this filter
REMOVING A FILTER
After applying the filter you can display all the records that were previously in the Form by selecting the
Lesson 13
CREATING SIMPLE REPORTS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create reports using Report and Report Wizard
Why Create Reports Reports are specifically design to be printed and shared with other people With a report you can generate professional results that you can be proud of whether yoursquore distributing them on paper or publishing them on the Internet Reports are the method by which data can be viewed or printed in an organized and meaningful way Because you have control over the size and appearance of a report you can modify and display the data the way you want Creating a report is similar to creating a form However reports can only display data You cannot use it to input data
There are several ways to create a report ranging from easy-but-limited (Report) to difficult-but-very-flexible (Report Design) The intermediate choice is Report Wizard which offers some flexibility along with a fairly easy procedure
Report Create a basic report of the data in the current query or table to which you can add features such group or totals
Report Wizard Launch the report wizard which helps you to create simple customized reports
New Object Report Create a new blank report in design view In design view you can make advanced design changes to reports such as adding custom control types and writing codes
Labels Launch the label wizard to create standard or customized labels
Using Design View to Create a Report The Design View method is used if you want to create your own report from scratch without using a wizard When you used this method Access will create a blank report You will have to drag the fields and as well as any code that might be needed for the report
Activity 17 USING REPORT WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT
The Report Wizard offers a good compromise between ease of use and flexibility With Report Wizard you can use multiple tables or queries and choose a layout and format for your report Follow these steps to create a report with Report Wizard 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard
Multiple TablesQueries Allowed You donrsquot need to select a table or query from the drop down list in the New Report dialog box in step 3 because yoursquoll be selecting tables and queries in step 4 as part of the wizard
3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want to include fields
4 Click a field in the Available Fields list and then click the gt button to move it to the Selected Fields list Select the following fields EmployeeID Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity and Province
5 If necessary select another table or query from the TablesQueries list and repeat step 5 When you finish selecting fields click Next The next screen of the wizard appears
6 If you want the records grouped by any of the fields you selected click the field and click the gt button If you want to select more than one grouping level select them in the order you want them Then click Next to move on
Grouping The Instructions on the screen are bit cryptic By default there are no groups You have to select a field and click the gt button to create a grouping Grouping sets off each group on the report If you select a field to group by the Grouping Options button becomes active and you can click it to specify precise grouping settings
7 Next yoursquore asked what sort order you want to use If you want sorted records open the top drop-down list and select a field to sort by You can select up to four sorts from the drop-down lists Then click Next
8 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
9 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button
Ascending or Descending By default Access sorts in ascending order (A-Z) Click the AZ button next to the box to change the sort order to descending (Z-A) if you want
10 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area When you click an option button the sample in the box changes to show you what yoursquove selected Select Tabular Layout
11 Choose the orientation for your printed report Portrait (across the narrow edge of the paper) or Landscape (across wide edge of the paper) Then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue
12 In the next wizard dialog box yoursquore asked to choose a report style Several are listed click one to see a sample of it When youre satisfied with your choice click Next
13 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Info Report as the name of the report 14 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
Activity 18 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report 3 The report appears in Layout View 4 Save the report as Employees Info ndash Tabular
Activity 19 USING REPORT WIZARD CREATING A REPORT BASED ON MORE THAN ONE TABLE
From the previous discussion you saw how easy it is to create a simple report based on Employees Info table Using again the Report Wizard you can create a report based on more than one table This wizard speeds up the process of creating a report that brings data together from more than one table
The following steps show you how to create a report based on the Employees Info and Employees Income tables 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard button 3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want
to include fields 4 Access displays the first dialog box of the report wizard Click the gt button to move the EmployeeID
Lastname Firstname Middlename and TIN fields from the Available Fields box to the Selected Fields box
5 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
6 Click the gt button again to move the Department NDW PR and GP fields to the Selected Fields box
7 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Deduction table from the list
8 Click the gt button again to move the SSS PHIC WTAX ADV_VALE and TD fields to the Selected Fields box
9 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
10 Click the gt button again to move the NP fields to the Selected Fields box 11 After moving the needed fields click the Next button 12 Because you want to group the report by Department select the Department field in the list box and
click the gt button This second step of the report wizard enables you to set the grouping options for the report Click the Next button
13 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
14 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button 15 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area Select Stepped Layout And
then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue 16 In the next dialog box enables you to set a Style for the report Choose a style that is appropriate
and then click the Next button 17 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Payroll Registry Report as the name of the
report 18 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
USING LABEL WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT The Label Wizard is a powerful but easy to use wizard that is used to create standard mailing labels or other types of labels Lesson 15 ldquoCreating Labelsrdquo goes into great detail about creating mailing label in Access Sections of a Report
Report Header The report header appears once at the beginning of a report You can use it for items such as logo report title or print date
Page Header The page header appears at the top of every page in the report You use it to display items such as column headings
Detail Section The detail section contains the main body of a reportrsquos data This section is repeated for each record in the reportrsquos underlying record source
Page Footer The page footer appears at the bottom of every page in the report You use it to display items such as page numbers
Report Footer The Report footer appears once at the end of the report You use it to display items such as report totals The report footer is the last section in the report design but appears before the page footer on the last page of the printed report
Group Header By grouping records that share a common value You can calculate subtotals and make a report easier to read A group header appears at the beginning of a new group of records You use it to display information that applies to the group as a whole such a group name and department and so on
Setting up a Report After creating and viewing the report in the Print Preview window you are now ready to print it on the paper Not quite you have still to modify how the report will look when it is printed Follow these steps to modify the report before printing it
1 In the Layout View mode Click Page Setup 2 In response Access displays the Page Setup window This window contains three tabs ndash Margins
Page and Columns 3 In the Margin tab change the page margins if you want to put more data into a page The sample
preview on the right side of the window changes as you change the margins
4 Click the Page tab sets the orientation paper size and source and the printer to use for the report 5 In the Columns tab set the different field layout properties by changing the number of columns and
the row spacing 6 Click the OK button
Lesson 14
CUSTOMIZING A REPORT
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to move and size the controls to make the report more attractive and readable to center the heading of the report and to change controlrsquos border width
Entering Report Design View When you finish previewing a report yoursquove created close Print Preview and yoursquore automatically in Report Design view If you want to come back to Report Design view later from the Database window perform these steps 1 Right Click the report that you want to modify 2 Click the Design View button Report Views The different options to view reports are ndash Design View Print Preview and Layout Preview
Design View to create a new report or modify the structure of an existing report
Print Preview shows all the data that will appear on every page of the report
Layout Preview to quickly look the reportrsquos layout but it only includes enough data to show you what the report will look like
SWITCHING TO DESIGN VIEW The following are the methods to switch to the Design View If you are in Print Preview click the Close button to display the reportrsquos design Or in the Database Window 1 Click the View button 2 Select the report you want to view 3 Click the Design button SWITCHING TO REPORT OR LAYOUT PREVIEW To switch to Report or Layout view make sure you are in the Design View then click the Print Preview button to view all the data on a report or click the Layout Preview button to view the reportrsquos layout Changing the Appearance of the Report You can change the appearance of the report by means of moving sizing aligning or formatting a control The following sections describe how to customize a report
MOVING AND SIZING CONTROLS Access provides several tools to manipulate the controls in the Report Design view After the controls are added on the report you can easily move align and size them You can size or move a control only if it is selected To select a control simply clicks it Once it is selected you can size it by placing the mouse pointer on one of its size handles and dragging Or you can use the To Fit option from the Size command of the Format menu
Note To select more than one control hold down the shift key while clicking each control
To move a selected control simply place the mouse pointer on the control with its attached label and then move it
Activity 20 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 5 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees
IncomeTable 6 Click the Report 7 The report appears in Layout View 8 Save the report as Employees Income Report CHANGING A LABEL To change the name of a selected label with a new name follow these steps 1 Click the label you want to change 2 Click inside the selected label 3 Change the label with a new text ALIGNING OF TEXT IN CONTROLS You can use the alignment buttons on the Toolbar to change the alignment of a selected text in a control For example you might want the heading of your report to appear to the center of a control instead of to the left To center the Employees Income Report heading follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 On the Formatting Toolbar click the Center button to center the text CHANGING BORDER WIDTH When you create a form or report Access automatically surrounds the controls with a border The default controlrsquos border width setting is hairline but you can easily change it by using the Border Width property setting which range from 0 to 6 points To change the Employees Income Report width follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 Press F4 To display Property Window 3 In the Property dialog box click the vertical scroll bar until you find Border Width option 4 Click the Border Width box and then click the down-arrow button 5 From the list select the new border width that you want
Lesson 15
CREATING MAILING LABELS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to make mailing labels using names and address in a database
Easy Mailing Labels with Access If you have ever done mass mailings to club members customers or even friends the worst part was probably addressing all those envelopes Most Word processors (such as Word) have mailing label features that enable you to create mailing labels from a list of names but Access is even better it lets you create mailing labels directly from an address book database (or any other database) Many times in a corporation they need to mail a letter to all of their customers Given a database that contains customer records (Name Address TownCity and Province) you can easily create mailing labels Access provides a powerful and easy-to-use Label Wizard that allows you to design a mailing label To create a mailing label from Employees Info table determine the followings
First examine the fields contained in this table Second decides which field goes to the label And third determine the format of the label
Examining the Employees Info table you can see that the label should contain the following lines
Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity Province
Activity 21 CREATING MAILING LABEL WITH THE LABEL WIZARD
After determining the format of the label you are now ready to create a mailing label 1 Open the Payroll Database Select the Employees Info table and click the Create tab 2 Click Labels button 3 The first screen of the label Wizard appears In this dialog box access displays a predefined set of
label sizes and Select the Product Number 5160 from the list 4 Click Sheet feed or Continuous (Sheet-Fed labels are single sheets continuous labels are joined to
the previous and next sheet at the top and they have perforated strips on the side that feed through a dot-matrix printer) And then click the Next button
5 Next yoursquore asked about the appearance of the text Choose a font from the Font Name drop-down list and choose a font size from the Font Size drop-down list
Donrsquot Make the Font Too Big If you need to print multiple lines on each label make sure that the font size you select is small enough that all lines will fit For mailing labels 8 or 10 point type works well it is large enough to be read by US Postal Service machines but itrsquos small enough that you can fit several lines on each label
6 With some fonts you can choose a font weight Open the Font Weight drop-down list and choose a different weight if you want Normal will work well in most cases
7 If you would like color labels (and you have a color printer) choose a different color from the Text Color List To do so click the button next to the Text Color box choose from the Color dialog box that appears and then click OK to return
Avoid Light Colors If yoursquore making labels to be sent through the US Postal Service keep in mind that their machines canrsquot read light-colored ink such as yellow or pale pink Choose a dark color to ensure that your addresses will be read correctly
8 Click the Italic andor the Underline check box if you want the text formatted with either or both of those attributes Then click Nextgt to continue
9 In the next dialog box you are going to create a template for your labels As you can see this box contains a list box called Available fields and another box called Prototype label To create the template for your labels follow these steps
Select the Lastname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Firstname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Press the Spacebar key to create a space
Select the Middlename field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the Address field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the TownCity field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Province field in the Available field list and then click the gt button 10 Click the Next button 11 In the next dialog box you can specify the sort key of the mailing labels You can sort the labels by
one or more fields To sort the mailing labels select the Lastname field as the sort key and then click the gt button Select the Firstname field and then click the gt button again This process tells Access to sort the mailing label by Lastname and then by Firstname Click the Next button to move to the last dialog box in the Label Wizard
Order Is Important If you pick more than one field to sort by Access sorts the records first by first field you select then by the second and so on So itrsquos important to choose the field first that you want to sort by first If theyrsquore in the wrong order click the ltlt button to remove them all from the Sort By list and then start over
12 In the last screen yoursquore asked for a title or name Enter Employees Info ndash Label and click the Finish Your labels appear in Print Preview just like any other report
Printing Labels You can print by clicking the Print button or you can close the Print Preview box by clicking the Close button Modifying Your Labels If you want to modify the labels you can enter Report Design view and make changes just as you would with any report Just click the labels on the Reports tab and then click Design Your label design appears Use all the same editing techniques that you learned in ldquoCustomizing a Reportrdquo to make changes to your label Editing a Mailing Label After creating a mailing label you can make minor changes to it by changing the font type and size of the text in the controls and by changing the size of controls However if you want to make major changes to the label it is much better to create a new label than to edit it
CHANGING THE FONT TYPE AND SIZE OF TEXT
To change the font type and size of text in the controls follow these steps 1 Right click Employees Info- Labels and then click the Design View button 2 In response Access displays the label in the Design View Click the control that contains the text you
want to change 3 In the Formatting toolbar click the down-arrow button on the Font Name box and then select the font
you want 4 To change the font size click the down-arrow button on the Font Size box and then select the size
you want CHANGING THE SIZE OF CONTROL
The following steps show you how to resize a control 1 In Design View click the control you want to resize 2 Drag the sizing handle
Lesson 16
CREATING MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create main switchboard and adding graphics in switchboard
Create and manage a switchboard form
When you use the Local Templates to create a database Microsoft Access automatically creates a switchboard that helps you to navigate around the database This switchboard has buttons that you can click to open forms and reports (or open other switchboards that open additional forms and reports) quit Microsoft Access or customize the switchboard You can create a switchboard similar to the one that the Local Templates creates by using the Switchboard Manager
What do you want to do
1 Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager 2 Create a new switchboard that you can open from the opening switchboard 3 Make a change to an existing switchboard 4 Change which switchboard is automatically displayed when you open the database 5 Delete a switchboard
Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager When you use the Database Wizard to create a database the wizard creates a switchboard that makes it easy to navigate between the Forms and Reports in your database If you want to build the same type of switchboard for a database you created yourself you can use the Switchboard Manager 1 Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager 2 If Microsoft Access asks if youd like to create a switchboard click Yes 3 In the Switchboard Manager dialog box click the New button 4 In the Create New Window type Forms Switchboard at the Switchboard Page Name and click the
OK button 5 Repeat Step 4-5 In the Create New Window type Reports Switchboard at the Switchboard Page
Name and click the OK button
Activity 22 CREATING A SWITCHBOARD ITEM AT THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager
2 In the Switchboard Manager Window Select Forms Switchboard and then click the Edit button 3 In the Edit Switchboard Page Window Click the New button 4 In the Edit Switchboard Item Type the EnterView Employees Information in Columnar in the
Text Box 5 In the Command Box click the drop-down list button and select Open Form in Edit Mode 6 In the Forms Box click the drop-down list button and select Employees Info-Columnar and click the
OK 7 Repeat Step 2-5 based on the given table below Until yoursquore through with Forms Switchboard and
click the Close button to close the Edit Switchboard Page Window
8 And then you can continue with Reports and Main Switchboard with the same procedures repeat Steps 1-6
Table ndash Switchboard Manager
SWITCHBOARD PAGE SWITCHBOARD ITEM COMMAND OBJECTS
Main Switchboard EnterView Information Goto Switchboard Forms Switchboard
Preview Reports Goto Switchboard Reports Switchboard
Change Switchboard Items Design Application
Exit this database Exit Application
Forms Switchboard Employees Information Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Profile
Employees Salaries Entry Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Salaries Entry
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Reports Switchboard Preview Employees Payroll Registry Report
Open Report Employees Payroll Registry Report
Preview Employees Info Report Open Report Employees Info
Preview the Labels Employees Info
Open Report Employees Info - Label
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Startup Application is used whenever you open your database it will open the main switchboard
Activity 23 CREATING A STARTUP APPLICATION BASED ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Follow these steps to create a startup application 1 Click the Office button and select Access Options in order to display Start Application 2 In the Startup Window type Main Menu ndash Payroll Database in the Application Title box 3 In the Display Form box click the drop-down list button and then select Switchboard and then click
the OK button 4 To check if it is start on the Main Switchboard close the Database and then open the Payroll
Database again
Lesson 10
MODIFYING FORM
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to modify a form
Arranging and Repositioning of Controls
Controls are graphical objects as labels text boxes lists check boxes and buttons that you place in
a form to display the data or perform an action Using a form you are not limited to change the labels and
text boxes size of each item rather you can also move or reposition each control inside the form For
Example if you want to move the GP control follows these steps
1 Right click the Employees Salaries Entry and select Design View 2 Press and hold the left mouse button Notice while you are still holding the left mouse button the
mouse pointer changes to an open hand 3 Drag the control on a new location 4 Release the mouse button 5 Now try to rearrange the controls of the Employees Salaries Entry Form as displayed
Using the Controls Group
To simplify your task of placing controls on a form Access provides an extensive tool set in the toolbox The table below briefly describes each tool set in the toolbox
TOOL TOOL NAME PURPOSE
Select Object Selects an Object
Control Wizard Turns the control wizard on or off
Label Create a label to display text
Text Box Create a box to display or edit data
Option Group Creates a group of control that allows one choice
Toggle Button Create a button to indicate a true value when pushed
Option Button Create one button in a single choice set of buttons
Check Box Create a box to indicate a true or false value
Combo Box Create a box to edit data or to choose value from a list
List Box Create a list of values
Button Create a button to run a macro or call a Visual Basic function
Image Create a frame to display a static image
Unbound Object Create a frame to display an OLE object
Bound Object Create a frame to display an OLE object from the database
Page Break Mark the beginning of a new screen or page
SubformSubreport Create a frame to display an embedded form or report
Line Create a line
Rectangle Create a rectangle
Types of Control
The Access form can have one of the three types of controls and these are bound unbound and calculated The following section describes the differences between these types
BOUND CONTROLS
A control that is connected or tied to a field in a formrsquos underlying table or query You use the bound control to display add and update values from a field in your database In this activity you are going to add bound controls to Employees Salaries Entry Form You will begin by deleting the original controls in the form ndash the controls bound to the Sex fields ndash and replace them with bound control the Sex text box becomes a Combo box
ADDING BOUND CONTROLS TO THE FORM
To add button controls to the form you have to follow these general steps 1 In the toolbox click a button that represents the type of control that you want 2 Click the Field List button and then select the field that you want to display in the control 3 Drag the selected field to the form
PLACING COMBO BOXES IN A FORM
To place a combo box in the form follow these steps 1 In the Design View window right click the Gender text box 2 And then point to Change to and then select Combo Box 3 Click the Save button from the Quick Access Toolbar
UNBOUND CONTROLS
In an unbound control the field is not connected or linked in the underlying table or query You can use unbound control to display information lines rectangles and pictures
ADDING UNBOUND CONTROLS TO THE FORM
Your next step for revising the form is to add two unbound controls to the form-a label that serve as the heading and rectangle that will surround the text boxes
PLACING A STAND - ALONE LABEL TO THE FORM
You can create a stand-alone label on the form by using the Label button located on the Toolbox This kind of label is not attached to any other form Its function is to create other information such as heading or title on a form 1 In Design View Select Label button from Control Group 2 Click the Label button and then drag the mouse pointer on the Form Detail Section When you have
the mouse pointer it will appear as a +A
3 Click the left mouse button and type this heading Employee Name Then press the Enter key to complete your entry
4 In the toolbar click the down-arrow on the Font Size box and then select 14 from the list click the Bold button
5 Reposition and resize the label box 6 Click the Label button and then drag the mouse pointer on the Form Detail Section When you have
the mouse pointer it will appear as a +A
7 Click the left mouse button and type this heading Earnings Then press the Enter key to complete your entry
8 In the toolbar click the down-arrow on the Font Size box and then select 14 from the list click the Bold button
9 Reposition and resize the label box 10 Click the Label button and then drag the mouse pointer on the Form Detail Section When you have
the mouse pointer it will appear as a +A
11 Click the left mouse button and type this heading Deductions Then press the Enter key to complete your entry
12 In the toolbar click the down-arrow on the Font Size box and then select 14 from the list click the Bold button
13 Reposition and resize the label box
CREATING A RECTANGLE
The second unbound control that you are going to place on the form is by draw a rectangle around the label heading To draw this rectangle follow these steps 1 In the Toolbox click the Rectangle button 2 Position the mouse pointer just above the label heading
3 When you move the mouse pointer it will appear as +
4 Hold down the left mouse button and drag the mouse pointer to surround your heading Then release the mouse pointer
Note If the rectangle that you placed in your form hides the heading you created previously Click the Format menu and then choose the Send to Back command
5 Click the Form View button to display your form
Activity 13 MODIFYING FORM
CHANGING THE LABEL
The following steps show you how to change the labelrsquos name
1 With the Form still active click the Form View button To display the Form Design View 2 Click the Form Maximize button to expand the formrsquos size 3 Position the mouse pointer on the NDW label and then press the left mouse button Access
displays a small black square around the text box 4 Move the mouse pointer inside the NDW label box and then press the left mouse button again 5 Delete the word NDW and then type Number of Days Worked 6 Repeat procedure number 4 and 5 to change the label
Label Change to PR Rate per Day GP Gross Pay TD Total Deduction NP Net Pay
7 See the result of the revised form
CALCULATED CONTROL
To display the calculated GP of each Employee in a form you can add a Calculated control on the Ave field A Calculated control uses an expression to define a calculation for the control Expressions are combinations of operators (such as + or -) control names field names functions and constants that returns a value The following steps show you how to add a calculated control to the GP field
In the Form Design Window click the Gross Pay text box Access displays a small black square around the field
Click the GP field again Inside the Text box delete the GP then type this expression
=([NDW][PR]) Click the TD field again Inside the Text box delete the TD then type this expression
=([SSS]+[PHIC]+HDMF+WTAX+ADV_VALE) Click the NP field again Inside the Text box delete the NP then type this expression
=([GP][TD])
Click the Form View button to display the form
Lesson 11
ADDING OBJECTS AND COMMAND BUTTONS TO A FORM
Objective In this lesson you will learn to create an unbound object to a form using the unbound object control To create and to modify the embedded object One of the main feature of Access is it enables the user to add objects created in other application to an Access form For Example you can add the companyrsquos logo that you created with Paint Program or other graphics program The type of control used to add picture or object depends whether you want the object to be bound or unbound
Understanding OLE
One of the most important features of OLE is its capability to create embedded object For Example you can insert in your form drawings that you created manually in your Paint Program Another feature of OLE is that you can create an object and then embed it or you can embed existing file that contains text chart spreadsheet data or drawings The third feature of OLE is that you have the convenience of being to update it in the original application without the trouble of remembering which object came from which source programs ndash the embedded object will open the source application every time you double-click the object
Adding Unbound Objects
You can insert an unbound object to the Form by using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox When you insert the Object you have a choice of either embedded it into form or linked it to the original file The difference is that an embedded object is stored in the form and is always available A linked object is stored in the source file you can edit the object file separately and have the latest changes appear on your form EMBEDDING UNBOUND OBJECT
Using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox you can easily embed object The following steps show you how to insert an object from Paint Program to Access if you have a scan logo we can embed it and place it to your form
1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Unbound Object button on the Toolbox 3 Place the mouse pointer on the form Click where you want to embed the object The Insert Object
dialog box opens 4 Open the Paint Program and Open the file for example HAUBMP 5 Then select the Logo and click the Copy button or click Edit menu then Copy 6 Select the Microsoft Access at the task bar and since that you are still in Design View clicks the
Unbound Object 7 And then click the Paste button or click Edit menu then Paste 8 After Copy and Paste the object adjust the size of the window of the object 9 Click the Form View button to see the changes that had been created
CREATING AND EMBEDDED UNBOUND OBJECT
Most Windows applications that support OLE make it easy to create a new object and embed it in the document Using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox you can easily embed object The following steps show you how to embed unbound object in the Employees Salaries Entry Form 1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Unbound Object button on the Toolbox 3 Place the mouse pointer on the form Click where you want to embed the object The Insert Object
dialog box opens 4 In the Object type box select the type of the object that you want to create For Example if you want
to create a picture on your form select the Paintbrush Picture object 5 Click the OK button The applications that you choose either will opens or display a window into
which you can create the object 6 Create the object that you want 7 After creating the object adjust the size of the window of the object 8 Click the File menu and then click Exit and Return to Employees Salaries Entry Form The new
object is then embedded in your form 9 In the Form Design View click the objectrsquos size handle and then adjust the size and proportion of
the object
EDITING EMBEDDED OBJECT
If you want to edit the embedded object for example you want to add new data to it you can easily do so by following these steps 1 In the Form Design View double-click the embedded to open it 2 Edit the object 3 After editing click File menu and then click Exit and Return to Employees Salaries Entry Form
DELETING EMBEDDED OBJECT
Deleting an embedded object is easier than creating it To delete the embedded object just select it and then press the DELETE key
CREATING AND LINKING UNBOUND OBJECT
Linking an object is very useful if you plan to use the same object on several forms but you do not want to include it in your database file When you linked the object you only store the object at once but if the linked object file is move you have to reconnect the link The following steps show you how to create and link an object to form 1 Open the Windows Accessories Paint program 2 Create the picture that you want 3 Save the picture by choosing the Save command from the File menu 4 Close the Paint program 5 Open the Access program 6 From the Design View of the Employees Salaries Entry Form click the Unbound Object and then
click where you want to place the object 7 In the Insert Object window click the Create form file button and then type the path to the file If you
do not know the path click the Browse button and find where you stored the file 8 Click the Link check box and then click the OK button 9 Wait for a few seconds while Access creates the unbound object frame and displays the object
Activity 14 CREATING OBJECTS AND ADDING OBJECTS TO A FORM
CREATE A LOGO
PROCEDURE 1 Create a Logo using the MS Word or MS PowerPoint or Paint Program size 1rdquo height and 15rdquo
width
2 After creating the logo Copy the Logo and Paste to the Employees Salaries Entry Form and be sure that the form must be in Design View
3 Click the Form View button to see the changes that had been created 4 Add a Title and Type RGB Company Place beside the Logo
Activity 15 ADDING COMMAND BUTTONS ON YOUR FORM
If you want to insert another command button aside from the navigation buttons the following steps show you how to add a command button to a form 1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Command Button from the Control Group and then click where you want to place the
button 3 And be sure that Control Wizard button is activated 4 The Command Button Wizard appears on your screen telling you to answer this question What
Action do you want to happen when the button is pressed Select the Categories first Record Navigation Second selects the action Go to First Record
5 Then click the Next button 6 On the next dialog box telling you again to answer the next question Do you want text or picture
on the button If you choose Text you can type text to display If you choose Picture you can click Browse to find a picture to display Select Picture and select also Go to First
7 Then click the Next button again to go to next dialog box 8 The next dialog box telling you again to answer the next question What do you want to name the
button A meaningful name will help you to refer to the button later Then type First Record Thatrsquos all information the wizards to create your command button
9 Last steps click the Finish button And Access displays the command button with picture 10 Now add the following command buttons
A Go to First Record B Go to Previous Record C Go to Next Record D Go to Last Record E Find Record F Add New Record G Save Record H Delete Record I Print Record J Undo Record K Close Form
RGB
RGB Company
Lesson 12
CREATING OTHER FORMS
Objective In this lesson you will learn to create a Subform and filter the records on form
What is a SubForm
Subform is a form that is displayed within a form You can think of a formsubform combination as a hierarchical form a masterdetail form or a parentchild form wherein the primary form is called the main form and the form within the form is called subform Subforms are efficient when you want to display data from tables or queries with a one-to-many relationship
Activity 16 CREATING A SUBFORM
Create the Employees Gross Pay Form attached this from to the Employees Profile Form to create a subform
CREATING SUBFORM (EMPLOYEES INCOME FORM)
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Income Form using the Tabular Auto Form 1 In the Create tab click the More Forms and Select Form Wizard 2 Click the down-arrow button located to the right of the TablesQueries box and then select the
Employees Income table from the list Select the following fields Department NDW RPD and GrossPay Click the Next button
3 Select the Tabular Layout and Click Next button 4 Select the Style that you like and click Next button 5 Type Employees Gross Pay Form in the Title of the Form Access generates the form and
displays the records in the Form View window Click the Form View button to display the formrsquos design view
CREATING MAIN FORM (EMPLOYEES PROFILE FORM)
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Profile Form using the Blank Form 1 In the All Access Objects Window click Employees Info Table In the Create tab at Forms
Group and Select Form 2 Click the View button drop down list and select Design View
3 After modifying the form click and drag the Employees Income Form and place it below the
Position Label box and release the mouse 4 Click the View button drop down list and select Form View to display the records in the Form
View window And then click the Save button filename Employees Profile Form
Filter is a condition you placed on the records in an open form to temporarily separate a subset of records After applying the filter Access will display a record that meets the criteria you have specified However the next time you open the Form it displays all records until you click the Apply FilterSort command to apply the filter
Filter Records in a Form
When you are working with a form sometimes you may need a quick way to filter records To meet this need Access provides your three methods that you can use to filter records-Filter by Form Filter by Selection and Advanced FilterSort
USING FILTER BY SELECTION
The following steps show you how to filter records by using the Filter by Selection 1 In the Form View Window select the value that you want to be included in the results of the filter
For Example to display only the Employees under the Accounting Department then select the Accounting from the Department field
2 Click the and then click Equal ldquoAccountingrdquo The filtered results display only the records that contain the selected value
3 To further limit the set of records select another value and then repeat step 2 4 Save this form if you want to save the filter
USING THE FILTER BY FORM
The following steps show you how to filter a form by using the Filter By Form
1 In the Form View Window click the and then click Filter By Form 2 Access display the Filter By Form window and opens the Look for Tab select the field in which
you want to specify the criteria 3 Select the value from the list or type the value you want the filtered records to contain 4 To further limit the set of record select another field and type or select the new value 5 To specify the alternative values that filtered records can contain click the Or tab Select another
filed and enter a new value
6 Click the and then click Apply FilterSort 7 Save this Form if you want to save this filter
REMOVING A FILTER
After applying the filter you can display all the records that were previously in the Form by selecting the
Lesson 13
CREATING SIMPLE REPORTS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create reports using Report and Report Wizard
Why Create Reports Reports are specifically design to be printed and shared with other people With a report you can generate professional results that you can be proud of whether yoursquore distributing them on paper or publishing them on the Internet Reports are the method by which data can be viewed or printed in an organized and meaningful way Because you have control over the size and appearance of a report you can modify and display the data the way you want Creating a report is similar to creating a form However reports can only display data You cannot use it to input data
There are several ways to create a report ranging from easy-but-limited (Report) to difficult-but-very-flexible (Report Design) The intermediate choice is Report Wizard which offers some flexibility along with a fairly easy procedure
Report Create a basic report of the data in the current query or table to which you can add features such group or totals
Report Wizard Launch the report wizard which helps you to create simple customized reports
New Object Report Create a new blank report in design view In design view you can make advanced design changes to reports such as adding custom control types and writing codes
Labels Launch the label wizard to create standard or customized labels
Using Design View to Create a Report The Design View method is used if you want to create your own report from scratch without using a wizard When you used this method Access will create a blank report You will have to drag the fields and as well as any code that might be needed for the report
Activity 17 USING REPORT WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT
The Report Wizard offers a good compromise between ease of use and flexibility With Report Wizard you can use multiple tables or queries and choose a layout and format for your report Follow these steps to create a report with Report Wizard 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard
Multiple TablesQueries Allowed You donrsquot need to select a table or query from the drop down list in the New Report dialog box in step 3 because yoursquoll be selecting tables and queries in step 4 as part of the wizard
3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want to include fields
4 Click a field in the Available Fields list and then click the gt button to move it to the Selected Fields list Select the following fields EmployeeID Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity and Province
5 If necessary select another table or query from the TablesQueries list and repeat step 5 When you finish selecting fields click Next The next screen of the wizard appears
6 If you want the records grouped by any of the fields you selected click the field and click the gt button If you want to select more than one grouping level select them in the order you want them Then click Next to move on
Grouping The Instructions on the screen are bit cryptic By default there are no groups You have to select a field and click the gt button to create a grouping Grouping sets off each group on the report If you select a field to group by the Grouping Options button becomes active and you can click it to specify precise grouping settings
7 Next yoursquore asked what sort order you want to use If you want sorted records open the top drop-down list and select a field to sort by You can select up to four sorts from the drop-down lists Then click Next
8 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
9 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button
Ascending or Descending By default Access sorts in ascending order (A-Z) Click the AZ button next to the box to change the sort order to descending (Z-A) if you want
10 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area When you click an option button the sample in the box changes to show you what yoursquove selected Select Tabular Layout
11 Choose the orientation for your printed report Portrait (across the narrow edge of the paper) or Landscape (across wide edge of the paper) Then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue
12 In the next wizard dialog box yoursquore asked to choose a report style Several are listed click one to see a sample of it When youre satisfied with your choice click Next
13 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Info Report as the name of the report 14 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
Activity 18 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report 3 The report appears in Layout View 4 Save the report as Employees Info ndash Tabular
Activity 19 USING REPORT WIZARD CREATING A REPORT BASED ON MORE THAN ONE TABLE
From the previous discussion you saw how easy it is to create a simple report based on Employees Info table Using again the Report Wizard you can create a report based on more than one table This wizard speeds up the process of creating a report that brings data together from more than one table
The following steps show you how to create a report based on the Employees Info and Employees Income tables 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard button 3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want
to include fields 4 Access displays the first dialog box of the report wizard Click the gt button to move the EmployeeID
Lastname Firstname Middlename and TIN fields from the Available Fields box to the Selected Fields box
5 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
6 Click the gt button again to move the Department NDW PR and GP fields to the Selected Fields box
7 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Deduction table from the list
8 Click the gt button again to move the SSS PHIC WTAX ADV_VALE and TD fields to the Selected Fields box
9 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
10 Click the gt button again to move the NP fields to the Selected Fields box 11 After moving the needed fields click the Next button 12 Because you want to group the report by Department select the Department field in the list box and
click the gt button This second step of the report wizard enables you to set the grouping options for the report Click the Next button
13 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
14 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button 15 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area Select Stepped Layout And
then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue 16 In the next dialog box enables you to set a Style for the report Choose a style that is appropriate
and then click the Next button 17 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Payroll Registry Report as the name of the
report 18 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
USING LABEL WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT The Label Wizard is a powerful but easy to use wizard that is used to create standard mailing labels or other types of labels Lesson 15 ldquoCreating Labelsrdquo goes into great detail about creating mailing label in Access Sections of a Report
Report Header The report header appears once at the beginning of a report You can use it for items such as logo report title or print date
Page Header The page header appears at the top of every page in the report You use it to display items such as column headings
Detail Section The detail section contains the main body of a reportrsquos data This section is repeated for each record in the reportrsquos underlying record source
Page Footer The page footer appears at the bottom of every page in the report You use it to display items such as page numbers
Report Footer The Report footer appears once at the end of the report You use it to display items such as report totals The report footer is the last section in the report design but appears before the page footer on the last page of the printed report
Group Header By grouping records that share a common value You can calculate subtotals and make a report easier to read A group header appears at the beginning of a new group of records You use it to display information that applies to the group as a whole such a group name and department and so on
Setting up a Report After creating and viewing the report in the Print Preview window you are now ready to print it on the paper Not quite you have still to modify how the report will look when it is printed Follow these steps to modify the report before printing it
1 In the Layout View mode Click Page Setup 2 In response Access displays the Page Setup window This window contains three tabs ndash Margins
Page and Columns 3 In the Margin tab change the page margins if you want to put more data into a page The sample
preview on the right side of the window changes as you change the margins
4 Click the Page tab sets the orientation paper size and source and the printer to use for the report 5 In the Columns tab set the different field layout properties by changing the number of columns and
the row spacing 6 Click the OK button
Lesson 14
CUSTOMIZING A REPORT
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to move and size the controls to make the report more attractive and readable to center the heading of the report and to change controlrsquos border width
Entering Report Design View When you finish previewing a report yoursquove created close Print Preview and yoursquore automatically in Report Design view If you want to come back to Report Design view later from the Database window perform these steps 1 Right Click the report that you want to modify 2 Click the Design View button Report Views The different options to view reports are ndash Design View Print Preview and Layout Preview
Design View to create a new report or modify the structure of an existing report
Print Preview shows all the data that will appear on every page of the report
Layout Preview to quickly look the reportrsquos layout but it only includes enough data to show you what the report will look like
SWITCHING TO DESIGN VIEW The following are the methods to switch to the Design View If you are in Print Preview click the Close button to display the reportrsquos design Or in the Database Window 1 Click the View button 2 Select the report you want to view 3 Click the Design button SWITCHING TO REPORT OR LAYOUT PREVIEW To switch to Report or Layout view make sure you are in the Design View then click the Print Preview button to view all the data on a report or click the Layout Preview button to view the reportrsquos layout Changing the Appearance of the Report You can change the appearance of the report by means of moving sizing aligning or formatting a control The following sections describe how to customize a report
MOVING AND SIZING CONTROLS Access provides several tools to manipulate the controls in the Report Design view After the controls are added on the report you can easily move align and size them You can size or move a control only if it is selected To select a control simply clicks it Once it is selected you can size it by placing the mouse pointer on one of its size handles and dragging Or you can use the To Fit option from the Size command of the Format menu
Note To select more than one control hold down the shift key while clicking each control
To move a selected control simply place the mouse pointer on the control with its attached label and then move it
Activity 20 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 5 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees
IncomeTable 6 Click the Report 7 The report appears in Layout View 8 Save the report as Employees Income Report CHANGING A LABEL To change the name of a selected label with a new name follow these steps 1 Click the label you want to change 2 Click inside the selected label 3 Change the label with a new text ALIGNING OF TEXT IN CONTROLS You can use the alignment buttons on the Toolbar to change the alignment of a selected text in a control For example you might want the heading of your report to appear to the center of a control instead of to the left To center the Employees Income Report heading follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 On the Formatting Toolbar click the Center button to center the text CHANGING BORDER WIDTH When you create a form or report Access automatically surrounds the controls with a border The default controlrsquos border width setting is hairline but you can easily change it by using the Border Width property setting which range from 0 to 6 points To change the Employees Income Report width follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 Press F4 To display Property Window 3 In the Property dialog box click the vertical scroll bar until you find Border Width option 4 Click the Border Width box and then click the down-arrow button 5 From the list select the new border width that you want
Lesson 15
CREATING MAILING LABELS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to make mailing labels using names and address in a database
Easy Mailing Labels with Access If you have ever done mass mailings to club members customers or even friends the worst part was probably addressing all those envelopes Most Word processors (such as Word) have mailing label features that enable you to create mailing labels from a list of names but Access is even better it lets you create mailing labels directly from an address book database (or any other database) Many times in a corporation they need to mail a letter to all of their customers Given a database that contains customer records (Name Address TownCity and Province) you can easily create mailing labels Access provides a powerful and easy-to-use Label Wizard that allows you to design a mailing label To create a mailing label from Employees Info table determine the followings
First examine the fields contained in this table Second decides which field goes to the label And third determine the format of the label
Examining the Employees Info table you can see that the label should contain the following lines
Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity Province
Activity 21 CREATING MAILING LABEL WITH THE LABEL WIZARD
After determining the format of the label you are now ready to create a mailing label 1 Open the Payroll Database Select the Employees Info table and click the Create tab 2 Click Labels button 3 The first screen of the label Wizard appears In this dialog box access displays a predefined set of
label sizes and Select the Product Number 5160 from the list 4 Click Sheet feed or Continuous (Sheet-Fed labels are single sheets continuous labels are joined to
the previous and next sheet at the top and they have perforated strips on the side that feed through a dot-matrix printer) And then click the Next button
5 Next yoursquore asked about the appearance of the text Choose a font from the Font Name drop-down list and choose a font size from the Font Size drop-down list
Donrsquot Make the Font Too Big If you need to print multiple lines on each label make sure that the font size you select is small enough that all lines will fit For mailing labels 8 or 10 point type works well it is large enough to be read by US Postal Service machines but itrsquos small enough that you can fit several lines on each label
6 With some fonts you can choose a font weight Open the Font Weight drop-down list and choose a different weight if you want Normal will work well in most cases
7 If you would like color labels (and you have a color printer) choose a different color from the Text Color List To do so click the button next to the Text Color box choose from the Color dialog box that appears and then click OK to return
Avoid Light Colors If yoursquore making labels to be sent through the US Postal Service keep in mind that their machines canrsquot read light-colored ink such as yellow or pale pink Choose a dark color to ensure that your addresses will be read correctly
8 Click the Italic andor the Underline check box if you want the text formatted with either or both of those attributes Then click Nextgt to continue
9 In the next dialog box you are going to create a template for your labels As you can see this box contains a list box called Available fields and another box called Prototype label To create the template for your labels follow these steps
Select the Lastname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Firstname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Press the Spacebar key to create a space
Select the Middlename field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the Address field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the TownCity field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Province field in the Available field list and then click the gt button 10 Click the Next button 11 In the next dialog box you can specify the sort key of the mailing labels You can sort the labels by
one or more fields To sort the mailing labels select the Lastname field as the sort key and then click the gt button Select the Firstname field and then click the gt button again This process tells Access to sort the mailing label by Lastname and then by Firstname Click the Next button to move to the last dialog box in the Label Wizard
Order Is Important If you pick more than one field to sort by Access sorts the records first by first field you select then by the second and so on So itrsquos important to choose the field first that you want to sort by first If theyrsquore in the wrong order click the ltlt button to remove them all from the Sort By list and then start over
12 In the last screen yoursquore asked for a title or name Enter Employees Info ndash Label and click the Finish Your labels appear in Print Preview just like any other report
Printing Labels You can print by clicking the Print button or you can close the Print Preview box by clicking the Close button Modifying Your Labels If you want to modify the labels you can enter Report Design view and make changes just as you would with any report Just click the labels on the Reports tab and then click Design Your label design appears Use all the same editing techniques that you learned in ldquoCustomizing a Reportrdquo to make changes to your label Editing a Mailing Label After creating a mailing label you can make minor changes to it by changing the font type and size of the text in the controls and by changing the size of controls However if you want to make major changes to the label it is much better to create a new label than to edit it
CHANGING THE FONT TYPE AND SIZE OF TEXT
To change the font type and size of text in the controls follow these steps 1 Right click Employees Info- Labels and then click the Design View button 2 In response Access displays the label in the Design View Click the control that contains the text you
want to change 3 In the Formatting toolbar click the down-arrow button on the Font Name box and then select the font
you want 4 To change the font size click the down-arrow button on the Font Size box and then select the size
you want CHANGING THE SIZE OF CONTROL
The following steps show you how to resize a control 1 In Design View click the control you want to resize 2 Drag the sizing handle
Lesson 16
CREATING MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create main switchboard and adding graphics in switchboard
Create and manage a switchboard form
When you use the Local Templates to create a database Microsoft Access automatically creates a switchboard that helps you to navigate around the database This switchboard has buttons that you can click to open forms and reports (or open other switchboards that open additional forms and reports) quit Microsoft Access or customize the switchboard You can create a switchboard similar to the one that the Local Templates creates by using the Switchboard Manager
What do you want to do
1 Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager 2 Create a new switchboard that you can open from the opening switchboard 3 Make a change to an existing switchboard 4 Change which switchboard is automatically displayed when you open the database 5 Delete a switchboard
Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager When you use the Database Wizard to create a database the wizard creates a switchboard that makes it easy to navigate between the Forms and Reports in your database If you want to build the same type of switchboard for a database you created yourself you can use the Switchboard Manager 1 Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager 2 If Microsoft Access asks if youd like to create a switchboard click Yes 3 In the Switchboard Manager dialog box click the New button 4 In the Create New Window type Forms Switchboard at the Switchboard Page Name and click the
OK button 5 Repeat Step 4-5 In the Create New Window type Reports Switchboard at the Switchboard Page
Name and click the OK button
Activity 22 CREATING A SWITCHBOARD ITEM AT THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager
2 In the Switchboard Manager Window Select Forms Switchboard and then click the Edit button 3 In the Edit Switchboard Page Window Click the New button 4 In the Edit Switchboard Item Type the EnterView Employees Information in Columnar in the
Text Box 5 In the Command Box click the drop-down list button and select Open Form in Edit Mode 6 In the Forms Box click the drop-down list button and select Employees Info-Columnar and click the
OK 7 Repeat Step 2-5 based on the given table below Until yoursquore through with Forms Switchboard and
click the Close button to close the Edit Switchboard Page Window
8 And then you can continue with Reports and Main Switchboard with the same procedures repeat Steps 1-6
Table ndash Switchboard Manager
SWITCHBOARD PAGE SWITCHBOARD ITEM COMMAND OBJECTS
Main Switchboard EnterView Information Goto Switchboard Forms Switchboard
Preview Reports Goto Switchboard Reports Switchboard
Change Switchboard Items Design Application
Exit this database Exit Application
Forms Switchboard Employees Information Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Profile
Employees Salaries Entry Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Salaries Entry
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Reports Switchboard Preview Employees Payroll Registry Report
Open Report Employees Payroll Registry Report
Preview Employees Info Report Open Report Employees Info
Preview the Labels Employees Info
Open Report Employees Info - Label
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Startup Application is used whenever you open your database it will open the main switchboard
Activity 23 CREATING A STARTUP APPLICATION BASED ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Follow these steps to create a startup application 1 Click the Office button and select Access Options in order to display Start Application 2 In the Startup Window type Main Menu ndash Payroll Database in the Application Title box 3 In the Display Form box click the drop-down list button and then select Switchboard and then click
the OK button 4 To check if it is start on the Main Switchboard close the Database and then open the Payroll
Database again
Using the Controls Group
To simplify your task of placing controls on a form Access provides an extensive tool set in the toolbox The table below briefly describes each tool set in the toolbox
TOOL TOOL NAME PURPOSE
Select Object Selects an Object
Control Wizard Turns the control wizard on or off
Label Create a label to display text
Text Box Create a box to display or edit data
Option Group Creates a group of control that allows one choice
Toggle Button Create a button to indicate a true value when pushed
Option Button Create one button in a single choice set of buttons
Check Box Create a box to indicate a true or false value
Combo Box Create a box to edit data or to choose value from a list
List Box Create a list of values
Button Create a button to run a macro or call a Visual Basic function
Image Create a frame to display a static image
Unbound Object Create a frame to display an OLE object
Bound Object Create a frame to display an OLE object from the database
Page Break Mark the beginning of a new screen or page
SubformSubreport Create a frame to display an embedded form or report
Line Create a line
Rectangle Create a rectangle
Types of Control
The Access form can have one of the three types of controls and these are bound unbound and calculated The following section describes the differences between these types
BOUND CONTROLS
A control that is connected or tied to a field in a formrsquos underlying table or query You use the bound control to display add and update values from a field in your database In this activity you are going to add bound controls to Employees Salaries Entry Form You will begin by deleting the original controls in the form ndash the controls bound to the Sex fields ndash and replace them with bound control the Sex text box becomes a Combo box
ADDING BOUND CONTROLS TO THE FORM
To add button controls to the form you have to follow these general steps 1 In the toolbox click a button that represents the type of control that you want 2 Click the Field List button and then select the field that you want to display in the control 3 Drag the selected field to the form
PLACING COMBO BOXES IN A FORM
To place a combo box in the form follow these steps 1 In the Design View window right click the Gender text box 2 And then point to Change to and then select Combo Box 3 Click the Save button from the Quick Access Toolbar
UNBOUND CONTROLS
In an unbound control the field is not connected or linked in the underlying table or query You can use unbound control to display information lines rectangles and pictures
ADDING UNBOUND CONTROLS TO THE FORM
Your next step for revising the form is to add two unbound controls to the form-a label that serve as the heading and rectangle that will surround the text boxes
PLACING A STAND - ALONE LABEL TO THE FORM
You can create a stand-alone label on the form by using the Label button located on the Toolbox This kind of label is not attached to any other form Its function is to create other information such as heading or title on a form 1 In Design View Select Label button from Control Group 2 Click the Label button and then drag the mouse pointer on the Form Detail Section When you have
the mouse pointer it will appear as a +A
3 Click the left mouse button and type this heading Employee Name Then press the Enter key to complete your entry
4 In the toolbar click the down-arrow on the Font Size box and then select 14 from the list click the Bold button
5 Reposition and resize the label box 6 Click the Label button and then drag the mouse pointer on the Form Detail Section When you have
the mouse pointer it will appear as a +A
7 Click the left mouse button and type this heading Earnings Then press the Enter key to complete your entry
8 In the toolbar click the down-arrow on the Font Size box and then select 14 from the list click the Bold button
9 Reposition and resize the label box 10 Click the Label button and then drag the mouse pointer on the Form Detail Section When you have
the mouse pointer it will appear as a +A
11 Click the left mouse button and type this heading Deductions Then press the Enter key to complete your entry
12 In the toolbar click the down-arrow on the Font Size box and then select 14 from the list click the Bold button
13 Reposition and resize the label box
CREATING A RECTANGLE
The second unbound control that you are going to place on the form is by draw a rectangle around the label heading To draw this rectangle follow these steps 1 In the Toolbox click the Rectangle button 2 Position the mouse pointer just above the label heading
3 When you move the mouse pointer it will appear as +
4 Hold down the left mouse button and drag the mouse pointer to surround your heading Then release the mouse pointer
Note If the rectangle that you placed in your form hides the heading you created previously Click the Format menu and then choose the Send to Back command
5 Click the Form View button to display your form
Activity 13 MODIFYING FORM
CHANGING THE LABEL
The following steps show you how to change the labelrsquos name
1 With the Form still active click the Form View button To display the Form Design View 2 Click the Form Maximize button to expand the formrsquos size 3 Position the mouse pointer on the NDW label and then press the left mouse button Access
displays a small black square around the text box 4 Move the mouse pointer inside the NDW label box and then press the left mouse button again 5 Delete the word NDW and then type Number of Days Worked 6 Repeat procedure number 4 and 5 to change the label
Label Change to PR Rate per Day GP Gross Pay TD Total Deduction NP Net Pay
7 See the result of the revised form
CALCULATED CONTROL
To display the calculated GP of each Employee in a form you can add a Calculated control on the Ave field A Calculated control uses an expression to define a calculation for the control Expressions are combinations of operators (such as + or -) control names field names functions and constants that returns a value The following steps show you how to add a calculated control to the GP field
In the Form Design Window click the Gross Pay text box Access displays a small black square around the field
Click the GP field again Inside the Text box delete the GP then type this expression
=([NDW][PR]) Click the TD field again Inside the Text box delete the TD then type this expression
=([SSS]+[PHIC]+HDMF+WTAX+ADV_VALE) Click the NP field again Inside the Text box delete the NP then type this expression
=([GP][TD])
Click the Form View button to display the form
Lesson 11
ADDING OBJECTS AND COMMAND BUTTONS TO A FORM
Objective In this lesson you will learn to create an unbound object to a form using the unbound object control To create and to modify the embedded object One of the main feature of Access is it enables the user to add objects created in other application to an Access form For Example you can add the companyrsquos logo that you created with Paint Program or other graphics program The type of control used to add picture or object depends whether you want the object to be bound or unbound
Understanding OLE
One of the most important features of OLE is its capability to create embedded object For Example you can insert in your form drawings that you created manually in your Paint Program Another feature of OLE is that you can create an object and then embed it or you can embed existing file that contains text chart spreadsheet data or drawings The third feature of OLE is that you have the convenience of being to update it in the original application without the trouble of remembering which object came from which source programs ndash the embedded object will open the source application every time you double-click the object
Adding Unbound Objects
You can insert an unbound object to the Form by using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox When you insert the Object you have a choice of either embedded it into form or linked it to the original file The difference is that an embedded object is stored in the form and is always available A linked object is stored in the source file you can edit the object file separately and have the latest changes appear on your form EMBEDDING UNBOUND OBJECT
Using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox you can easily embed object The following steps show you how to insert an object from Paint Program to Access if you have a scan logo we can embed it and place it to your form
1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Unbound Object button on the Toolbox 3 Place the mouse pointer on the form Click where you want to embed the object The Insert Object
dialog box opens 4 Open the Paint Program and Open the file for example HAUBMP 5 Then select the Logo and click the Copy button or click Edit menu then Copy 6 Select the Microsoft Access at the task bar and since that you are still in Design View clicks the
Unbound Object 7 And then click the Paste button or click Edit menu then Paste 8 After Copy and Paste the object adjust the size of the window of the object 9 Click the Form View button to see the changes that had been created
CREATING AND EMBEDDED UNBOUND OBJECT
Most Windows applications that support OLE make it easy to create a new object and embed it in the document Using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox you can easily embed object The following steps show you how to embed unbound object in the Employees Salaries Entry Form 1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Unbound Object button on the Toolbox 3 Place the mouse pointer on the form Click where you want to embed the object The Insert Object
dialog box opens 4 In the Object type box select the type of the object that you want to create For Example if you want
to create a picture on your form select the Paintbrush Picture object 5 Click the OK button The applications that you choose either will opens or display a window into
which you can create the object 6 Create the object that you want 7 After creating the object adjust the size of the window of the object 8 Click the File menu and then click Exit and Return to Employees Salaries Entry Form The new
object is then embedded in your form 9 In the Form Design View click the objectrsquos size handle and then adjust the size and proportion of
the object
EDITING EMBEDDED OBJECT
If you want to edit the embedded object for example you want to add new data to it you can easily do so by following these steps 1 In the Form Design View double-click the embedded to open it 2 Edit the object 3 After editing click File menu and then click Exit and Return to Employees Salaries Entry Form
DELETING EMBEDDED OBJECT
Deleting an embedded object is easier than creating it To delete the embedded object just select it and then press the DELETE key
CREATING AND LINKING UNBOUND OBJECT
Linking an object is very useful if you plan to use the same object on several forms but you do not want to include it in your database file When you linked the object you only store the object at once but if the linked object file is move you have to reconnect the link The following steps show you how to create and link an object to form 1 Open the Windows Accessories Paint program 2 Create the picture that you want 3 Save the picture by choosing the Save command from the File menu 4 Close the Paint program 5 Open the Access program 6 From the Design View of the Employees Salaries Entry Form click the Unbound Object and then
click where you want to place the object 7 In the Insert Object window click the Create form file button and then type the path to the file If you
do not know the path click the Browse button and find where you stored the file 8 Click the Link check box and then click the OK button 9 Wait for a few seconds while Access creates the unbound object frame and displays the object
Activity 14 CREATING OBJECTS AND ADDING OBJECTS TO A FORM
CREATE A LOGO
PROCEDURE 1 Create a Logo using the MS Word or MS PowerPoint or Paint Program size 1rdquo height and 15rdquo
width
2 After creating the logo Copy the Logo and Paste to the Employees Salaries Entry Form and be sure that the form must be in Design View
3 Click the Form View button to see the changes that had been created 4 Add a Title and Type RGB Company Place beside the Logo
Activity 15 ADDING COMMAND BUTTONS ON YOUR FORM
If you want to insert another command button aside from the navigation buttons the following steps show you how to add a command button to a form 1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Command Button from the Control Group and then click where you want to place the
button 3 And be sure that Control Wizard button is activated 4 The Command Button Wizard appears on your screen telling you to answer this question What
Action do you want to happen when the button is pressed Select the Categories first Record Navigation Second selects the action Go to First Record
5 Then click the Next button 6 On the next dialog box telling you again to answer the next question Do you want text or picture
on the button If you choose Text you can type text to display If you choose Picture you can click Browse to find a picture to display Select Picture and select also Go to First
7 Then click the Next button again to go to next dialog box 8 The next dialog box telling you again to answer the next question What do you want to name the
button A meaningful name will help you to refer to the button later Then type First Record Thatrsquos all information the wizards to create your command button
9 Last steps click the Finish button And Access displays the command button with picture 10 Now add the following command buttons
A Go to First Record B Go to Previous Record C Go to Next Record D Go to Last Record E Find Record F Add New Record G Save Record H Delete Record I Print Record J Undo Record K Close Form
RGB
RGB Company
Lesson 12
CREATING OTHER FORMS
Objective In this lesson you will learn to create a Subform and filter the records on form
What is a SubForm
Subform is a form that is displayed within a form You can think of a formsubform combination as a hierarchical form a masterdetail form or a parentchild form wherein the primary form is called the main form and the form within the form is called subform Subforms are efficient when you want to display data from tables or queries with a one-to-many relationship
Activity 16 CREATING A SUBFORM
Create the Employees Gross Pay Form attached this from to the Employees Profile Form to create a subform
CREATING SUBFORM (EMPLOYEES INCOME FORM)
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Income Form using the Tabular Auto Form 1 In the Create tab click the More Forms and Select Form Wizard 2 Click the down-arrow button located to the right of the TablesQueries box and then select the
Employees Income table from the list Select the following fields Department NDW RPD and GrossPay Click the Next button
3 Select the Tabular Layout and Click Next button 4 Select the Style that you like and click Next button 5 Type Employees Gross Pay Form in the Title of the Form Access generates the form and
displays the records in the Form View window Click the Form View button to display the formrsquos design view
CREATING MAIN FORM (EMPLOYEES PROFILE FORM)
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Profile Form using the Blank Form 1 In the All Access Objects Window click Employees Info Table In the Create tab at Forms
Group and Select Form 2 Click the View button drop down list and select Design View
3 After modifying the form click and drag the Employees Income Form and place it below the
Position Label box and release the mouse 4 Click the View button drop down list and select Form View to display the records in the Form
View window And then click the Save button filename Employees Profile Form
Filter is a condition you placed on the records in an open form to temporarily separate a subset of records After applying the filter Access will display a record that meets the criteria you have specified However the next time you open the Form it displays all records until you click the Apply FilterSort command to apply the filter
Filter Records in a Form
When you are working with a form sometimes you may need a quick way to filter records To meet this need Access provides your three methods that you can use to filter records-Filter by Form Filter by Selection and Advanced FilterSort
USING FILTER BY SELECTION
The following steps show you how to filter records by using the Filter by Selection 1 In the Form View Window select the value that you want to be included in the results of the filter
For Example to display only the Employees under the Accounting Department then select the Accounting from the Department field
2 Click the and then click Equal ldquoAccountingrdquo The filtered results display only the records that contain the selected value
3 To further limit the set of records select another value and then repeat step 2 4 Save this form if you want to save the filter
USING THE FILTER BY FORM
The following steps show you how to filter a form by using the Filter By Form
1 In the Form View Window click the and then click Filter By Form 2 Access display the Filter By Form window and opens the Look for Tab select the field in which
you want to specify the criteria 3 Select the value from the list or type the value you want the filtered records to contain 4 To further limit the set of record select another field and type or select the new value 5 To specify the alternative values that filtered records can contain click the Or tab Select another
filed and enter a new value
6 Click the and then click Apply FilterSort 7 Save this Form if you want to save this filter
REMOVING A FILTER
After applying the filter you can display all the records that were previously in the Form by selecting the
Lesson 13
CREATING SIMPLE REPORTS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create reports using Report and Report Wizard
Why Create Reports Reports are specifically design to be printed and shared with other people With a report you can generate professional results that you can be proud of whether yoursquore distributing them on paper or publishing them on the Internet Reports are the method by which data can be viewed or printed in an organized and meaningful way Because you have control over the size and appearance of a report you can modify and display the data the way you want Creating a report is similar to creating a form However reports can only display data You cannot use it to input data
There are several ways to create a report ranging from easy-but-limited (Report) to difficult-but-very-flexible (Report Design) The intermediate choice is Report Wizard which offers some flexibility along with a fairly easy procedure
Report Create a basic report of the data in the current query or table to which you can add features such group or totals
Report Wizard Launch the report wizard which helps you to create simple customized reports
New Object Report Create a new blank report in design view In design view you can make advanced design changes to reports such as adding custom control types and writing codes
Labels Launch the label wizard to create standard or customized labels
Using Design View to Create a Report The Design View method is used if you want to create your own report from scratch without using a wizard When you used this method Access will create a blank report You will have to drag the fields and as well as any code that might be needed for the report
Activity 17 USING REPORT WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT
The Report Wizard offers a good compromise between ease of use and flexibility With Report Wizard you can use multiple tables or queries and choose a layout and format for your report Follow these steps to create a report with Report Wizard 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard
Multiple TablesQueries Allowed You donrsquot need to select a table or query from the drop down list in the New Report dialog box in step 3 because yoursquoll be selecting tables and queries in step 4 as part of the wizard
3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want to include fields
4 Click a field in the Available Fields list and then click the gt button to move it to the Selected Fields list Select the following fields EmployeeID Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity and Province
5 If necessary select another table or query from the TablesQueries list and repeat step 5 When you finish selecting fields click Next The next screen of the wizard appears
6 If you want the records grouped by any of the fields you selected click the field and click the gt button If you want to select more than one grouping level select them in the order you want them Then click Next to move on
Grouping The Instructions on the screen are bit cryptic By default there are no groups You have to select a field and click the gt button to create a grouping Grouping sets off each group on the report If you select a field to group by the Grouping Options button becomes active and you can click it to specify precise grouping settings
7 Next yoursquore asked what sort order you want to use If you want sorted records open the top drop-down list and select a field to sort by You can select up to four sorts from the drop-down lists Then click Next
8 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
9 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button
Ascending or Descending By default Access sorts in ascending order (A-Z) Click the AZ button next to the box to change the sort order to descending (Z-A) if you want
10 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area When you click an option button the sample in the box changes to show you what yoursquove selected Select Tabular Layout
11 Choose the orientation for your printed report Portrait (across the narrow edge of the paper) or Landscape (across wide edge of the paper) Then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue
12 In the next wizard dialog box yoursquore asked to choose a report style Several are listed click one to see a sample of it When youre satisfied with your choice click Next
13 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Info Report as the name of the report 14 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
Activity 18 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report 3 The report appears in Layout View 4 Save the report as Employees Info ndash Tabular
Activity 19 USING REPORT WIZARD CREATING A REPORT BASED ON MORE THAN ONE TABLE
From the previous discussion you saw how easy it is to create a simple report based on Employees Info table Using again the Report Wizard you can create a report based on more than one table This wizard speeds up the process of creating a report that brings data together from more than one table
The following steps show you how to create a report based on the Employees Info and Employees Income tables 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard button 3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want
to include fields 4 Access displays the first dialog box of the report wizard Click the gt button to move the EmployeeID
Lastname Firstname Middlename and TIN fields from the Available Fields box to the Selected Fields box
5 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
6 Click the gt button again to move the Department NDW PR and GP fields to the Selected Fields box
7 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Deduction table from the list
8 Click the gt button again to move the SSS PHIC WTAX ADV_VALE and TD fields to the Selected Fields box
9 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
10 Click the gt button again to move the NP fields to the Selected Fields box 11 After moving the needed fields click the Next button 12 Because you want to group the report by Department select the Department field in the list box and
click the gt button This second step of the report wizard enables you to set the grouping options for the report Click the Next button
13 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
14 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button 15 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area Select Stepped Layout And
then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue 16 In the next dialog box enables you to set a Style for the report Choose a style that is appropriate
and then click the Next button 17 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Payroll Registry Report as the name of the
report 18 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
USING LABEL WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT The Label Wizard is a powerful but easy to use wizard that is used to create standard mailing labels or other types of labels Lesson 15 ldquoCreating Labelsrdquo goes into great detail about creating mailing label in Access Sections of a Report
Report Header The report header appears once at the beginning of a report You can use it for items such as logo report title or print date
Page Header The page header appears at the top of every page in the report You use it to display items such as column headings
Detail Section The detail section contains the main body of a reportrsquos data This section is repeated for each record in the reportrsquos underlying record source
Page Footer The page footer appears at the bottom of every page in the report You use it to display items such as page numbers
Report Footer The Report footer appears once at the end of the report You use it to display items such as report totals The report footer is the last section in the report design but appears before the page footer on the last page of the printed report
Group Header By grouping records that share a common value You can calculate subtotals and make a report easier to read A group header appears at the beginning of a new group of records You use it to display information that applies to the group as a whole such a group name and department and so on
Setting up a Report After creating and viewing the report in the Print Preview window you are now ready to print it on the paper Not quite you have still to modify how the report will look when it is printed Follow these steps to modify the report before printing it
1 In the Layout View mode Click Page Setup 2 In response Access displays the Page Setup window This window contains three tabs ndash Margins
Page and Columns 3 In the Margin tab change the page margins if you want to put more data into a page The sample
preview on the right side of the window changes as you change the margins
4 Click the Page tab sets the orientation paper size and source and the printer to use for the report 5 In the Columns tab set the different field layout properties by changing the number of columns and
the row spacing 6 Click the OK button
Lesson 14
CUSTOMIZING A REPORT
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to move and size the controls to make the report more attractive and readable to center the heading of the report and to change controlrsquos border width
Entering Report Design View When you finish previewing a report yoursquove created close Print Preview and yoursquore automatically in Report Design view If you want to come back to Report Design view later from the Database window perform these steps 1 Right Click the report that you want to modify 2 Click the Design View button Report Views The different options to view reports are ndash Design View Print Preview and Layout Preview
Design View to create a new report or modify the structure of an existing report
Print Preview shows all the data that will appear on every page of the report
Layout Preview to quickly look the reportrsquos layout but it only includes enough data to show you what the report will look like
SWITCHING TO DESIGN VIEW The following are the methods to switch to the Design View If you are in Print Preview click the Close button to display the reportrsquos design Or in the Database Window 1 Click the View button 2 Select the report you want to view 3 Click the Design button SWITCHING TO REPORT OR LAYOUT PREVIEW To switch to Report or Layout view make sure you are in the Design View then click the Print Preview button to view all the data on a report or click the Layout Preview button to view the reportrsquos layout Changing the Appearance of the Report You can change the appearance of the report by means of moving sizing aligning or formatting a control The following sections describe how to customize a report
MOVING AND SIZING CONTROLS Access provides several tools to manipulate the controls in the Report Design view After the controls are added on the report you can easily move align and size them You can size or move a control only if it is selected To select a control simply clicks it Once it is selected you can size it by placing the mouse pointer on one of its size handles and dragging Or you can use the To Fit option from the Size command of the Format menu
Note To select more than one control hold down the shift key while clicking each control
To move a selected control simply place the mouse pointer on the control with its attached label and then move it
Activity 20 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 5 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees
IncomeTable 6 Click the Report 7 The report appears in Layout View 8 Save the report as Employees Income Report CHANGING A LABEL To change the name of a selected label with a new name follow these steps 1 Click the label you want to change 2 Click inside the selected label 3 Change the label with a new text ALIGNING OF TEXT IN CONTROLS You can use the alignment buttons on the Toolbar to change the alignment of a selected text in a control For example you might want the heading of your report to appear to the center of a control instead of to the left To center the Employees Income Report heading follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 On the Formatting Toolbar click the Center button to center the text CHANGING BORDER WIDTH When you create a form or report Access automatically surrounds the controls with a border The default controlrsquos border width setting is hairline but you can easily change it by using the Border Width property setting which range from 0 to 6 points To change the Employees Income Report width follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 Press F4 To display Property Window 3 In the Property dialog box click the vertical scroll bar until you find Border Width option 4 Click the Border Width box and then click the down-arrow button 5 From the list select the new border width that you want
Lesson 15
CREATING MAILING LABELS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to make mailing labels using names and address in a database
Easy Mailing Labels with Access If you have ever done mass mailings to club members customers or even friends the worst part was probably addressing all those envelopes Most Word processors (such as Word) have mailing label features that enable you to create mailing labels from a list of names but Access is even better it lets you create mailing labels directly from an address book database (or any other database) Many times in a corporation they need to mail a letter to all of their customers Given a database that contains customer records (Name Address TownCity and Province) you can easily create mailing labels Access provides a powerful and easy-to-use Label Wizard that allows you to design a mailing label To create a mailing label from Employees Info table determine the followings
First examine the fields contained in this table Second decides which field goes to the label And third determine the format of the label
Examining the Employees Info table you can see that the label should contain the following lines
Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity Province
Activity 21 CREATING MAILING LABEL WITH THE LABEL WIZARD
After determining the format of the label you are now ready to create a mailing label 1 Open the Payroll Database Select the Employees Info table and click the Create tab 2 Click Labels button 3 The first screen of the label Wizard appears In this dialog box access displays a predefined set of
label sizes and Select the Product Number 5160 from the list 4 Click Sheet feed or Continuous (Sheet-Fed labels are single sheets continuous labels are joined to
the previous and next sheet at the top and they have perforated strips on the side that feed through a dot-matrix printer) And then click the Next button
5 Next yoursquore asked about the appearance of the text Choose a font from the Font Name drop-down list and choose a font size from the Font Size drop-down list
Donrsquot Make the Font Too Big If you need to print multiple lines on each label make sure that the font size you select is small enough that all lines will fit For mailing labels 8 or 10 point type works well it is large enough to be read by US Postal Service machines but itrsquos small enough that you can fit several lines on each label
6 With some fonts you can choose a font weight Open the Font Weight drop-down list and choose a different weight if you want Normal will work well in most cases
7 If you would like color labels (and you have a color printer) choose a different color from the Text Color List To do so click the button next to the Text Color box choose from the Color dialog box that appears and then click OK to return
Avoid Light Colors If yoursquore making labels to be sent through the US Postal Service keep in mind that their machines canrsquot read light-colored ink such as yellow or pale pink Choose a dark color to ensure that your addresses will be read correctly
8 Click the Italic andor the Underline check box if you want the text formatted with either or both of those attributes Then click Nextgt to continue
9 In the next dialog box you are going to create a template for your labels As you can see this box contains a list box called Available fields and another box called Prototype label To create the template for your labels follow these steps
Select the Lastname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Firstname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Press the Spacebar key to create a space
Select the Middlename field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the Address field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the TownCity field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Province field in the Available field list and then click the gt button 10 Click the Next button 11 In the next dialog box you can specify the sort key of the mailing labels You can sort the labels by
one or more fields To sort the mailing labels select the Lastname field as the sort key and then click the gt button Select the Firstname field and then click the gt button again This process tells Access to sort the mailing label by Lastname and then by Firstname Click the Next button to move to the last dialog box in the Label Wizard
Order Is Important If you pick more than one field to sort by Access sorts the records first by first field you select then by the second and so on So itrsquos important to choose the field first that you want to sort by first If theyrsquore in the wrong order click the ltlt button to remove them all from the Sort By list and then start over
12 In the last screen yoursquore asked for a title or name Enter Employees Info ndash Label and click the Finish Your labels appear in Print Preview just like any other report
Printing Labels You can print by clicking the Print button or you can close the Print Preview box by clicking the Close button Modifying Your Labels If you want to modify the labels you can enter Report Design view and make changes just as you would with any report Just click the labels on the Reports tab and then click Design Your label design appears Use all the same editing techniques that you learned in ldquoCustomizing a Reportrdquo to make changes to your label Editing a Mailing Label After creating a mailing label you can make minor changes to it by changing the font type and size of the text in the controls and by changing the size of controls However if you want to make major changes to the label it is much better to create a new label than to edit it
CHANGING THE FONT TYPE AND SIZE OF TEXT
To change the font type and size of text in the controls follow these steps 1 Right click Employees Info- Labels and then click the Design View button 2 In response Access displays the label in the Design View Click the control that contains the text you
want to change 3 In the Formatting toolbar click the down-arrow button on the Font Name box and then select the font
you want 4 To change the font size click the down-arrow button on the Font Size box and then select the size
you want CHANGING THE SIZE OF CONTROL
The following steps show you how to resize a control 1 In Design View click the control you want to resize 2 Drag the sizing handle
Lesson 16
CREATING MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create main switchboard and adding graphics in switchboard
Create and manage a switchboard form
When you use the Local Templates to create a database Microsoft Access automatically creates a switchboard that helps you to navigate around the database This switchboard has buttons that you can click to open forms and reports (or open other switchboards that open additional forms and reports) quit Microsoft Access or customize the switchboard You can create a switchboard similar to the one that the Local Templates creates by using the Switchboard Manager
What do you want to do
1 Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager 2 Create a new switchboard that you can open from the opening switchboard 3 Make a change to an existing switchboard 4 Change which switchboard is automatically displayed when you open the database 5 Delete a switchboard
Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager When you use the Database Wizard to create a database the wizard creates a switchboard that makes it easy to navigate between the Forms and Reports in your database If you want to build the same type of switchboard for a database you created yourself you can use the Switchboard Manager 1 Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager 2 If Microsoft Access asks if youd like to create a switchboard click Yes 3 In the Switchboard Manager dialog box click the New button 4 In the Create New Window type Forms Switchboard at the Switchboard Page Name and click the
OK button 5 Repeat Step 4-5 In the Create New Window type Reports Switchboard at the Switchboard Page
Name and click the OK button
Activity 22 CREATING A SWITCHBOARD ITEM AT THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager
2 In the Switchboard Manager Window Select Forms Switchboard and then click the Edit button 3 In the Edit Switchboard Page Window Click the New button 4 In the Edit Switchboard Item Type the EnterView Employees Information in Columnar in the
Text Box 5 In the Command Box click the drop-down list button and select Open Form in Edit Mode 6 In the Forms Box click the drop-down list button and select Employees Info-Columnar and click the
OK 7 Repeat Step 2-5 based on the given table below Until yoursquore through with Forms Switchboard and
click the Close button to close the Edit Switchboard Page Window
8 And then you can continue with Reports and Main Switchboard with the same procedures repeat Steps 1-6
Table ndash Switchboard Manager
SWITCHBOARD PAGE SWITCHBOARD ITEM COMMAND OBJECTS
Main Switchboard EnterView Information Goto Switchboard Forms Switchboard
Preview Reports Goto Switchboard Reports Switchboard
Change Switchboard Items Design Application
Exit this database Exit Application
Forms Switchboard Employees Information Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Profile
Employees Salaries Entry Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Salaries Entry
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Reports Switchboard Preview Employees Payroll Registry Report
Open Report Employees Payroll Registry Report
Preview Employees Info Report Open Report Employees Info
Preview the Labels Employees Info
Open Report Employees Info - Label
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Startup Application is used whenever you open your database it will open the main switchboard
Activity 23 CREATING A STARTUP APPLICATION BASED ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Follow these steps to create a startup application 1 Click the Office button and select Access Options in order to display Start Application 2 In the Startup Window type Main Menu ndash Payroll Database in the Application Title box 3 In the Display Form box click the drop-down list button and then select Switchboard and then click
the OK button 4 To check if it is start on the Main Switchboard close the Database and then open the Payroll
Database again
ADDING BOUND CONTROLS TO THE FORM
To add button controls to the form you have to follow these general steps 1 In the toolbox click a button that represents the type of control that you want 2 Click the Field List button and then select the field that you want to display in the control 3 Drag the selected field to the form
PLACING COMBO BOXES IN A FORM
To place a combo box in the form follow these steps 1 In the Design View window right click the Gender text box 2 And then point to Change to and then select Combo Box 3 Click the Save button from the Quick Access Toolbar
UNBOUND CONTROLS
In an unbound control the field is not connected or linked in the underlying table or query You can use unbound control to display information lines rectangles and pictures
ADDING UNBOUND CONTROLS TO THE FORM
Your next step for revising the form is to add two unbound controls to the form-a label that serve as the heading and rectangle that will surround the text boxes
PLACING A STAND - ALONE LABEL TO THE FORM
You can create a stand-alone label on the form by using the Label button located on the Toolbox This kind of label is not attached to any other form Its function is to create other information such as heading or title on a form 1 In Design View Select Label button from Control Group 2 Click the Label button and then drag the mouse pointer on the Form Detail Section When you have
the mouse pointer it will appear as a +A
3 Click the left mouse button and type this heading Employee Name Then press the Enter key to complete your entry
4 In the toolbar click the down-arrow on the Font Size box and then select 14 from the list click the Bold button
5 Reposition and resize the label box 6 Click the Label button and then drag the mouse pointer on the Form Detail Section When you have
the mouse pointer it will appear as a +A
7 Click the left mouse button and type this heading Earnings Then press the Enter key to complete your entry
8 In the toolbar click the down-arrow on the Font Size box and then select 14 from the list click the Bold button
9 Reposition and resize the label box 10 Click the Label button and then drag the mouse pointer on the Form Detail Section When you have
the mouse pointer it will appear as a +A
11 Click the left mouse button and type this heading Deductions Then press the Enter key to complete your entry
12 In the toolbar click the down-arrow on the Font Size box and then select 14 from the list click the Bold button
13 Reposition and resize the label box
CREATING A RECTANGLE
The second unbound control that you are going to place on the form is by draw a rectangle around the label heading To draw this rectangle follow these steps 1 In the Toolbox click the Rectangle button 2 Position the mouse pointer just above the label heading
3 When you move the mouse pointer it will appear as +
4 Hold down the left mouse button and drag the mouse pointer to surround your heading Then release the mouse pointer
Note If the rectangle that you placed in your form hides the heading you created previously Click the Format menu and then choose the Send to Back command
5 Click the Form View button to display your form
Activity 13 MODIFYING FORM
CHANGING THE LABEL
The following steps show you how to change the labelrsquos name
1 With the Form still active click the Form View button To display the Form Design View 2 Click the Form Maximize button to expand the formrsquos size 3 Position the mouse pointer on the NDW label and then press the left mouse button Access
displays a small black square around the text box 4 Move the mouse pointer inside the NDW label box and then press the left mouse button again 5 Delete the word NDW and then type Number of Days Worked 6 Repeat procedure number 4 and 5 to change the label
Label Change to PR Rate per Day GP Gross Pay TD Total Deduction NP Net Pay
7 See the result of the revised form
CALCULATED CONTROL
To display the calculated GP of each Employee in a form you can add a Calculated control on the Ave field A Calculated control uses an expression to define a calculation for the control Expressions are combinations of operators (such as + or -) control names field names functions and constants that returns a value The following steps show you how to add a calculated control to the GP field
In the Form Design Window click the Gross Pay text box Access displays a small black square around the field
Click the GP field again Inside the Text box delete the GP then type this expression
=([NDW][PR]) Click the TD field again Inside the Text box delete the TD then type this expression
=([SSS]+[PHIC]+HDMF+WTAX+ADV_VALE) Click the NP field again Inside the Text box delete the NP then type this expression
=([GP][TD])
Click the Form View button to display the form
Lesson 11
ADDING OBJECTS AND COMMAND BUTTONS TO A FORM
Objective In this lesson you will learn to create an unbound object to a form using the unbound object control To create and to modify the embedded object One of the main feature of Access is it enables the user to add objects created in other application to an Access form For Example you can add the companyrsquos logo that you created with Paint Program or other graphics program The type of control used to add picture or object depends whether you want the object to be bound or unbound
Understanding OLE
One of the most important features of OLE is its capability to create embedded object For Example you can insert in your form drawings that you created manually in your Paint Program Another feature of OLE is that you can create an object and then embed it or you can embed existing file that contains text chart spreadsheet data or drawings The third feature of OLE is that you have the convenience of being to update it in the original application without the trouble of remembering which object came from which source programs ndash the embedded object will open the source application every time you double-click the object
Adding Unbound Objects
You can insert an unbound object to the Form by using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox When you insert the Object you have a choice of either embedded it into form or linked it to the original file The difference is that an embedded object is stored in the form and is always available A linked object is stored in the source file you can edit the object file separately and have the latest changes appear on your form EMBEDDING UNBOUND OBJECT
Using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox you can easily embed object The following steps show you how to insert an object from Paint Program to Access if you have a scan logo we can embed it and place it to your form
1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Unbound Object button on the Toolbox 3 Place the mouse pointer on the form Click where you want to embed the object The Insert Object
dialog box opens 4 Open the Paint Program and Open the file for example HAUBMP 5 Then select the Logo and click the Copy button or click Edit menu then Copy 6 Select the Microsoft Access at the task bar and since that you are still in Design View clicks the
Unbound Object 7 And then click the Paste button or click Edit menu then Paste 8 After Copy and Paste the object adjust the size of the window of the object 9 Click the Form View button to see the changes that had been created
CREATING AND EMBEDDED UNBOUND OBJECT
Most Windows applications that support OLE make it easy to create a new object and embed it in the document Using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox you can easily embed object The following steps show you how to embed unbound object in the Employees Salaries Entry Form 1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Unbound Object button on the Toolbox 3 Place the mouse pointer on the form Click where you want to embed the object The Insert Object
dialog box opens 4 In the Object type box select the type of the object that you want to create For Example if you want
to create a picture on your form select the Paintbrush Picture object 5 Click the OK button The applications that you choose either will opens or display a window into
which you can create the object 6 Create the object that you want 7 After creating the object adjust the size of the window of the object 8 Click the File menu and then click Exit and Return to Employees Salaries Entry Form The new
object is then embedded in your form 9 In the Form Design View click the objectrsquos size handle and then adjust the size and proportion of
the object
EDITING EMBEDDED OBJECT
If you want to edit the embedded object for example you want to add new data to it you can easily do so by following these steps 1 In the Form Design View double-click the embedded to open it 2 Edit the object 3 After editing click File menu and then click Exit and Return to Employees Salaries Entry Form
DELETING EMBEDDED OBJECT
Deleting an embedded object is easier than creating it To delete the embedded object just select it and then press the DELETE key
CREATING AND LINKING UNBOUND OBJECT
Linking an object is very useful if you plan to use the same object on several forms but you do not want to include it in your database file When you linked the object you only store the object at once but if the linked object file is move you have to reconnect the link The following steps show you how to create and link an object to form 1 Open the Windows Accessories Paint program 2 Create the picture that you want 3 Save the picture by choosing the Save command from the File menu 4 Close the Paint program 5 Open the Access program 6 From the Design View of the Employees Salaries Entry Form click the Unbound Object and then
click where you want to place the object 7 In the Insert Object window click the Create form file button and then type the path to the file If you
do not know the path click the Browse button and find where you stored the file 8 Click the Link check box and then click the OK button 9 Wait for a few seconds while Access creates the unbound object frame and displays the object
Activity 14 CREATING OBJECTS AND ADDING OBJECTS TO A FORM
CREATE A LOGO
PROCEDURE 1 Create a Logo using the MS Word or MS PowerPoint or Paint Program size 1rdquo height and 15rdquo
width
2 After creating the logo Copy the Logo and Paste to the Employees Salaries Entry Form and be sure that the form must be in Design View
3 Click the Form View button to see the changes that had been created 4 Add a Title and Type RGB Company Place beside the Logo
Activity 15 ADDING COMMAND BUTTONS ON YOUR FORM
If you want to insert another command button aside from the navigation buttons the following steps show you how to add a command button to a form 1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Command Button from the Control Group and then click where you want to place the
button 3 And be sure that Control Wizard button is activated 4 The Command Button Wizard appears on your screen telling you to answer this question What
Action do you want to happen when the button is pressed Select the Categories first Record Navigation Second selects the action Go to First Record
5 Then click the Next button 6 On the next dialog box telling you again to answer the next question Do you want text or picture
on the button If you choose Text you can type text to display If you choose Picture you can click Browse to find a picture to display Select Picture and select also Go to First
7 Then click the Next button again to go to next dialog box 8 The next dialog box telling you again to answer the next question What do you want to name the
button A meaningful name will help you to refer to the button later Then type First Record Thatrsquos all information the wizards to create your command button
9 Last steps click the Finish button And Access displays the command button with picture 10 Now add the following command buttons
A Go to First Record B Go to Previous Record C Go to Next Record D Go to Last Record E Find Record F Add New Record G Save Record H Delete Record I Print Record J Undo Record K Close Form
RGB
RGB Company
Lesson 12
CREATING OTHER FORMS
Objective In this lesson you will learn to create a Subform and filter the records on form
What is a SubForm
Subform is a form that is displayed within a form You can think of a formsubform combination as a hierarchical form a masterdetail form or a parentchild form wherein the primary form is called the main form and the form within the form is called subform Subforms are efficient when you want to display data from tables or queries with a one-to-many relationship
Activity 16 CREATING A SUBFORM
Create the Employees Gross Pay Form attached this from to the Employees Profile Form to create a subform
CREATING SUBFORM (EMPLOYEES INCOME FORM)
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Income Form using the Tabular Auto Form 1 In the Create tab click the More Forms and Select Form Wizard 2 Click the down-arrow button located to the right of the TablesQueries box and then select the
Employees Income table from the list Select the following fields Department NDW RPD and GrossPay Click the Next button
3 Select the Tabular Layout and Click Next button 4 Select the Style that you like and click Next button 5 Type Employees Gross Pay Form in the Title of the Form Access generates the form and
displays the records in the Form View window Click the Form View button to display the formrsquos design view
CREATING MAIN FORM (EMPLOYEES PROFILE FORM)
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Profile Form using the Blank Form 1 In the All Access Objects Window click Employees Info Table In the Create tab at Forms
Group and Select Form 2 Click the View button drop down list and select Design View
3 After modifying the form click and drag the Employees Income Form and place it below the
Position Label box and release the mouse 4 Click the View button drop down list and select Form View to display the records in the Form
View window And then click the Save button filename Employees Profile Form
Filter is a condition you placed on the records in an open form to temporarily separate a subset of records After applying the filter Access will display a record that meets the criteria you have specified However the next time you open the Form it displays all records until you click the Apply FilterSort command to apply the filter
Filter Records in a Form
When you are working with a form sometimes you may need a quick way to filter records To meet this need Access provides your three methods that you can use to filter records-Filter by Form Filter by Selection and Advanced FilterSort
USING FILTER BY SELECTION
The following steps show you how to filter records by using the Filter by Selection 1 In the Form View Window select the value that you want to be included in the results of the filter
For Example to display only the Employees under the Accounting Department then select the Accounting from the Department field
2 Click the and then click Equal ldquoAccountingrdquo The filtered results display only the records that contain the selected value
3 To further limit the set of records select another value and then repeat step 2 4 Save this form if you want to save the filter
USING THE FILTER BY FORM
The following steps show you how to filter a form by using the Filter By Form
1 In the Form View Window click the and then click Filter By Form 2 Access display the Filter By Form window and opens the Look for Tab select the field in which
you want to specify the criteria 3 Select the value from the list or type the value you want the filtered records to contain 4 To further limit the set of record select another field and type or select the new value 5 To specify the alternative values that filtered records can contain click the Or tab Select another
filed and enter a new value
6 Click the and then click Apply FilterSort 7 Save this Form if you want to save this filter
REMOVING A FILTER
After applying the filter you can display all the records that were previously in the Form by selecting the
Lesson 13
CREATING SIMPLE REPORTS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create reports using Report and Report Wizard
Why Create Reports Reports are specifically design to be printed and shared with other people With a report you can generate professional results that you can be proud of whether yoursquore distributing them on paper or publishing them on the Internet Reports are the method by which data can be viewed or printed in an organized and meaningful way Because you have control over the size and appearance of a report you can modify and display the data the way you want Creating a report is similar to creating a form However reports can only display data You cannot use it to input data
There are several ways to create a report ranging from easy-but-limited (Report) to difficult-but-very-flexible (Report Design) The intermediate choice is Report Wizard which offers some flexibility along with a fairly easy procedure
Report Create a basic report of the data in the current query or table to which you can add features such group or totals
Report Wizard Launch the report wizard which helps you to create simple customized reports
New Object Report Create a new blank report in design view In design view you can make advanced design changes to reports such as adding custom control types and writing codes
Labels Launch the label wizard to create standard or customized labels
Using Design View to Create a Report The Design View method is used if you want to create your own report from scratch without using a wizard When you used this method Access will create a blank report You will have to drag the fields and as well as any code that might be needed for the report
Activity 17 USING REPORT WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT
The Report Wizard offers a good compromise between ease of use and flexibility With Report Wizard you can use multiple tables or queries and choose a layout and format for your report Follow these steps to create a report with Report Wizard 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard
Multiple TablesQueries Allowed You donrsquot need to select a table or query from the drop down list in the New Report dialog box in step 3 because yoursquoll be selecting tables and queries in step 4 as part of the wizard
3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want to include fields
4 Click a field in the Available Fields list and then click the gt button to move it to the Selected Fields list Select the following fields EmployeeID Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity and Province
5 If necessary select another table or query from the TablesQueries list and repeat step 5 When you finish selecting fields click Next The next screen of the wizard appears
6 If you want the records grouped by any of the fields you selected click the field and click the gt button If you want to select more than one grouping level select them in the order you want them Then click Next to move on
Grouping The Instructions on the screen are bit cryptic By default there are no groups You have to select a field and click the gt button to create a grouping Grouping sets off each group on the report If you select a field to group by the Grouping Options button becomes active and you can click it to specify precise grouping settings
7 Next yoursquore asked what sort order you want to use If you want sorted records open the top drop-down list and select a field to sort by You can select up to four sorts from the drop-down lists Then click Next
8 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
9 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button
Ascending or Descending By default Access sorts in ascending order (A-Z) Click the AZ button next to the box to change the sort order to descending (Z-A) if you want
10 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area When you click an option button the sample in the box changes to show you what yoursquove selected Select Tabular Layout
11 Choose the orientation for your printed report Portrait (across the narrow edge of the paper) or Landscape (across wide edge of the paper) Then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue
12 In the next wizard dialog box yoursquore asked to choose a report style Several are listed click one to see a sample of it When youre satisfied with your choice click Next
13 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Info Report as the name of the report 14 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
Activity 18 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report 3 The report appears in Layout View 4 Save the report as Employees Info ndash Tabular
Activity 19 USING REPORT WIZARD CREATING A REPORT BASED ON MORE THAN ONE TABLE
From the previous discussion you saw how easy it is to create a simple report based on Employees Info table Using again the Report Wizard you can create a report based on more than one table This wizard speeds up the process of creating a report that brings data together from more than one table
The following steps show you how to create a report based on the Employees Info and Employees Income tables 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard button 3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want
to include fields 4 Access displays the first dialog box of the report wizard Click the gt button to move the EmployeeID
Lastname Firstname Middlename and TIN fields from the Available Fields box to the Selected Fields box
5 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
6 Click the gt button again to move the Department NDW PR and GP fields to the Selected Fields box
7 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Deduction table from the list
8 Click the gt button again to move the SSS PHIC WTAX ADV_VALE and TD fields to the Selected Fields box
9 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
10 Click the gt button again to move the NP fields to the Selected Fields box 11 After moving the needed fields click the Next button 12 Because you want to group the report by Department select the Department field in the list box and
click the gt button This second step of the report wizard enables you to set the grouping options for the report Click the Next button
13 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
14 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button 15 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area Select Stepped Layout And
then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue 16 In the next dialog box enables you to set a Style for the report Choose a style that is appropriate
and then click the Next button 17 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Payroll Registry Report as the name of the
report 18 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
USING LABEL WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT The Label Wizard is a powerful but easy to use wizard that is used to create standard mailing labels or other types of labels Lesson 15 ldquoCreating Labelsrdquo goes into great detail about creating mailing label in Access Sections of a Report
Report Header The report header appears once at the beginning of a report You can use it for items such as logo report title or print date
Page Header The page header appears at the top of every page in the report You use it to display items such as column headings
Detail Section The detail section contains the main body of a reportrsquos data This section is repeated for each record in the reportrsquos underlying record source
Page Footer The page footer appears at the bottom of every page in the report You use it to display items such as page numbers
Report Footer The Report footer appears once at the end of the report You use it to display items such as report totals The report footer is the last section in the report design but appears before the page footer on the last page of the printed report
Group Header By grouping records that share a common value You can calculate subtotals and make a report easier to read A group header appears at the beginning of a new group of records You use it to display information that applies to the group as a whole such a group name and department and so on
Setting up a Report After creating and viewing the report in the Print Preview window you are now ready to print it on the paper Not quite you have still to modify how the report will look when it is printed Follow these steps to modify the report before printing it
1 In the Layout View mode Click Page Setup 2 In response Access displays the Page Setup window This window contains three tabs ndash Margins
Page and Columns 3 In the Margin tab change the page margins if you want to put more data into a page The sample
preview on the right side of the window changes as you change the margins
4 Click the Page tab sets the orientation paper size and source and the printer to use for the report 5 In the Columns tab set the different field layout properties by changing the number of columns and
the row spacing 6 Click the OK button
Lesson 14
CUSTOMIZING A REPORT
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to move and size the controls to make the report more attractive and readable to center the heading of the report and to change controlrsquos border width
Entering Report Design View When you finish previewing a report yoursquove created close Print Preview and yoursquore automatically in Report Design view If you want to come back to Report Design view later from the Database window perform these steps 1 Right Click the report that you want to modify 2 Click the Design View button Report Views The different options to view reports are ndash Design View Print Preview and Layout Preview
Design View to create a new report or modify the structure of an existing report
Print Preview shows all the data that will appear on every page of the report
Layout Preview to quickly look the reportrsquos layout but it only includes enough data to show you what the report will look like
SWITCHING TO DESIGN VIEW The following are the methods to switch to the Design View If you are in Print Preview click the Close button to display the reportrsquos design Or in the Database Window 1 Click the View button 2 Select the report you want to view 3 Click the Design button SWITCHING TO REPORT OR LAYOUT PREVIEW To switch to Report or Layout view make sure you are in the Design View then click the Print Preview button to view all the data on a report or click the Layout Preview button to view the reportrsquos layout Changing the Appearance of the Report You can change the appearance of the report by means of moving sizing aligning or formatting a control The following sections describe how to customize a report
MOVING AND SIZING CONTROLS Access provides several tools to manipulate the controls in the Report Design view After the controls are added on the report you can easily move align and size them You can size or move a control only if it is selected To select a control simply clicks it Once it is selected you can size it by placing the mouse pointer on one of its size handles and dragging Or you can use the To Fit option from the Size command of the Format menu
Note To select more than one control hold down the shift key while clicking each control
To move a selected control simply place the mouse pointer on the control with its attached label and then move it
Activity 20 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 5 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees
IncomeTable 6 Click the Report 7 The report appears in Layout View 8 Save the report as Employees Income Report CHANGING A LABEL To change the name of a selected label with a new name follow these steps 1 Click the label you want to change 2 Click inside the selected label 3 Change the label with a new text ALIGNING OF TEXT IN CONTROLS You can use the alignment buttons on the Toolbar to change the alignment of a selected text in a control For example you might want the heading of your report to appear to the center of a control instead of to the left To center the Employees Income Report heading follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 On the Formatting Toolbar click the Center button to center the text CHANGING BORDER WIDTH When you create a form or report Access automatically surrounds the controls with a border The default controlrsquos border width setting is hairline but you can easily change it by using the Border Width property setting which range from 0 to 6 points To change the Employees Income Report width follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 Press F4 To display Property Window 3 In the Property dialog box click the vertical scroll bar until you find Border Width option 4 Click the Border Width box and then click the down-arrow button 5 From the list select the new border width that you want
Lesson 15
CREATING MAILING LABELS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to make mailing labels using names and address in a database
Easy Mailing Labels with Access If you have ever done mass mailings to club members customers or even friends the worst part was probably addressing all those envelopes Most Word processors (such as Word) have mailing label features that enable you to create mailing labels from a list of names but Access is even better it lets you create mailing labels directly from an address book database (or any other database) Many times in a corporation they need to mail a letter to all of their customers Given a database that contains customer records (Name Address TownCity and Province) you can easily create mailing labels Access provides a powerful and easy-to-use Label Wizard that allows you to design a mailing label To create a mailing label from Employees Info table determine the followings
First examine the fields contained in this table Second decides which field goes to the label And third determine the format of the label
Examining the Employees Info table you can see that the label should contain the following lines
Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity Province
Activity 21 CREATING MAILING LABEL WITH THE LABEL WIZARD
After determining the format of the label you are now ready to create a mailing label 1 Open the Payroll Database Select the Employees Info table and click the Create tab 2 Click Labels button 3 The first screen of the label Wizard appears In this dialog box access displays a predefined set of
label sizes and Select the Product Number 5160 from the list 4 Click Sheet feed or Continuous (Sheet-Fed labels are single sheets continuous labels are joined to
the previous and next sheet at the top and they have perforated strips on the side that feed through a dot-matrix printer) And then click the Next button
5 Next yoursquore asked about the appearance of the text Choose a font from the Font Name drop-down list and choose a font size from the Font Size drop-down list
Donrsquot Make the Font Too Big If you need to print multiple lines on each label make sure that the font size you select is small enough that all lines will fit For mailing labels 8 or 10 point type works well it is large enough to be read by US Postal Service machines but itrsquos small enough that you can fit several lines on each label
6 With some fonts you can choose a font weight Open the Font Weight drop-down list and choose a different weight if you want Normal will work well in most cases
7 If you would like color labels (and you have a color printer) choose a different color from the Text Color List To do so click the button next to the Text Color box choose from the Color dialog box that appears and then click OK to return
Avoid Light Colors If yoursquore making labels to be sent through the US Postal Service keep in mind that their machines canrsquot read light-colored ink such as yellow or pale pink Choose a dark color to ensure that your addresses will be read correctly
8 Click the Italic andor the Underline check box if you want the text formatted with either or both of those attributes Then click Nextgt to continue
9 In the next dialog box you are going to create a template for your labels As you can see this box contains a list box called Available fields and another box called Prototype label To create the template for your labels follow these steps
Select the Lastname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Firstname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Press the Spacebar key to create a space
Select the Middlename field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the Address field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the TownCity field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Province field in the Available field list and then click the gt button 10 Click the Next button 11 In the next dialog box you can specify the sort key of the mailing labels You can sort the labels by
one or more fields To sort the mailing labels select the Lastname field as the sort key and then click the gt button Select the Firstname field and then click the gt button again This process tells Access to sort the mailing label by Lastname and then by Firstname Click the Next button to move to the last dialog box in the Label Wizard
Order Is Important If you pick more than one field to sort by Access sorts the records first by first field you select then by the second and so on So itrsquos important to choose the field first that you want to sort by first If theyrsquore in the wrong order click the ltlt button to remove them all from the Sort By list and then start over
12 In the last screen yoursquore asked for a title or name Enter Employees Info ndash Label and click the Finish Your labels appear in Print Preview just like any other report
Printing Labels You can print by clicking the Print button or you can close the Print Preview box by clicking the Close button Modifying Your Labels If you want to modify the labels you can enter Report Design view and make changes just as you would with any report Just click the labels on the Reports tab and then click Design Your label design appears Use all the same editing techniques that you learned in ldquoCustomizing a Reportrdquo to make changes to your label Editing a Mailing Label After creating a mailing label you can make minor changes to it by changing the font type and size of the text in the controls and by changing the size of controls However if you want to make major changes to the label it is much better to create a new label than to edit it
CHANGING THE FONT TYPE AND SIZE OF TEXT
To change the font type and size of text in the controls follow these steps 1 Right click Employees Info- Labels and then click the Design View button 2 In response Access displays the label in the Design View Click the control that contains the text you
want to change 3 In the Formatting toolbar click the down-arrow button on the Font Name box and then select the font
you want 4 To change the font size click the down-arrow button on the Font Size box and then select the size
you want CHANGING THE SIZE OF CONTROL
The following steps show you how to resize a control 1 In Design View click the control you want to resize 2 Drag the sizing handle
Lesson 16
CREATING MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create main switchboard and adding graphics in switchboard
Create and manage a switchboard form
When you use the Local Templates to create a database Microsoft Access automatically creates a switchboard that helps you to navigate around the database This switchboard has buttons that you can click to open forms and reports (or open other switchboards that open additional forms and reports) quit Microsoft Access or customize the switchboard You can create a switchboard similar to the one that the Local Templates creates by using the Switchboard Manager
What do you want to do
1 Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager 2 Create a new switchboard that you can open from the opening switchboard 3 Make a change to an existing switchboard 4 Change which switchboard is automatically displayed when you open the database 5 Delete a switchboard
Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager When you use the Database Wizard to create a database the wizard creates a switchboard that makes it easy to navigate between the Forms and Reports in your database If you want to build the same type of switchboard for a database you created yourself you can use the Switchboard Manager 1 Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager 2 If Microsoft Access asks if youd like to create a switchboard click Yes 3 In the Switchboard Manager dialog box click the New button 4 In the Create New Window type Forms Switchboard at the Switchboard Page Name and click the
OK button 5 Repeat Step 4-5 In the Create New Window type Reports Switchboard at the Switchboard Page
Name and click the OK button
Activity 22 CREATING A SWITCHBOARD ITEM AT THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager
2 In the Switchboard Manager Window Select Forms Switchboard and then click the Edit button 3 In the Edit Switchboard Page Window Click the New button 4 In the Edit Switchboard Item Type the EnterView Employees Information in Columnar in the
Text Box 5 In the Command Box click the drop-down list button and select Open Form in Edit Mode 6 In the Forms Box click the drop-down list button and select Employees Info-Columnar and click the
OK 7 Repeat Step 2-5 based on the given table below Until yoursquore through with Forms Switchboard and
click the Close button to close the Edit Switchboard Page Window
8 And then you can continue with Reports and Main Switchboard with the same procedures repeat Steps 1-6
Table ndash Switchboard Manager
SWITCHBOARD PAGE SWITCHBOARD ITEM COMMAND OBJECTS
Main Switchboard EnterView Information Goto Switchboard Forms Switchboard
Preview Reports Goto Switchboard Reports Switchboard
Change Switchboard Items Design Application
Exit this database Exit Application
Forms Switchboard Employees Information Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Profile
Employees Salaries Entry Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Salaries Entry
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Reports Switchboard Preview Employees Payroll Registry Report
Open Report Employees Payroll Registry Report
Preview Employees Info Report Open Report Employees Info
Preview the Labels Employees Info
Open Report Employees Info - Label
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Startup Application is used whenever you open your database it will open the main switchboard
Activity 23 CREATING A STARTUP APPLICATION BASED ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Follow these steps to create a startup application 1 Click the Office button and select Access Options in order to display Start Application 2 In the Startup Window type Main Menu ndash Payroll Database in the Application Title box 3 In the Display Form box click the drop-down list button and then select Switchboard and then click
the OK button 4 To check if it is start on the Main Switchboard close the Database and then open the Payroll
Database again
12 In the toolbar click the down-arrow on the Font Size box and then select 14 from the list click the Bold button
13 Reposition and resize the label box
CREATING A RECTANGLE
The second unbound control that you are going to place on the form is by draw a rectangle around the label heading To draw this rectangle follow these steps 1 In the Toolbox click the Rectangle button 2 Position the mouse pointer just above the label heading
3 When you move the mouse pointer it will appear as +
4 Hold down the left mouse button and drag the mouse pointer to surround your heading Then release the mouse pointer
Note If the rectangle that you placed in your form hides the heading you created previously Click the Format menu and then choose the Send to Back command
5 Click the Form View button to display your form
Activity 13 MODIFYING FORM
CHANGING THE LABEL
The following steps show you how to change the labelrsquos name
1 With the Form still active click the Form View button To display the Form Design View 2 Click the Form Maximize button to expand the formrsquos size 3 Position the mouse pointer on the NDW label and then press the left mouse button Access
displays a small black square around the text box 4 Move the mouse pointer inside the NDW label box and then press the left mouse button again 5 Delete the word NDW and then type Number of Days Worked 6 Repeat procedure number 4 and 5 to change the label
Label Change to PR Rate per Day GP Gross Pay TD Total Deduction NP Net Pay
7 See the result of the revised form
CALCULATED CONTROL
To display the calculated GP of each Employee in a form you can add a Calculated control on the Ave field A Calculated control uses an expression to define a calculation for the control Expressions are combinations of operators (such as + or -) control names field names functions and constants that returns a value The following steps show you how to add a calculated control to the GP field
In the Form Design Window click the Gross Pay text box Access displays a small black square around the field
Click the GP field again Inside the Text box delete the GP then type this expression
=([NDW][PR]) Click the TD field again Inside the Text box delete the TD then type this expression
=([SSS]+[PHIC]+HDMF+WTAX+ADV_VALE) Click the NP field again Inside the Text box delete the NP then type this expression
=([GP][TD])
Click the Form View button to display the form
Lesson 11
ADDING OBJECTS AND COMMAND BUTTONS TO A FORM
Objective In this lesson you will learn to create an unbound object to a form using the unbound object control To create and to modify the embedded object One of the main feature of Access is it enables the user to add objects created in other application to an Access form For Example you can add the companyrsquos logo that you created with Paint Program or other graphics program The type of control used to add picture or object depends whether you want the object to be bound or unbound
Understanding OLE
One of the most important features of OLE is its capability to create embedded object For Example you can insert in your form drawings that you created manually in your Paint Program Another feature of OLE is that you can create an object and then embed it or you can embed existing file that contains text chart spreadsheet data or drawings The third feature of OLE is that you have the convenience of being to update it in the original application without the trouble of remembering which object came from which source programs ndash the embedded object will open the source application every time you double-click the object
Adding Unbound Objects
You can insert an unbound object to the Form by using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox When you insert the Object you have a choice of either embedded it into form or linked it to the original file The difference is that an embedded object is stored in the form and is always available A linked object is stored in the source file you can edit the object file separately and have the latest changes appear on your form EMBEDDING UNBOUND OBJECT
Using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox you can easily embed object The following steps show you how to insert an object from Paint Program to Access if you have a scan logo we can embed it and place it to your form
1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Unbound Object button on the Toolbox 3 Place the mouse pointer on the form Click where you want to embed the object The Insert Object
dialog box opens 4 Open the Paint Program and Open the file for example HAUBMP 5 Then select the Logo and click the Copy button or click Edit menu then Copy 6 Select the Microsoft Access at the task bar and since that you are still in Design View clicks the
Unbound Object 7 And then click the Paste button or click Edit menu then Paste 8 After Copy and Paste the object adjust the size of the window of the object 9 Click the Form View button to see the changes that had been created
CREATING AND EMBEDDED UNBOUND OBJECT
Most Windows applications that support OLE make it easy to create a new object and embed it in the document Using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox you can easily embed object The following steps show you how to embed unbound object in the Employees Salaries Entry Form 1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Unbound Object button on the Toolbox 3 Place the mouse pointer on the form Click where you want to embed the object The Insert Object
dialog box opens 4 In the Object type box select the type of the object that you want to create For Example if you want
to create a picture on your form select the Paintbrush Picture object 5 Click the OK button The applications that you choose either will opens or display a window into
which you can create the object 6 Create the object that you want 7 After creating the object adjust the size of the window of the object 8 Click the File menu and then click Exit and Return to Employees Salaries Entry Form The new
object is then embedded in your form 9 In the Form Design View click the objectrsquos size handle and then adjust the size and proportion of
the object
EDITING EMBEDDED OBJECT
If you want to edit the embedded object for example you want to add new data to it you can easily do so by following these steps 1 In the Form Design View double-click the embedded to open it 2 Edit the object 3 After editing click File menu and then click Exit and Return to Employees Salaries Entry Form
DELETING EMBEDDED OBJECT
Deleting an embedded object is easier than creating it To delete the embedded object just select it and then press the DELETE key
CREATING AND LINKING UNBOUND OBJECT
Linking an object is very useful if you plan to use the same object on several forms but you do not want to include it in your database file When you linked the object you only store the object at once but if the linked object file is move you have to reconnect the link The following steps show you how to create and link an object to form 1 Open the Windows Accessories Paint program 2 Create the picture that you want 3 Save the picture by choosing the Save command from the File menu 4 Close the Paint program 5 Open the Access program 6 From the Design View of the Employees Salaries Entry Form click the Unbound Object and then
click where you want to place the object 7 In the Insert Object window click the Create form file button and then type the path to the file If you
do not know the path click the Browse button and find where you stored the file 8 Click the Link check box and then click the OK button 9 Wait for a few seconds while Access creates the unbound object frame and displays the object
Activity 14 CREATING OBJECTS AND ADDING OBJECTS TO A FORM
CREATE A LOGO
PROCEDURE 1 Create a Logo using the MS Word or MS PowerPoint or Paint Program size 1rdquo height and 15rdquo
width
2 After creating the logo Copy the Logo and Paste to the Employees Salaries Entry Form and be sure that the form must be in Design View
3 Click the Form View button to see the changes that had been created 4 Add a Title and Type RGB Company Place beside the Logo
Activity 15 ADDING COMMAND BUTTONS ON YOUR FORM
If you want to insert another command button aside from the navigation buttons the following steps show you how to add a command button to a form 1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Command Button from the Control Group and then click where you want to place the
button 3 And be sure that Control Wizard button is activated 4 The Command Button Wizard appears on your screen telling you to answer this question What
Action do you want to happen when the button is pressed Select the Categories first Record Navigation Second selects the action Go to First Record
5 Then click the Next button 6 On the next dialog box telling you again to answer the next question Do you want text or picture
on the button If you choose Text you can type text to display If you choose Picture you can click Browse to find a picture to display Select Picture and select also Go to First
7 Then click the Next button again to go to next dialog box 8 The next dialog box telling you again to answer the next question What do you want to name the
button A meaningful name will help you to refer to the button later Then type First Record Thatrsquos all information the wizards to create your command button
9 Last steps click the Finish button And Access displays the command button with picture 10 Now add the following command buttons
A Go to First Record B Go to Previous Record C Go to Next Record D Go to Last Record E Find Record F Add New Record G Save Record H Delete Record I Print Record J Undo Record K Close Form
RGB
RGB Company
Lesson 12
CREATING OTHER FORMS
Objective In this lesson you will learn to create a Subform and filter the records on form
What is a SubForm
Subform is a form that is displayed within a form You can think of a formsubform combination as a hierarchical form a masterdetail form or a parentchild form wherein the primary form is called the main form and the form within the form is called subform Subforms are efficient when you want to display data from tables or queries with a one-to-many relationship
Activity 16 CREATING A SUBFORM
Create the Employees Gross Pay Form attached this from to the Employees Profile Form to create a subform
CREATING SUBFORM (EMPLOYEES INCOME FORM)
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Income Form using the Tabular Auto Form 1 In the Create tab click the More Forms and Select Form Wizard 2 Click the down-arrow button located to the right of the TablesQueries box and then select the
Employees Income table from the list Select the following fields Department NDW RPD and GrossPay Click the Next button
3 Select the Tabular Layout and Click Next button 4 Select the Style that you like and click Next button 5 Type Employees Gross Pay Form in the Title of the Form Access generates the form and
displays the records in the Form View window Click the Form View button to display the formrsquos design view
CREATING MAIN FORM (EMPLOYEES PROFILE FORM)
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Profile Form using the Blank Form 1 In the All Access Objects Window click Employees Info Table In the Create tab at Forms
Group and Select Form 2 Click the View button drop down list and select Design View
3 After modifying the form click and drag the Employees Income Form and place it below the
Position Label box and release the mouse 4 Click the View button drop down list and select Form View to display the records in the Form
View window And then click the Save button filename Employees Profile Form
Filter is a condition you placed on the records in an open form to temporarily separate a subset of records After applying the filter Access will display a record that meets the criteria you have specified However the next time you open the Form it displays all records until you click the Apply FilterSort command to apply the filter
Filter Records in a Form
When you are working with a form sometimes you may need a quick way to filter records To meet this need Access provides your three methods that you can use to filter records-Filter by Form Filter by Selection and Advanced FilterSort
USING FILTER BY SELECTION
The following steps show you how to filter records by using the Filter by Selection 1 In the Form View Window select the value that you want to be included in the results of the filter
For Example to display only the Employees under the Accounting Department then select the Accounting from the Department field
2 Click the and then click Equal ldquoAccountingrdquo The filtered results display only the records that contain the selected value
3 To further limit the set of records select another value and then repeat step 2 4 Save this form if you want to save the filter
USING THE FILTER BY FORM
The following steps show you how to filter a form by using the Filter By Form
1 In the Form View Window click the and then click Filter By Form 2 Access display the Filter By Form window and opens the Look for Tab select the field in which
you want to specify the criteria 3 Select the value from the list or type the value you want the filtered records to contain 4 To further limit the set of record select another field and type or select the new value 5 To specify the alternative values that filtered records can contain click the Or tab Select another
filed and enter a new value
6 Click the and then click Apply FilterSort 7 Save this Form if you want to save this filter
REMOVING A FILTER
After applying the filter you can display all the records that were previously in the Form by selecting the
Lesson 13
CREATING SIMPLE REPORTS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create reports using Report and Report Wizard
Why Create Reports Reports are specifically design to be printed and shared with other people With a report you can generate professional results that you can be proud of whether yoursquore distributing them on paper or publishing them on the Internet Reports are the method by which data can be viewed or printed in an organized and meaningful way Because you have control over the size and appearance of a report you can modify and display the data the way you want Creating a report is similar to creating a form However reports can only display data You cannot use it to input data
There are several ways to create a report ranging from easy-but-limited (Report) to difficult-but-very-flexible (Report Design) The intermediate choice is Report Wizard which offers some flexibility along with a fairly easy procedure
Report Create a basic report of the data in the current query or table to which you can add features such group or totals
Report Wizard Launch the report wizard which helps you to create simple customized reports
New Object Report Create a new blank report in design view In design view you can make advanced design changes to reports such as adding custom control types and writing codes
Labels Launch the label wizard to create standard or customized labels
Using Design View to Create a Report The Design View method is used if you want to create your own report from scratch without using a wizard When you used this method Access will create a blank report You will have to drag the fields and as well as any code that might be needed for the report
Activity 17 USING REPORT WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT
The Report Wizard offers a good compromise between ease of use and flexibility With Report Wizard you can use multiple tables or queries and choose a layout and format for your report Follow these steps to create a report with Report Wizard 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard
Multiple TablesQueries Allowed You donrsquot need to select a table or query from the drop down list in the New Report dialog box in step 3 because yoursquoll be selecting tables and queries in step 4 as part of the wizard
3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want to include fields
4 Click a field in the Available Fields list and then click the gt button to move it to the Selected Fields list Select the following fields EmployeeID Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity and Province
5 If necessary select another table or query from the TablesQueries list and repeat step 5 When you finish selecting fields click Next The next screen of the wizard appears
6 If you want the records grouped by any of the fields you selected click the field and click the gt button If you want to select more than one grouping level select them in the order you want them Then click Next to move on
Grouping The Instructions on the screen are bit cryptic By default there are no groups You have to select a field and click the gt button to create a grouping Grouping sets off each group on the report If you select a field to group by the Grouping Options button becomes active and you can click it to specify precise grouping settings
7 Next yoursquore asked what sort order you want to use If you want sorted records open the top drop-down list and select a field to sort by You can select up to four sorts from the drop-down lists Then click Next
8 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
9 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button
Ascending or Descending By default Access sorts in ascending order (A-Z) Click the AZ button next to the box to change the sort order to descending (Z-A) if you want
10 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area When you click an option button the sample in the box changes to show you what yoursquove selected Select Tabular Layout
11 Choose the orientation for your printed report Portrait (across the narrow edge of the paper) or Landscape (across wide edge of the paper) Then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue
12 In the next wizard dialog box yoursquore asked to choose a report style Several are listed click one to see a sample of it When youre satisfied with your choice click Next
13 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Info Report as the name of the report 14 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
Activity 18 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report 3 The report appears in Layout View 4 Save the report as Employees Info ndash Tabular
Activity 19 USING REPORT WIZARD CREATING A REPORT BASED ON MORE THAN ONE TABLE
From the previous discussion you saw how easy it is to create a simple report based on Employees Info table Using again the Report Wizard you can create a report based on more than one table This wizard speeds up the process of creating a report that brings data together from more than one table
The following steps show you how to create a report based on the Employees Info and Employees Income tables 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard button 3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want
to include fields 4 Access displays the first dialog box of the report wizard Click the gt button to move the EmployeeID
Lastname Firstname Middlename and TIN fields from the Available Fields box to the Selected Fields box
5 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
6 Click the gt button again to move the Department NDW PR and GP fields to the Selected Fields box
7 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Deduction table from the list
8 Click the gt button again to move the SSS PHIC WTAX ADV_VALE and TD fields to the Selected Fields box
9 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
10 Click the gt button again to move the NP fields to the Selected Fields box 11 After moving the needed fields click the Next button 12 Because you want to group the report by Department select the Department field in the list box and
click the gt button This second step of the report wizard enables you to set the grouping options for the report Click the Next button
13 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
14 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button 15 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area Select Stepped Layout And
then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue 16 In the next dialog box enables you to set a Style for the report Choose a style that is appropriate
and then click the Next button 17 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Payroll Registry Report as the name of the
report 18 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
USING LABEL WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT The Label Wizard is a powerful but easy to use wizard that is used to create standard mailing labels or other types of labels Lesson 15 ldquoCreating Labelsrdquo goes into great detail about creating mailing label in Access Sections of a Report
Report Header The report header appears once at the beginning of a report You can use it for items such as logo report title or print date
Page Header The page header appears at the top of every page in the report You use it to display items such as column headings
Detail Section The detail section contains the main body of a reportrsquos data This section is repeated for each record in the reportrsquos underlying record source
Page Footer The page footer appears at the bottom of every page in the report You use it to display items such as page numbers
Report Footer The Report footer appears once at the end of the report You use it to display items such as report totals The report footer is the last section in the report design but appears before the page footer on the last page of the printed report
Group Header By grouping records that share a common value You can calculate subtotals and make a report easier to read A group header appears at the beginning of a new group of records You use it to display information that applies to the group as a whole such a group name and department and so on
Setting up a Report After creating and viewing the report in the Print Preview window you are now ready to print it on the paper Not quite you have still to modify how the report will look when it is printed Follow these steps to modify the report before printing it
1 In the Layout View mode Click Page Setup 2 In response Access displays the Page Setup window This window contains three tabs ndash Margins
Page and Columns 3 In the Margin tab change the page margins if you want to put more data into a page The sample
preview on the right side of the window changes as you change the margins
4 Click the Page tab sets the orientation paper size and source and the printer to use for the report 5 In the Columns tab set the different field layout properties by changing the number of columns and
the row spacing 6 Click the OK button
Lesson 14
CUSTOMIZING A REPORT
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to move and size the controls to make the report more attractive and readable to center the heading of the report and to change controlrsquos border width
Entering Report Design View When you finish previewing a report yoursquove created close Print Preview and yoursquore automatically in Report Design view If you want to come back to Report Design view later from the Database window perform these steps 1 Right Click the report that you want to modify 2 Click the Design View button Report Views The different options to view reports are ndash Design View Print Preview and Layout Preview
Design View to create a new report or modify the structure of an existing report
Print Preview shows all the data that will appear on every page of the report
Layout Preview to quickly look the reportrsquos layout but it only includes enough data to show you what the report will look like
SWITCHING TO DESIGN VIEW The following are the methods to switch to the Design View If you are in Print Preview click the Close button to display the reportrsquos design Or in the Database Window 1 Click the View button 2 Select the report you want to view 3 Click the Design button SWITCHING TO REPORT OR LAYOUT PREVIEW To switch to Report or Layout view make sure you are in the Design View then click the Print Preview button to view all the data on a report or click the Layout Preview button to view the reportrsquos layout Changing the Appearance of the Report You can change the appearance of the report by means of moving sizing aligning or formatting a control The following sections describe how to customize a report
MOVING AND SIZING CONTROLS Access provides several tools to manipulate the controls in the Report Design view After the controls are added on the report you can easily move align and size them You can size or move a control only if it is selected To select a control simply clicks it Once it is selected you can size it by placing the mouse pointer on one of its size handles and dragging Or you can use the To Fit option from the Size command of the Format menu
Note To select more than one control hold down the shift key while clicking each control
To move a selected control simply place the mouse pointer on the control with its attached label and then move it
Activity 20 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 5 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees
IncomeTable 6 Click the Report 7 The report appears in Layout View 8 Save the report as Employees Income Report CHANGING A LABEL To change the name of a selected label with a new name follow these steps 1 Click the label you want to change 2 Click inside the selected label 3 Change the label with a new text ALIGNING OF TEXT IN CONTROLS You can use the alignment buttons on the Toolbar to change the alignment of a selected text in a control For example you might want the heading of your report to appear to the center of a control instead of to the left To center the Employees Income Report heading follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 On the Formatting Toolbar click the Center button to center the text CHANGING BORDER WIDTH When you create a form or report Access automatically surrounds the controls with a border The default controlrsquos border width setting is hairline but you can easily change it by using the Border Width property setting which range from 0 to 6 points To change the Employees Income Report width follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 Press F4 To display Property Window 3 In the Property dialog box click the vertical scroll bar until you find Border Width option 4 Click the Border Width box and then click the down-arrow button 5 From the list select the new border width that you want
Lesson 15
CREATING MAILING LABELS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to make mailing labels using names and address in a database
Easy Mailing Labels with Access If you have ever done mass mailings to club members customers or even friends the worst part was probably addressing all those envelopes Most Word processors (such as Word) have mailing label features that enable you to create mailing labels from a list of names but Access is even better it lets you create mailing labels directly from an address book database (or any other database) Many times in a corporation they need to mail a letter to all of their customers Given a database that contains customer records (Name Address TownCity and Province) you can easily create mailing labels Access provides a powerful and easy-to-use Label Wizard that allows you to design a mailing label To create a mailing label from Employees Info table determine the followings
First examine the fields contained in this table Second decides which field goes to the label And third determine the format of the label
Examining the Employees Info table you can see that the label should contain the following lines
Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity Province
Activity 21 CREATING MAILING LABEL WITH THE LABEL WIZARD
After determining the format of the label you are now ready to create a mailing label 1 Open the Payroll Database Select the Employees Info table and click the Create tab 2 Click Labels button 3 The first screen of the label Wizard appears In this dialog box access displays a predefined set of
label sizes and Select the Product Number 5160 from the list 4 Click Sheet feed or Continuous (Sheet-Fed labels are single sheets continuous labels are joined to
the previous and next sheet at the top and they have perforated strips on the side that feed through a dot-matrix printer) And then click the Next button
5 Next yoursquore asked about the appearance of the text Choose a font from the Font Name drop-down list and choose a font size from the Font Size drop-down list
Donrsquot Make the Font Too Big If you need to print multiple lines on each label make sure that the font size you select is small enough that all lines will fit For mailing labels 8 or 10 point type works well it is large enough to be read by US Postal Service machines but itrsquos small enough that you can fit several lines on each label
6 With some fonts you can choose a font weight Open the Font Weight drop-down list and choose a different weight if you want Normal will work well in most cases
7 If you would like color labels (and you have a color printer) choose a different color from the Text Color List To do so click the button next to the Text Color box choose from the Color dialog box that appears and then click OK to return
Avoid Light Colors If yoursquore making labels to be sent through the US Postal Service keep in mind that their machines canrsquot read light-colored ink such as yellow or pale pink Choose a dark color to ensure that your addresses will be read correctly
8 Click the Italic andor the Underline check box if you want the text formatted with either or both of those attributes Then click Nextgt to continue
9 In the next dialog box you are going to create a template for your labels As you can see this box contains a list box called Available fields and another box called Prototype label To create the template for your labels follow these steps
Select the Lastname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Firstname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Press the Spacebar key to create a space
Select the Middlename field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the Address field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the TownCity field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Province field in the Available field list and then click the gt button 10 Click the Next button 11 In the next dialog box you can specify the sort key of the mailing labels You can sort the labels by
one or more fields To sort the mailing labels select the Lastname field as the sort key and then click the gt button Select the Firstname field and then click the gt button again This process tells Access to sort the mailing label by Lastname and then by Firstname Click the Next button to move to the last dialog box in the Label Wizard
Order Is Important If you pick more than one field to sort by Access sorts the records first by first field you select then by the second and so on So itrsquos important to choose the field first that you want to sort by first If theyrsquore in the wrong order click the ltlt button to remove them all from the Sort By list and then start over
12 In the last screen yoursquore asked for a title or name Enter Employees Info ndash Label and click the Finish Your labels appear in Print Preview just like any other report
Printing Labels You can print by clicking the Print button or you can close the Print Preview box by clicking the Close button Modifying Your Labels If you want to modify the labels you can enter Report Design view and make changes just as you would with any report Just click the labels on the Reports tab and then click Design Your label design appears Use all the same editing techniques that you learned in ldquoCustomizing a Reportrdquo to make changes to your label Editing a Mailing Label After creating a mailing label you can make minor changes to it by changing the font type and size of the text in the controls and by changing the size of controls However if you want to make major changes to the label it is much better to create a new label than to edit it
CHANGING THE FONT TYPE AND SIZE OF TEXT
To change the font type and size of text in the controls follow these steps 1 Right click Employees Info- Labels and then click the Design View button 2 In response Access displays the label in the Design View Click the control that contains the text you
want to change 3 In the Formatting toolbar click the down-arrow button on the Font Name box and then select the font
you want 4 To change the font size click the down-arrow button on the Font Size box and then select the size
you want CHANGING THE SIZE OF CONTROL
The following steps show you how to resize a control 1 In Design View click the control you want to resize 2 Drag the sizing handle
Lesson 16
CREATING MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create main switchboard and adding graphics in switchboard
Create and manage a switchboard form
When you use the Local Templates to create a database Microsoft Access automatically creates a switchboard that helps you to navigate around the database This switchboard has buttons that you can click to open forms and reports (or open other switchboards that open additional forms and reports) quit Microsoft Access or customize the switchboard You can create a switchboard similar to the one that the Local Templates creates by using the Switchboard Manager
What do you want to do
1 Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager 2 Create a new switchboard that you can open from the opening switchboard 3 Make a change to an existing switchboard 4 Change which switchboard is automatically displayed when you open the database 5 Delete a switchboard
Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager When you use the Database Wizard to create a database the wizard creates a switchboard that makes it easy to navigate between the Forms and Reports in your database If you want to build the same type of switchboard for a database you created yourself you can use the Switchboard Manager 1 Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager 2 If Microsoft Access asks if youd like to create a switchboard click Yes 3 In the Switchboard Manager dialog box click the New button 4 In the Create New Window type Forms Switchboard at the Switchboard Page Name and click the
OK button 5 Repeat Step 4-5 In the Create New Window type Reports Switchboard at the Switchboard Page
Name and click the OK button
Activity 22 CREATING A SWITCHBOARD ITEM AT THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager
2 In the Switchboard Manager Window Select Forms Switchboard and then click the Edit button 3 In the Edit Switchboard Page Window Click the New button 4 In the Edit Switchboard Item Type the EnterView Employees Information in Columnar in the
Text Box 5 In the Command Box click the drop-down list button and select Open Form in Edit Mode 6 In the Forms Box click the drop-down list button and select Employees Info-Columnar and click the
OK 7 Repeat Step 2-5 based on the given table below Until yoursquore through with Forms Switchboard and
click the Close button to close the Edit Switchboard Page Window
8 And then you can continue with Reports and Main Switchboard with the same procedures repeat Steps 1-6
Table ndash Switchboard Manager
SWITCHBOARD PAGE SWITCHBOARD ITEM COMMAND OBJECTS
Main Switchboard EnterView Information Goto Switchboard Forms Switchboard
Preview Reports Goto Switchboard Reports Switchboard
Change Switchboard Items Design Application
Exit this database Exit Application
Forms Switchboard Employees Information Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Profile
Employees Salaries Entry Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Salaries Entry
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Reports Switchboard Preview Employees Payroll Registry Report
Open Report Employees Payroll Registry Report
Preview Employees Info Report Open Report Employees Info
Preview the Labels Employees Info
Open Report Employees Info - Label
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Startup Application is used whenever you open your database it will open the main switchboard
Activity 23 CREATING A STARTUP APPLICATION BASED ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Follow these steps to create a startup application 1 Click the Office button and select Access Options in order to display Start Application 2 In the Startup Window type Main Menu ndash Payroll Database in the Application Title box 3 In the Display Form box click the drop-down list button and then select Switchboard and then click
the OK button 4 To check if it is start on the Main Switchboard close the Database and then open the Payroll
Database again
CALCULATED CONTROL
To display the calculated GP of each Employee in a form you can add a Calculated control on the Ave field A Calculated control uses an expression to define a calculation for the control Expressions are combinations of operators (such as + or -) control names field names functions and constants that returns a value The following steps show you how to add a calculated control to the GP field
In the Form Design Window click the Gross Pay text box Access displays a small black square around the field
Click the GP field again Inside the Text box delete the GP then type this expression
=([NDW][PR]) Click the TD field again Inside the Text box delete the TD then type this expression
=([SSS]+[PHIC]+HDMF+WTAX+ADV_VALE) Click the NP field again Inside the Text box delete the NP then type this expression
=([GP][TD])
Click the Form View button to display the form
Lesson 11
ADDING OBJECTS AND COMMAND BUTTONS TO A FORM
Objective In this lesson you will learn to create an unbound object to a form using the unbound object control To create and to modify the embedded object One of the main feature of Access is it enables the user to add objects created in other application to an Access form For Example you can add the companyrsquos logo that you created with Paint Program or other graphics program The type of control used to add picture or object depends whether you want the object to be bound or unbound
Understanding OLE
One of the most important features of OLE is its capability to create embedded object For Example you can insert in your form drawings that you created manually in your Paint Program Another feature of OLE is that you can create an object and then embed it or you can embed existing file that contains text chart spreadsheet data or drawings The third feature of OLE is that you have the convenience of being to update it in the original application without the trouble of remembering which object came from which source programs ndash the embedded object will open the source application every time you double-click the object
Adding Unbound Objects
You can insert an unbound object to the Form by using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox When you insert the Object you have a choice of either embedded it into form or linked it to the original file The difference is that an embedded object is stored in the form and is always available A linked object is stored in the source file you can edit the object file separately and have the latest changes appear on your form EMBEDDING UNBOUND OBJECT
Using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox you can easily embed object The following steps show you how to insert an object from Paint Program to Access if you have a scan logo we can embed it and place it to your form
1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Unbound Object button on the Toolbox 3 Place the mouse pointer on the form Click where you want to embed the object The Insert Object
dialog box opens 4 Open the Paint Program and Open the file for example HAUBMP 5 Then select the Logo and click the Copy button or click Edit menu then Copy 6 Select the Microsoft Access at the task bar and since that you are still in Design View clicks the
Unbound Object 7 And then click the Paste button or click Edit menu then Paste 8 After Copy and Paste the object adjust the size of the window of the object 9 Click the Form View button to see the changes that had been created
CREATING AND EMBEDDED UNBOUND OBJECT
Most Windows applications that support OLE make it easy to create a new object and embed it in the document Using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox you can easily embed object The following steps show you how to embed unbound object in the Employees Salaries Entry Form 1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Unbound Object button on the Toolbox 3 Place the mouse pointer on the form Click where you want to embed the object The Insert Object
dialog box opens 4 In the Object type box select the type of the object that you want to create For Example if you want
to create a picture on your form select the Paintbrush Picture object 5 Click the OK button The applications that you choose either will opens or display a window into
which you can create the object 6 Create the object that you want 7 After creating the object adjust the size of the window of the object 8 Click the File menu and then click Exit and Return to Employees Salaries Entry Form The new
object is then embedded in your form 9 In the Form Design View click the objectrsquos size handle and then adjust the size and proportion of
the object
EDITING EMBEDDED OBJECT
If you want to edit the embedded object for example you want to add new data to it you can easily do so by following these steps 1 In the Form Design View double-click the embedded to open it 2 Edit the object 3 After editing click File menu and then click Exit and Return to Employees Salaries Entry Form
DELETING EMBEDDED OBJECT
Deleting an embedded object is easier than creating it To delete the embedded object just select it and then press the DELETE key
CREATING AND LINKING UNBOUND OBJECT
Linking an object is very useful if you plan to use the same object on several forms but you do not want to include it in your database file When you linked the object you only store the object at once but if the linked object file is move you have to reconnect the link The following steps show you how to create and link an object to form 1 Open the Windows Accessories Paint program 2 Create the picture that you want 3 Save the picture by choosing the Save command from the File menu 4 Close the Paint program 5 Open the Access program 6 From the Design View of the Employees Salaries Entry Form click the Unbound Object and then
click where you want to place the object 7 In the Insert Object window click the Create form file button and then type the path to the file If you
do not know the path click the Browse button and find where you stored the file 8 Click the Link check box and then click the OK button 9 Wait for a few seconds while Access creates the unbound object frame and displays the object
Activity 14 CREATING OBJECTS AND ADDING OBJECTS TO A FORM
CREATE A LOGO
PROCEDURE 1 Create a Logo using the MS Word or MS PowerPoint or Paint Program size 1rdquo height and 15rdquo
width
2 After creating the logo Copy the Logo and Paste to the Employees Salaries Entry Form and be sure that the form must be in Design View
3 Click the Form View button to see the changes that had been created 4 Add a Title and Type RGB Company Place beside the Logo
Activity 15 ADDING COMMAND BUTTONS ON YOUR FORM
If you want to insert another command button aside from the navigation buttons the following steps show you how to add a command button to a form 1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Command Button from the Control Group and then click where you want to place the
button 3 And be sure that Control Wizard button is activated 4 The Command Button Wizard appears on your screen telling you to answer this question What
Action do you want to happen when the button is pressed Select the Categories first Record Navigation Second selects the action Go to First Record
5 Then click the Next button 6 On the next dialog box telling you again to answer the next question Do you want text or picture
on the button If you choose Text you can type text to display If you choose Picture you can click Browse to find a picture to display Select Picture and select also Go to First
7 Then click the Next button again to go to next dialog box 8 The next dialog box telling you again to answer the next question What do you want to name the
button A meaningful name will help you to refer to the button later Then type First Record Thatrsquos all information the wizards to create your command button
9 Last steps click the Finish button And Access displays the command button with picture 10 Now add the following command buttons
A Go to First Record B Go to Previous Record C Go to Next Record D Go to Last Record E Find Record F Add New Record G Save Record H Delete Record I Print Record J Undo Record K Close Form
RGB
RGB Company
Lesson 12
CREATING OTHER FORMS
Objective In this lesson you will learn to create a Subform and filter the records on form
What is a SubForm
Subform is a form that is displayed within a form You can think of a formsubform combination as a hierarchical form a masterdetail form or a parentchild form wherein the primary form is called the main form and the form within the form is called subform Subforms are efficient when you want to display data from tables or queries with a one-to-many relationship
Activity 16 CREATING A SUBFORM
Create the Employees Gross Pay Form attached this from to the Employees Profile Form to create a subform
CREATING SUBFORM (EMPLOYEES INCOME FORM)
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Income Form using the Tabular Auto Form 1 In the Create tab click the More Forms and Select Form Wizard 2 Click the down-arrow button located to the right of the TablesQueries box and then select the
Employees Income table from the list Select the following fields Department NDW RPD and GrossPay Click the Next button
3 Select the Tabular Layout and Click Next button 4 Select the Style that you like and click Next button 5 Type Employees Gross Pay Form in the Title of the Form Access generates the form and
displays the records in the Form View window Click the Form View button to display the formrsquos design view
CREATING MAIN FORM (EMPLOYEES PROFILE FORM)
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Profile Form using the Blank Form 1 In the All Access Objects Window click Employees Info Table In the Create tab at Forms
Group and Select Form 2 Click the View button drop down list and select Design View
3 After modifying the form click and drag the Employees Income Form and place it below the
Position Label box and release the mouse 4 Click the View button drop down list and select Form View to display the records in the Form
View window And then click the Save button filename Employees Profile Form
Filter is a condition you placed on the records in an open form to temporarily separate a subset of records After applying the filter Access will display a record that meets the criteria you have specified However the next time you open the Form it displays all records until you click the Apply FilterSort command to apply the filter
Filter Records in a Form
When you are working with a form sometimes you may need a quick way to filter records To meet this need Access provides your three methods that you can use to filter records-Filter by Form Filter by Selection and Advanced FilterSort
USING FILTER BY SELECTION
The following steps show you how to filter records by using the Filter by Selection 1 In the Form View Window select the value that you want to be included in the results of the filter
For Example to display only the Employees under the Accounting Department then select the Accounting from the Department field
2 Click the and then click Equal ldquoAccountingrdquo The filtered results display only the records that contain the selected value
3 To further limit the set of records select another value and then repeat step 2 4 Save this form if you want to save the filter
USING THE FILTER BY FORM
The following steps show you how to filter a form by using the Filter By Form
1 In the Form View Window click the and then click Filter By Form 2 Access display the Filter By Form window and opens the Look for Tab select the field in which
you want to specify the criteria 3 Select the value from the list or type the value you want the filtered records to contain 4 To further limit the set of record select another field and type or select the new value 5 To specify the alternative values that filtered records can contain click the Or tab Select another
filed and enter a new value
6 Click the and then click Apply FilterSort 7 Save this Form if you want to save this filter
REMOVING A FILTER
After applying the filter you can display all the records that were previously in the Form by selecting the
Lesson 13
CREATING SIMPLE REPORTS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create reports using Report and Report Wizard
Why Create Reports Reports are specifically design to be printed and shared with other people With a report you can generate professional results that you can be proud of whether yoursquore distributing them on paper or publishing them on the Internet Reports are the method by which data can be viewed or printed in an organized and meaningful way Because you have control over the size and appearance of a report you can modify and display the data the way you want Creating a report is similar to creating a form However reports can only display data You cannot use it to input data
There are several ways to create a report ranging from easy-but-limited (Report) to difficult-but-very-flexible (Report Design) The intermediate choice is Report Wizard which offers some flexibility along with a fairly easy procedure
Report Create a basic report of the data in the current query or table to which you can add features such group or totals
Report Wizard Launch the report wizard which helps you to create simple customized reports
New Object Report Create a new blank report in design view In design view you can make advanced design changes to reports such as adding custom control types and writing codes
Labels Launch the label wizard to create standard or customized labels
Using Design View to Create a Report The Design View method is used if you want to create your own report from scratch without using a wizard When you used this method Access will create a blank report You will have to drag the fields and as well as any code that might be needed for the report
Activity 17 USING REPORT WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT
The Report Wizard offers a good compromise between ease of use and flexibility With Report Wizard you can use multiple tables or queries and choose a layout and format for your report Follow these steps to create a report with Report Wizard 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard
Multiple TablesQueries Allowed You donrsquot need to select a table or query from the drop down list in the New Report dialog box in step 3 because yoursquoll be selecting tables and queries in step 4 as part of the wizard
3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want to include fields
4 Click a field in the Available Fields list and then click the gt button to move it to the Selected Fields list Select the following fields EmployeeID Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity and Province
5 If necessary select another table or query from the TablesQueries list and repeat step 5 When you finish selecting fields click Next The next screen of the wizard appears
6 If you want the records grouped by any of the fields you selected click the field and click the gt button If you want to select more than one grouping level select them in the order you want them Then click Next to move on
Grouping The Instructions on the screen are bit cryptic By default there are no groups You have to select a field and click the gt button to create a grouping Grouping sets off each group on the report If you select a field to group by the Grouping Options button becomes active and you can click it to specify precise grouping settings
7 Next yoursquore asked what sort order you want to use If you want sorted records open the top drop-down list and select a field to sort by You can select up to four sorts from the drop-down lists Then click Next
8 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
9 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button
Ascending or Descending By default Access sorts in ascending order (A-Z) Click the AZ button next to the box to change the sort order to descending (Z-A) if you want
10 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area When you click an option button the sample in the box changes to show you what yoursquove selected Select Tabular Layout
11 Choose the orientation for your printed report Portrait (across the narrow edge of the paper) or Landscape (across wide edge of the paper) Then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue
12 In the next wizard dialog box yoursquore asked to choose a report style Several are listed click one to see a sample of it When youre satisfied with your choice click Next
13 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Info Report as the name of the report 14 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
Activity 18 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report 3 The report appears in Layout View 4 Save the report as Employees Info ndash Tabular
Activity 19 USING REPORT WIZARD CREATING A REPORT BASED ON MORE THAN ONE TABLE
From the previous discussion you saw how easy it is to create a simple report based on Employees Info table Using again the Report Wizard you can create a report based on more than one table This wizard speeds up the process of creating a report that brings data together from more than one table
The following steps show you how to create a report based on the Employees Info and Employees Income tables 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard button 3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want
to include fields 4 Access displays the first dialog box of the report wizard Click the gt button to move the EmployeeID
Lastname Firstname Middlename and TIN fields from the Available Fields box to the Selected Fields box
5 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
6 Click the gt button again to move the Department NDW PR and GP fields to the Selected Fields box
7 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Deduction table from the list
8 Click the gt button again to move the SSS PHIC WTAX ADV_VALE and TD fields to the Selected Fields box
9 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
10 Click the gt button again to move the NP fields to the Selected Fields box 11 After moving the needed fields click the Next button 12 Because you want to group the report by Department select the Department field in the list box and
click the gt button This second step of the report wizard enables you to set the grouping options for the report Click the Next button
13 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
14 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button 15 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area Select Stepped Layout And
then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue 16 In the next dialog box enables you to set a Style for the report Choose a style that is appropriate
and then click the Next button 17 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Payroll Registry Report as the name of the
report 18 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
USING LABEL WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT The Label Wizard is a powerful but easy to use wizard that is used to create standard mailing labels or other types of labels Lesson 15 ldquoCreating Labelsrdquo goes into great detail about creating mailing label in Access Sections of a Report
Report Header The report header appears once at the beginning of a report You can use it for items such as logo report title or print date
Page Header The page header appears at the top of every page in the report You use it to display items such as column headings
Detail Section The detail section contains the main body of a reportrsquos data This section is repeated for each record in the reportrsquos underlying record source
Page Footer The page footer appears at the bottom of every page in the report You use it to display items such as page numbers
Report Footer The Report footer appears once at the end of the report You use it to display items such as report totals The report footer is the last section in the report design but appears before the page footer on the last page of the printed report
Group Header By grouping records that share a common value You can calculate subtotals and make a report easier to read A group header appears at the beginning of a new group of records You use it to display information that applies to the group as a whole such a group name and department and so on
Setting up a Report After creating and viewing the report in the Print Preview window you are now ready to print it on the paper Not quite you have still to modify how the report will look when it is printed Follow these steps to modify the report before printing it
1 In the Layout View mode Click Page Setup 2 In response Access displays the Page Setup window This window contains three tabs ndash Margins
Page and Columns 3 In the Margin tab change the page margins if you want to put more data into a page The sample
preview on the right side of the window changes as you change the margins
4 Click the Page tab sets the orientation paper size and source and the printer to use for the report 5 In the Columns tab set the different field layout properties by changing the number of columns and
the row spacing 6 Click the OK button
Lesson 14
CUSTOMIZING A REPORT
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to move and size the controls to make the report more attractive and readable to center the heading of the report and to change controlrsquos border width
Entering Report Design View When you finish previewing a report yoursquove created close Print Preview and yoursquore automatically in Report Design view If you want to come back to Report Design view later from the Database window perform these steps 1 Right Click the report that you want to modify 2 Click the Design View button Report Views The different options to view reports are ndash Design View Print Preview and Layout Preview
Design View to create a new report or modify the structure of an existing report
Print Preview shows all the data that will appear on every page of the report
Layout Preview to quickly look the reportrsquos layout but it only includes enough data to show you what the report will look like
SWITCHING TO DESIGN VIEW The following are the methods to switch to the Design View If you are in Print Preview click the Close button to display the reportrsquos design Or in the Database Window 1 Click the View button 2 Select the report you want to view 3 Click the Design button SWITCHING TO REPORT OR LAYOUT PREVIEW To switch to Report or Layout view make sure you are in the Design View then click the Print Preview button to view all the data on a report or click the Layout Preview button to view the reportrsquos layout Changing the Appearance of the Report You can change the appearance of the report by means of moving sizing aligning or formatting a control The following sections describe how to customize a report
MOVING AND SIZING CONTROLS Access provides several tools to manipulate the controls in the Report Design view After the controls are added on the report you can easily move align and size them You can size or move a control only if it is selected To select a control simply clicks it Once it is selected you can size it by placing the mouse pointer on one of its size handles and dragging Or you can use the To Fit option from the Size command of the Format menu
Note To select more than one control hold down the shift key while clicking each control
To move a selected control simply place the mouse pointer on the control with its attached label and then move it
Activity 20 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 5 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees
IncomeTable 6 Click the Report 7 The report appears in Layout View 8 Save the report as Employees Income Report CHANGING A LABEL To change the name of a selected label with a new name follow these steps 1 Click the label you want to change 2 Click inside the selected label 3 Change the label with a new text ALIGNING OF TEXT IN CONTROLS You can use the alignment buttons on the Toolbar to change the alignment of a selected text in a control For example you might want the heading of your report to appear to the center of a control instead of to the left To center the Employees Income Report heading follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 On the Formatting Toolbar click the Center button to center the text CHANGING BORDER WIDTH When you create a form or report Access automatically surrounds the controls with a border The default controlrsquos border width setting is hairline but you can easily change it by using the Border Width property setting which range from 0 to 6 points To change the Employees Income Report width follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 Press F4 To display Property Window 3 In the Property dialog box click the vertical scroll bar until you find Border Width option 4 Click the Border Width box and then click the down-arrow button 5 From the list select the new border width that you want
Lesson 15
CREATING MAILING LABELS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to make mailing labels using names and address in a database
Easy Mailing Labels with Access If you have ever done mass mailings to club members customers or even friends the worst part was probably addressing all those envelopes Most Word processors (such as Word) have mailing label features that enable you to create mailing labels from a list of names but Access is even better it lets you create mailing labels directly from an address book database (or any other database) Many times in a corporation they need to mail a letter to all of their customers Given a database that contains customer records (Name Address TownCity and Province) you can easily create mailing labels Access provides a powerful and easy-to-use Label Wizard that allows you to design a mailing label To create a mailing label from Employees Info table determine the followings
First examine the fields contained in this table Second decides which field goes to the label And third determine the format of the label
Examining the Employees Info table you can see that the label should contain the following lines
Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity Province
Activity 21 CREATING MAILING LABEL WITH THE LABEL WIZARD
After determining the format of the label you are now ready to create a mailing label 1 Open the Payroll Database Select the Employees Info table and click the Create tab 2 Click Labels button 3 The first screen of the label Wizard appears In this dialog box access displays a predefined set of
label sizes and Select the Product Number 5160 from the list 4 Click Sheet feed or Continuous (Sheet-Fed labels are single sheets continuous labels are joined to
the previous and next sheet at the top and they have perforated strips on the side that feed through a dot-matrix printer) And then click the Next button
5 Next yoursquore asked about the appearance of the text Choose a font from the Font Name drop-down list and choose a font size from the Font Size drop-down list
Donrsquot Make the Font Too Big If you need to print multiple lines on each label make sure that the font size you select is small enough that all lines will fit For mailing labels 8 or 10 point type works well it is large enough to be read by US Postal Service machines but itrsquos small enough that you can fit several lines on each label
6 With some fonts you can choose a font weight Open the Font Weight drop-down list and choose a different weight if you want Normal will work well in most cases
7 If you would like color labels (and you have a color printer) choose a different color from the Text Color List To do so click the button next to the Text Color box choose from the Color dialog box that appears and then click OK to return
Avoid Light Colors If yoursquore making labels to be sent through the US Postal Service keep in mind that their machines canrsquot read light-colored ink such as yellow or pale pink Choose a dark color to ensure that your addresses will be read correctly
8 Click the Italic andor the Underline check box if you want the text formatted with either or both of those attributes Then click Nextgt to continue
9 In the next dialog box you are going to create a template for your labels As you can see this box contains a list box called Available fields and another box called Prototype label To create the template for your labels follow these steps
Select the Lastname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Firstname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Press the Spacebar key to create a space
Select the Middlename field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the Address field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the TownCity field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Province field in the Available field list and then click the gt button 10 Click the Next button 11 In the next dialog box you can specify the sort key of the mailing labels You can sort the labels by
one or more fields To sort the mailing labels select the Lastname field as the sort key and then click the gt button Select the Firstname field and then click the gt button again This process tells Access to sort the mailing label by Lastname and then by Firstname Click the Next button to move to the last dialog box in the Label Wizard
Order Is Important If you pick more than one field to sort by Access sorts the records first by first field you select then by the second and so on So itrsquos important to choose the field first that you want to sort by first If theyrsquore in the wrong order click the ltlt button to remove them all from the Sort By list and then start over
12 In the last screen yoursquore asked for a title or name Enter Employees Info ndash Label and click the Finish Your labels appear in Print Preview just like any other report
Printing Labels You can print by clicking the Print button or you can close the Print Preview box by clicking the Close button Modifying Your Labels If you want to modify the labels you can enter Report Design view and make changes just as you would with any report Just click the labels on the Reports tab and then click Design Your label design appears Use all the same editing techniques that you learned in ldquoCustomizing a Reportrdquo to make changes to your label Editing a Mailing Label After creating a mailing label you can make minor changes to it by changing the font type and size of the text in the controls and by changing the size of controls However if you want to make major changes to the label it is much better to create a new label than to edit it
CHANGING THE FONT TYPE AND SIZE OF TEXT
To change the font type and size of text in the controls follow these steps 1 Right click Employees Info- Labels and then click the Design View button 2 In response Access displays the label in the Design View Click the control that contains the text you
want to change 3 In the Formatting toolbar click the down-arrow button on the Font Name box and then select the font
you want 4 To change the font size click the down-arrow button on the Font Size box and then select the size
you want CHANGING THE SIZE OF CONTROL
The following steps show you how to resize a control 1 In Design View click the control you want to resize 2 Drag the sizing handle
Lesson 16
CREATING MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create main switchboard and adding graphics in switchboard
Create and manage a switchboard form
When you use the Local Templates to create a database Microsoft Access automatically creates a switchboard that helps you to navigate around the database This switchboard has buttons that you can click to open forms and reports (or open other switchboards that open additional forms and reports) quit Microsoft Access or customize the switchboard You can create a switchboard similar to the one that the Local Templates creates by using the Switchboard Manager
What do you want to do
1 Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager 2 Create a new switchboard that you can open from the opening switchboard 3 Make a change to an existing switchboard 4 Change which switchboard is automatically displayed when you open the database 5 Delete a switchboard
Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager When you use the Database Wizard to create a database the wizard creates a switchboard that makes it easy to navigate between the Forms and Reports in your database If you want to build the same type of switchboard for a database you created yourself you can use the Switchboard Manager 1 Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager 2 If Microsoft Access asks if youd like to create a switchboard click Yes 3 In the Switchboard Manager dialog box click the New button 4 In the Create New Window type Forms Switchboard at the Switchboard Page Name and click the
OK button 5 Repeat Step 4-5 In the Create New Window type Reports Switchboard at the Switchboard Page
Name and click the OK button
Activity 22 CREATING A SWITCHBOARD ITEM AT THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager
2 In the Switchboard Manager Window Select Forms Switchboard and then click the Edit button 3 In the Edit Switchboard Page Window Click the New button 4 In the Edit Switchboard Item Type the EnterView Employees Information in Columnar in the
Text Box 5 In the Command Box click the drop-down list button and select Open Form in Edit Mode 6 In the Forms Box click the drop-down list button and select Employees Info-Columnar and click the
OK 7 Repeat Step 2-5 based on the given table below Until yoursquore through with Forms Switchboard and
click the Close button to close the Edit Switchboard Page Window
8 And then you can continue with Reports and Main Switchboard with the same procedures repeat Steps 1-6
Table ndash Switchboard Manager
SWITCHBOARD PAGE SWITCHBOARD ITEM COMMAND OBJECTS
Main Switchboard EnterView Information Goto Switchboard Forms Switchboard
Preview Reports Goto Switchboard Reports Switchboard
Change Switchboard Items Design Application
Exit this database Exit Application
Forms Switchboard Employees Information Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Profile
Employees Salaries Entry Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Salaries Entry
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Reports Switchboard Preview Employees Payroll Registry Report
Open Report Employees Payroll Registry Report
Preview Employees Info Report Open Report Employees Info
Preview the Labels Employees Info
Open Report Employees Info - Label
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Startup Application is used whenever you open your database it will open the main switchboard
Activity 23 CREATING A STARTUP APPLICATION BASED ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Follow these steps to create a startup application 1 Click the Office button and select Access Options in order to display Start Application 2 In the Startup Window type Main Menu ndash Payroll Database in the Application Title box 3 In the Display Form box click the drop-down list button and then select Switchboard and then click
the OK button 4 To check if it is start on the Main Switchboard close the Database and then open the Payroll
Database again
Lesson 11
ADDING OBJECTS AND COMMAND BUTTONS TO A FORM
Objective In this lesson you will learn to create an unbound object to a form using the unbound object control To create and to modify the embedded object One of the main feature of Access is it enables the user to add objects created in other application to an Access form For Example you can add the companyrsquos logo that you created with Paint Program or other graphics program The type of control used to add picture or object depends whether you want the object to be bound or unbound
Understanding OLE
One of the most important features of OLE is its capability to create embedded object For Example you can insert in your form drawings that you created manually in your Paint Program Another feature of OLE is that you can create an object and then embed it or you can embed existing file that contains text chart spreadsheet data or drawings The third feature of OLE is that you have the convenience of being to update it in the original application without the trouble of remembering which object came from which source programs ndash the embedded object will open the source application every time you double-click the object
Adding Unbound Objects
You can insert an unbound object to the Form by using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox When you insert the Object you have a choice of either embedded it into form or linked it to the original file The difference is that an embedded object is stored in the form and is always available A linked object is stored in the source file you can edit the object file separately and have the latest changes appear on your form EMBEDDING UNBOUND OBJECT
Using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox you can easily embed object The following steps show you how to insert an object from Paint Program to Access if you have a scan logo we can embed it and place it to your form
1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Unbound Object button on the Toolbox 3 Place the mouse pointer on the form Click where you want to embed the object The Insert Object
dialog box opens 4 Open the Paint Program and Open the file for example HAUBMP 5 Then select the Logo and click the Copy button or click Edit menu then Copy 6 Select the Microsoft Access at the task bar and since that you are still in Design View clicks the
Unbound Object 7 And then click the Paste button or click Edit menu then Paste 8 After Copy and Paste the object adjust the size of the window of the object 9 Click the Form View button to see the changes that had been created
CREATING AND EMBEDDED UNBOUND OBJECT
Most Windows applications that support OLE make it easy to create a new object and embed it in the document Using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox you can easily embed object The following steps show you how to embed unbound object in the Employees Salaries Entry Form 1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Unbound Object button on the Toolbox 3 Place the mouse pointer on the form Click where you want to embed the object The Insert Object
dialog box opens 4 In the Object type box select the type of the object that you want to create For Example if you want
to create a picture on your form select the Paintbrush Picture object 5 Click the OK button The applications that you choose either will opens or display a window into
which you can create the object 6 Create the object that you want 7 After creating the object adjust the size of the window of the object 8 Click the File menu and then click Exit and Return to Employees Salaries Entry Form The new
object is then embedded in your form 9 In the Form Design View click the objectrsquos size handle and then adjust the size and proportion of
the object
EDITING EMBEDDED OBJECT
If you want to edit the embedded object for example you want to add new data to it you can easily do so by following these steps 1 In the Form Design View double-click the embedded to open it 2 Edit the object 3 After editing click File menu and then click Exit and Return to Employees Salaries Entry Form
DELETING EMBEDDED OBJECT
Deleting an embedded object is easier than creating it To delete the embedded object just select it and then press the DELETE key
CREATING AND LINKING UNBOUND OBJECT
Linking an object is very useful if you plan to use the same object on several forms but you do not want to include it in your database file When you linked the object you only store the object at once but if the linked object file is move you have to reconnect the link The following steps show you how to create and link an object to form 1 Open the Windows Accessories Paint program 2 Create the picture that you want 3 Save the picture by choosing the Save command from the File menu 4 Close the Paint program 5 Open the Access program 6 From the Design View of the Employees Salaries Entry Form click the Unbound Object and then
click where you want to place the object 7 In the Insert Object window click the Create form file button and then type the path to the file If you
do not know the path click the Browse button and find where you stored the file 8 Click the Link check box and then click the OK button 9 Wait for a few seconds while Access creates the unbound object frame and displays the object
Activity 14 CREATING OBJECTS AND ADDING OBJECTS TO A FORM
CREATE A LOGO
PROCEDURE 1 Create a Logo using the MS Word or MS PowerPoint or Paint Program size 1rdquo height and 15rdquo
width
2 After creating the logo Copy the Logo and Paste to the Employees Salaries Entry Form and be sure that the form must be in Design View
3 Click the Form View button to see the changes that had been created 4 Add a Title and Type RGB Company Place beside the Logo
Activity 15 ADDING COMMAND BUTTONS ON YOUR FORM
If you want to insert another command button aside from the navigation buttons the following steps show you how to add a command button to a form 1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Command Button from the Control Group and then click where you want to place the
button 3 And be sure that Control Wizard button is activated 4 The Command Button Wizard appears on your screen telling you to answer this question What
Action do you want to happen when the button is pressed Select the Categories first Record Navigation Second selects the action Go to First Record
5 Then click the Next button 6 On the next dialog box telling you again to answer the next question Do you want text or picture
on the button If you choose Text you can type text to display If you choose Picture you can click Browse to find a picture to display Select Picture and select also Go to First
7 Then click the Next button again to go to next dialog box 8 The next dialog box telling you again to answer the next question What do you want to name the
button A meaningful name will help you to refer to the button later Then type First Record Thatrsquos all information the wizards to create your command button
9 Last steps click the Finish button And Access displays the command button with picture 10 Now add the following command buttons
A Go to First Record B Go to Previous Record C Go to Next Record D Go to Last Record E Find Record F Add New Record G Save Record H Delete Record I Print Record J Undo Record K Close Form
RGB
RGB Company
Lesson 12
CREATING OTHER FORMS
Objective In this lesson you will learn to create a Subform and filter the records on form
What is a SubForm
Subform is a form that is displayed within a form You can think of a formsubform combination as a hierarchical form a masterdetail form or a parentchild form wherein the primary form is called the main form and the form within the form is called subform Subforms are efficient when you want to display data from tables or queries with a one-to-many relationship
Activity 16 CREATING A SUBFORM
Create the Employees Gross Pay Form attached this from to the Employees Profile Form to create a subform
CREATING SUBFORM (EMPLOYEES INCOME FORM)
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Income Form using the Tabular Auto Form 1 In the Create tab click the More Forms and Select Form Wizard 2 Click the down-arrow button located to the right of the TablesQueries box and then select the
Employees Income table from the list Select the following fields Department NDW RPD and GrossPay Click the Next button
3 Select the Tabular Layout and Click Next button 4 Select the Style that you like and click Next button 5 Type Employees Gross Pay Form in the Title of the Form Access generates the form and
displays the records in the Form View window Click the Form View button to display the formrsquos design view
CREATING MAIN FORM (EMPLOYEES PROFILE FORM)
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Profile Form using the Blank Form 1 In the All Access Objects Window click Employees Info Table In the Create tab at Forms
Group and Select Form 2 Click the View button drop down list and select Design View
3 After modifying the form click and drag the Employees Income Form and place it below the
Position Label box and release the mouse 4 Click the View button drop down list and select Form View to display the records in the Form
View window And then click the Save button filename Employees Profile Form
Filter is a condition you placed on the records in an open form to temporarily separate a subset of records After applying the filter Access will display a record that meets the criteria you have specified However the next time you open the Form it displays all records until you click the Apply FilterSort command to apply the filter
Filter Records in a Form
When you are working with a form sometimes you may need a quick way to filter records To meet this need Access provides your three methods that you can use to filter records-Filter by Form Filter by Selection and Advanced FilterSort
USING FILTER BY SELECTION
The following steps show you how to filter records by using the Filter by Selection 1 In the Form View Window select the value that you want to be included in the results of the filter
For Example to display only the Employees under the Accounting Department then select the Accounting from the Department field
2 Click the and then click Equal ldquoAccountingrdquo The filtered results display only the records that contain the selected value
3 To further limit the set of records select another value and then repeat step 2 4 Save this form if you want to save the filter
USING THE FILTER BY FORM
The following steps show you how to filter a form by using the Filter By Form
1 In the Form View Window click the and then click Filter By Form 2 Access display the Filter By Form window and opens the Look for Tab select the field in which
you want to specify the criteria 3 Select the value from the list or type the value you want the filtered records to contain 4 To further limit the set of record select another field and type or select the new value 5 To specify the alternative values that filtered records can contain click the Or tab Select another
filed and enter a new value
6 Click the and then click Apply FilterSort 7 Save this Form if you want to save this filter
REMOVING A FILTER
After applying the filter you can display all the records that were previously in the Form by selecting the
Lesson 13
CREATING SIMPLE REPORTS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create reports using Report and Report Wizard
Why Create Reports Reports are specifically design to be printed and shared with other people With a report you can generate professional results that you can be proud of whether yoursquore distributing them on paper or publishing them on the Internet Reports are the method by which data can be viewed or printed in an organized and meaningful way Because you have control over the size and appearance of a report you can modify and display the data the way you want Creating a report is similar to creating a form However reports can only display data You cannot use it to input data
There are several ways to create a report ranging from easy-but-limited (Report) to difficult-but-very-flexible (Report Design) The intermediate choice is Report Wizard which offers some flexibility along with a fairly easy procedure
Report Create a basic report of the data in the current query or table to which you can add features such group or totals
Report Wizard Launch the report wizard which helps you to create simple customized reports
New Object Report Create a new blank report in design view In design view you can make advanced design changes to reports such as adding custom control types and writing codes
Labels Launch the label wizard to create standard or customized labels
Using Design View to Create a Report The Design View method is used if you want to create your own report from scratch without using a wizard When you used this method Access will create a blank report You will have to drag the fields and as well as any code that might be needed for the report
Activity 17 USING REPORT WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT
The Report Wizard offers a good compromise between ease of use and flexibility With Report Wizard you can use multiple tables or queries and choose a layout and format for your report Follow these steps to create a report with Report Wizard 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard
Multiple TablesQueries Allowed You donrsquot need to select a table or query from the drop down list in the New Report dialog box in step 3 because yoursquoll be selecting tables and queries in step 4 as part of the wizard
3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want to include fields
4 Click a field in the Available Fields list and then click the gt button to move it to the Selected Fields list Select the following fields EmployeeID Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity and Province
5 If necessary select another table or query from the TablesQueries list and repeat step 5 When you finish selecting fields click Next The next screen of the wizard appears
6 If you want the records grouped by any of the fields you selected click the field and click the gt button If you want to select more than one grouping level select them in the order you want them Then click Next to move on
Grouping The Instructions on the screen are bit cryptic By default there are no groups You have to select a field and click the gt button to create a grouping Grouping sets off each group on the report If you select a field to group by the Grouping Options button becomes active and you can click it to specify precise grouping settings
7 Next yoursquore asked what sort order you want to use If you want sorted records open the top drop-down list and select a field to sort by You can select up to four sorts from the drop-down lists Then click Next
8 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
9 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button
Ascending or Descending By default Access sorts in ascending order (A-Z) Click the AZ button next to the box to change the sort order to descending (Z-A) if you want
10 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area When you click an option button the sample in the box changes to show you what yoursquove selected Select Tabular Layout
11 Choose the orientation for your printed report Portrait (across the narrow edge of the paper) or Landscape (across wide edge of the paper) Then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue
12 In the next wizard dialog box yoursquore asked to choose a report style Several are listed click one to see a sample of it When youre satisfied with your choice click Next
13 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Info Report as the name of the report 14 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
Activity 18 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report 3 The report appears in Layout View 4 Save the report as Employees Info ndash Tabular
Activity 19 USING REPORT WIZARD CREATING A REPORT BASED ON MORE THAN ONE TABLE
From the previous discussion you saw how easy it is to create a simple report based on Employees Info table Using again the Report Wizard you can create a report based on more than one table This wizard speeds up the process of creating a report that brings data together from more than one table
The following steps show you how to create a report based on the Employees Info and Employees Income tables 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard button 3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want
to include fields 4 Access displays the first dialog box of the report wizard Click the gt button to move the EmployeeID
Lastname Firstname Middlename and TIN fields from the Available Fields box to the Selected Fields box
5 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
6 Click the gt button again to move the Department NDW PR and GP fields to the Selected Fields box
7 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Deduction table from the list
8 Click the gt button again to move the SSS PHIC WTAX ADV_VALE and TD fields to the Selected Fields box
9 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
10 Click the gt button again to move the NP fields to the Selected Fields box 11 After moving the needed fields click the Next button 12 Because you want to group the report by Department select the Department field in the list box and
click the gt button This second step of the report wizard enables you to set the grouping options for the report Click the Next button
13 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
14 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button 15 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area Select Stepped Layout And
then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue 16 In the next dialog box enables you to set a Style for the report Choose a style that is appropriate
and then click the Next button 17 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Payroll Registry Report as the name of the
report 18 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
USING LABEL WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT The Label Wizard is a powerful but easy to use wizard that is used to create standard mailing labels or other types of labels Lesson 15 ldquoCreating Labelsrdquo goes into great detail about creating mailing label in Access Sections of a Report
Report Header The report header appears once at the beginning of a report You can use it for items such as logo report title or print date
Page Header The page header appears at the top of every page in the report You use it to display items such as column headings
Detail Section The detail section contains the main body of a reportrsquos data This section is repeated for each record in the reportrsquos underlying record source
Page Footer The page footer appears at the bottom of every page in the report You use it to display items such as page numbers
Report Footer The Report footer appears once at the end of the report You use it to display items such as report totals The report footer is the last section in the report design but appears before the page footer on the last page of the printed report
Group Header By grouping records that share a common value You can calculate subtotals and make a report easier to read A group header appears at the beginning of a new group of records You use it to display information that applies to the group as a whole such a group name and department and so on
Setting up a Report After creating and viewing the report in the Print Preview window you are now ready to print it on the paper Not quite you have still to modify how the report will look when it is printed Follow these steps to modify the report before printing it
1 In the Layout View mode Click Page Setup 2 In response Access displays the Page Setup window This window contains three tabs ndash Margins
Page and Columns 3 In the Margin tab change the page margins if you want to put more data into a page The sample
preview on the right side of the window changes as you change the margins
4 Click the Page tab sets the orientation paper size and source and the printer to use for the report 5 In the Columns tab set the different field layout properties by changing the number of columns and
the row spacing 6 Click the OK button
Lesson 14
CUSTOMIZING A REPORT
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to move and size the controls to make the report more attractive and readable to center the heading of the report and to change controlrsquos border width
Entering Report Design View When you finish previewing a report yoursquove created close Print Preview and yoursquore automatically in Report Design view If you want to come back to Report Design view later from the Database window perform these steps 1 Right Click the report that you want to modify 2 Click the Design View button Report Views The different options to view reports are ndash Design View Print Preview and Layout Preview
Design View to create a new report or modify the structure of an existing report
Print Preview shows all the data that will appear on every page of the report
Layout Preview to quickly look the reportrsquos layout but it only includes enough data to show you what the report will look like
SWITCHING TO DESIGN VIEW The following are the methods to switch to the Design View If you are in Print Preview click the Close button to display the reportrsquos design Or in the Database Window 1 Click the View button 2 Select the report you want to view 3 Click the Design button SWITCHING TO REPORT OR LAYOUT PREVIEW To switch to Report or Layout view make sure you are in the Design View then click the Print Preview button to view all the data on a report or click the Layout Preview button to view the reportrsquos layout Changing the Appearance of the Report You can change the appearance of the report by means of moving sizing aligning or formatting a control The following sections describe how to customize a report
MOVING AND SIZING CONTROLS Access provides several tools to manipulate the controls in the Report Design view After the controls are added on the report you can easily move align and size them You can size or move a control only if it is selected To select a control simply clicks it Once it is selected you can size it by placing the mouse pointer on one of its size handles and dragging Or you can use the To Fit option from the Size command of the Format menu
Note To select more than one control hold down the shift key while clicking each control
To move a selected control simply place the mouse pointer on the control with its attached label and then move it
Activity 20 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 5 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees
IncomeTable 6 Click the Report 7 The report appears in Layout View 8 Save the report as Employees Income Report CHANGING A LABEL To change the name of a selected label with a new name follow these steps 1 Click the label you want to change 2 Click inside the selected label 3 Change the label with a new text ALIGNING OF TEXT IN CONTROLS You can use the alignment buttons on the Toolbar to change the alignment of a selected text in a control For example you might want the heading of your report to appear to the center of a control instead of to the left To center the Employees Income Report heading follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 On the Formatting Toolbar click the Center button to center the text CHANGING BORDER WIDTH When you create a form or report Access automatically surrounds the controls with a border The default controlrsquos border width setting is hairline but you can easily change it by using the Border Width property setting which range from 0 to 6 points To change the Employees Income Report width follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 Press F4 To display Property Window 3 In the Property dialog box click the vertical scroll bar until you find Border Width option 4 Click the Border Width box and then click the down-arrow button 5 From the list select the new border width that you want
Lesson 15
CREATING MAILING LABELS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to make mailing labels using names and address in a database
Easy Mailing Labels with Access If you have ever done mass mailings to club members customers or even friends the worst part was probably addressing all those envelopes Most Word processors (such as Word) have mailing label features that enable you to create mailing labels from a list of names but Access is even better it lets you create mailing labels directly from an address book database (or any other database) Many times in a corporation they need to mail a letter to all of their customers Given a database that contains customer records (Name Address TownCity and Province) you can easily create mailing labels Access provides a powerful and easy-to-use Label Wizard that allows you to design a mailing label To create a mailing label from Employees Info table determine the followings
First examine the fields contained in this table Second decides which field goes to the label And third determine the format of the label
Examining the Employees Info table you can see that the label should contain the following lines
Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity Province
Activity 21 CREATING MAILING LABEL WITH THE LABEL WIZARD
After determining the format of the label you are now ready to create a mailing label 1 Open the Payroll Database Select the Employees Info table and click the Create tab 2 Click Labels button 3 The first screen of the label Wizard appears In this dialog box access displays a predefined set of
label sizes and Select the Product Number 5160 from the list 4 Click Sheet feed or Continuous (Sheet-Fed labels are single sheets continuous labels are joined to
the previous and next sheet at the top and they have perforated strips on the side that feed through a dot-matrix printer) And then click the Next button
5 Next yoursquore asked about the appearance of the text Choose a font from the Font Name drop-down list and choose a font size from the Font Size drop-down list
Donrsquot Make the Font Too Big If you need to print multiple lines on each label make sure that the font size you select is small enough that all lines will fit For mailing labels 8 or 10 point type works well it is large enough to be read by US Postal Service machines but itrsquos small enough that you can fit several lines on each label
6 With some fonts you can choose a font weight Open the Font Weight drop-down list and choose a different weight if you want Normal will work well in most cases
7 If you would like color labels (and you have a color printer) choose a different color from the Text Color List To do so click the button next to the Text Color box choose from the Color dialog box that appears and then click OK to return
Avoid Light Colors If yoursquore making labels to be sent through the US Postal Service keep in mind that their machines canrsquot read light-colored ink such as yellow or pale pink Choose a dark color to ensure that your addresses will be read correctly
8 Click the Italic andor the Underline check box if you want the text formatted with either or both of those attributes Then click Nextgt to continue
9 In the next dialog box you are going to create a template for your labels As you can see this box contains a list box called Available fields and another box called Prototype label To create the template for your labels follow these steps
Select the Lastname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Firstname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Press the Spacebar key to create a space
Select the Middlename field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the Address field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the TownCity field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Province field in the Available field list and then click the gt button 10 Click the Next button 11 In the next dialog box you can specify the sort key of the mailing labels You can sort the labels by
one or more fields To sort the mailing labels select the Lastname field as the sort key and then click the gt button Select the Firstname field and then click the gt button again This process tells Access to sort the mailing label by Lastname and then by Firstname Click the Next button to move to the last dialog box in the Label Wizard
Order Is Important If you pick more than one field to sort by Access sorts the records first by first field you select then by the second and so on So itrsquos important to choose the field first that you want to sort by first If theyrsquore in the wrong order click the ltlt button to remove them all from the Sort By list and then start over
12 In the last screen yoursquore asked for a title or name Enter Employees Info ndash Label and click the Finish Your labels appear in Print Preview just like any other report
Printing Labels You can print by clicking the Print button or you can close the Print Preview box by clicking the Close button Modifying Your Labels If you want to modify the labels you can enter Report Design view and make changes just as you would with any report Just click the labels on the Reports tab and then click Design Your label design appears Use all the same editing techniques that you learned in ldquoCustomizing a Reportrdquo to make changes to your label Editing a Mailing Label After creating a mailing label you can make minor changes to it by changing the font type and size of the text in the controls and by changing the size of controls However if you want to make major changes to the label it is much better to create a new label than to edit it
CHANGING THE FONT TYPE AND SIZE OF TEXT
To change the font type and size of text in the controls follow these steps 1 Right click Employees Info- Labels and then click the Design View button 2 In response Access displays the label in the Design View Click the control that contains the text you
want to change 3 In the Formatting toolbar click the down-arrow button on the Font Name box and then select the font
you want 4 To change the font size click the down-arrow button on the Font Size box and then select the size
you want CHANGING THE SIZE OF CONTROL
The following steps show you how to resize a control 1 In Design View click the control you want to resize 2 Drag the sizing handle
Lesson 16
CREATING MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create main switchboard and adding graphics in switchboard
Create and manage a switchboard form
When you use the Local Templates to create a database Microsoft Access automatically creates a switchboard that helps you to navigate around the database This switchboard has buttons that you can click to open forms and reports (or open other switchboards that open additional forms and reports) quit Microsoft Access or customize the switchboard You can create a switchboard similar to the one that the Local Templates creates by using the Switchboard Manager
What do you want to do
1 Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager 2 Create a new switchboard that you can open from the opening switchboard 3 Make a change to an existing switchboard 4 Change which switchboard is automatically displayed when you open the database 5 Delete a switchboard
Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager When you use the Database Wizard to create a database the wizard creates a switchboard that makes it easy to navigate between the Forms and Reports in your database If you want to build the same type of switchboard for a database you created yourself you can use the Switchboard Manager 1 Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager 2 If Microsoft Access asks if youd like to create a switchboard click Yes 3 In the Switchboard Manager dialog box click the New button 4 In the Create New Window type Forms Switchboard at the Switchboard Page Name and click the
OK button 5 Repeat Step 4-5 In the Create New Window type Reports Switchboard at the Switchboard Page
Name and click the OK button
Activity 22 CREATING A SWITCHBOARD ITEM AT THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager
2 In the Switchboard Manager Window Select Forms Switchboard and then click the Edit button 3 In the Edit Switchboard Page Window Click the New button 4 In the Edit Switchboard Item Type the EnterView Employees Information in Columnar in the
Text Box 5 In the Command Box click the drop-down list button and select Open Form in Edit Mode 6 In the Forms Box click the drop-down list button and select Employees Info-Columnar and click the
OK 7 Repeat Step 2-5 based on the given table below Until yoursquore through with Forms Switchboard and
click the Close button to close the Edit Switchboard Page Window
8 And then you can continue with Reports and Main Switchboard with the same procedures repeat Steps 1-6
Table ndash Switchboard Manager
SWITCHBOARD PAGE SWITCHBOARD ITEM COMMAND OBJECTS
Main Switchboard EnterView Information Goto Switchboard Forms Switchboard
Preview Reports Goto Switchboard Reports Switchboard
Change Switchboard Items Design Application
Exit this database Exit Application
Forms Switchboard Employees Information Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Profile
Employees Salaries Entry Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Salaries Entry
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Reports Switchboard Preview Employees Payroll Registry Report
Open Report Employees Payroll Registry Report
Preview Employees Info Report Open Report Employees Info
Preview the Labels Employees Info
Open Report Employees Info - Label
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Startup Application is used whenever you open your database it will open the main switchboard
Activity 23 CREATING A STARTUP APPLICATION BASED ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Follow these steps to create a startup application 1 Click the Office button and select Access Options in order to display Start Application 2 In the Startup Window type Main Menu ndash Payroll Database in the Application Title box 3 In the Display Form box click the drop-down list button and then select Switchboard and then click
the OK button 4 To check if it is start on the Main Switchboard close the Database and then open the Payroll
Database again
CREATING AND EMBEDDED UNBOUND OBJECT
Most Windows applications that support OLE make it easy to create a new object and embed it in the document Using the Unbound Object Frame button on the Toolbox you can easily embed object The following steps show you how to embed unbound object in the Employees Salaries Entry Form 1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Unbound Object button on the Toolbox 3 Place the mouse pointer on the form Click where you want to embed the object The Insert Object
dialog box opens 4 In the Object type box select the type of the object that you want to create For Example if you want
to create a picture on your form select the Paintbrush Picture object 5 Click the OK button The applications that you choose either will opens or display a window into
which you can create the object 6 Create the object that you want 7 After creating the object adjust the size of the window of the object 8 Click the File menu and then click Exit and Return to Employees Salaries Entry Form The new
object is then embedded in your form 9 In the Form Design View click the objectrsquos size handle and then adjust the size and proportion of
the object
EDITING EMBEDDED OBJECT
If you want to edit the embedded object for example you want to add new data to it you can easily do so by following these steps 1 In the Form Design View double-click the embedded to open it 2 Edit the object 3 After editing click File menu and then click Exit and Return to Employees Salaries Entry Form
DELETING EMBEDDED OBJECT
Deleting an embedded object is easier than creating it To delete the embedded object just select it and then press the DELETE key
CREATING AND LINKING UNBOUND OBJECT
Linking an object is very useful if you plan to use the same object on several forms but you do not want to include it in your database file When you linked the object you only store the object at once but if the linked object file is move you have to reconnect the link The following steps show you how to create and link an object to form 1 Open the Windows Accessories Paint program 2 Create the picture that you want 3 Save the picture by choosing the Save command from the File menu 4 Close the Paint program 5 Open the Access program 6 From the Design View of the Employees Salaries Entry Form click the Unbound Object and then
click where you want to place the object 7 In the Insert Object window click the Create form file button and then type the path to the file If you
do not know the path click the Browse button and find where you stored the file 8 Click the Link check box and then click the OK button 9 Wait for a few seconds while Access creates the unbound object frame and displays the object
Activity 14 CREATING OBJECTS AND ADDING OBJECTS TO A FORM
CREATE A LOGO
PROCEDURE 1 Create a Logo using the MS Word or MS PowerPoint or Paint Program size 1rdquo height and 15rdquo
width
2 After creating the logo Copy the Logo and Paste to the Employees Salaries Entry Form and be sure that the form must be in Design View
3 Click the Form View button to see the changes that had been created 4 Add a Title and Type RGB Company Place beside the Logo
Activity 15 ADDING COMMAND BUTTONS ON YOUR FORM
If you want to insert another command button aside from the navigation buttons the following steps show you how to add a command button to a form 1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Command Button from the Control Group and then click where you want to place the
button 3 And be sure that Control Wizard button is activated 4 The Command Button Wizard appears on your screen telling you to answer this question What
Action do you want to happen when the button is pressed Select the Categories first Record Navigation Second selects the action Go to First Record
5 Then click the Next button 6 On the next dialog box telling you again to answer the next question Do you want text or picture
on the button If you choose Text you can type text to display If you choose Picture you can click Browse to find a picture to display Select Picture and select also Go to First
7 Then click the Next button again to go to next dialog box 8 The next dialog box telling you again to answer the next question What do you want to name the
button A meaningful name will help you to refer to the button later Then type First Record Thatrsquos all information the wizards to create your command button
9 Last steps click the Finish button And Access displays the command button with picture 10 Now add the following command buttons
A Go to First Record B Go to Previous Record C Go to Next Record D Go to Last Record E Find Record F Add New Record G Save Record H Delete Record I Print Record J Undo Record K Close Form
RGB
RGB Company
Lesson 12
CREATING OTHER FORMS
Objective In this lesson you will learn to create a Subform and filter the records on form
What is a SubForm
Subform is a form that is displayed within a form You can think of a formsubform combination as a hierarchical form a masterdetail form or a parentchild form wherein the primary form is called the main form and the form within the form is called subform Subforms are efficient when you want to display data from tables or queries with a one-to-many relationship
Activity 16 CREATING A SUBFORM
Create the Employees Gross Pay Form attached this from to the Employees Profile Form to create a subform
CREATING SUBFORM (EMPLOYEES INCOME FORM)
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Income Form using the Tabular Auto Form 1 In the Create tab click the More Forms and Select Form Wizard 2 Click the down-arrow button located to the right of the TablesQueries box and then select the
Employees Income table from the list Select the following fields Department NDW RPD and GrossPay Click the Next button
3 Select the Tabular Layout and Click Next button 4 Select the Style that you like and click Next button 5 Type Employees Gross Pay Form in the Title of the Form Access generates the form and
displays the records in the Form View window Click the Form View button to display the formrsquos design view
CREATING MAIN FORM (EMPLOYEES PROFILE FORM)
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Profile Form using the Blank Form 1 In the All Access Objects Window click Employees Info Table In the Create tab at Forms
Group and Select Form 2 Click the View button drop down list and select Design View
3 After modifying the form click and drag the Employees Income Form and place it below the
Position Label box and release the mouse 4 Click the View button drop down list and select Form View to display the records in the Form
View window And then click the Save button filename Employees Profile Form
Filter is a condition you placed on the records in an open form to temporarily separate a subset of records After applying the filter Access will display a record that meets the criteria you have specified However the next time you open the Form it displays all records until you click the Apply FilterSort command to apply the filter
Filter Records in a Form
When you are working with a form sometimes you may need a quick way to filter records To meet this need Access provides your three methods that you can use to filter records-Filter by Form Filter by Selection and Advanced FilterSort
USING FILTER BY SELECTION
The following steps show you how to filter records by using the Filter by Selection 1 In the Form View Window select the value that you want to be included in the results of the filter
For Example to display only the Employees under the Accounting Department then select the Accounting from the Department field
2 Click the and then click Equal ldquoAccountingrdquo The filtered results display only the records that contain the selected value
3 To further limit the set of records select another value and then repeat step 2 4 Save this form if you want to save the filter
USING THE FILTER BY FORM
The following steps show you how to filter a form by using the Filter By Form
1 In the Form View Window click the and then click Filter By Form 2 Access display the Filter By Form window and opens the Look for Tab select the field in which
you want to specify the criteria 3 Select the value from the list or type the value you want the filtered records to contain 4 To further limit the set of record select another field and type or select the new value 5 To specify the alternative values that filtered records can contain click the Or tab Select another
filed and enter a new value
6 Click the and then click Apply FilterSort 7 Save this Form if you want to save this filter
REMOVING A FILTER
After applying the filter you can display all the records that were previously in the Form by selecting the
Lesson 13
CREATING SIMPLE REPORTS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create reports using Report and Report Wizard
Why Create Reports Reports are specifically design to be printed and shared with other people With a report you can generate professional results that you can be proud of whether yoursquore distributing them on paper or publishing them on the Internet Reports are the method by which data can be viewed or printed in an organized and meaningful way Because you have control over the size and appearance of a report you can modify and display the data the way you want Creating a report is similar to creating a form However reports can only display data You cannot use it to input data
There are several ways to create a report ranging from easy-but-limited (Report) to difficult-but-very-flexible (Report Design) The intermediate choice is Report Wizard which offers some flexibility along with a fairly easy procedure
Report Create a basic report of the data in the current query or table to which you can add features such group or totals
Report Wizard Launch the report wizard which helps you to create simple customized reports
New Object Report Create a new blank report in design view In design view you can make advanced design changes to reports such as adding custom control types and writing codes
Labels Launch the label wizard to create standard or customized labels
Using Design View to Create a Report The Design View method is used if you want to create your own report from scratch without using a wizard When you used this method Access will create a blank report You will have to drag the fields and as well as any code that might be needed for the report
Activity 17 USING REPORT WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT
The Report Wizard offers a good compromise between ease of use and flexibility With Report Wizard you can use multiple tables or queries and choose a layout and format for your report Follow these steps to create a report with Report Wizard 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard
Multiple TablesQueries Allowed You donrsquot need to select a table or query from the drop down list in the New Report dialog box in step 3 because yoursquoll be selecting tables and queries in step 4 as part of the wizard
3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want to include fields
4 Click a field in the Available Fields list and then click the gt button to move it to the Selected Fields list Select the following fields EmployeeID Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity and Province
5 If necessary select another table or query from the TablesQueries list and repeat step 5 When you finish selecting fields click Next The next screen of the wizard appears
6 If you want the records grouped by any of the fields you selected click the field and click the gt button If you want to select more than one grouping level select them in the order you want them Then click Next to move on
Grouping The Instructions on the screen are bit cryptic By default there are no groups You have to select a field and click the gt button to create a grouping Grouping sets off each group on the report If you select a field to group by the Grouping Options button becomes active and you can click it to specify precise grouping settings
7 Next yoursquore asked what sort order you want to use If you want sorted records open the top drop-down list and select a field to sort by You can select up to four sorts from the drop-down lists Then click Next
8 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
9 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button
Ascending or Descending By default Access sorts in ascending order (A-Z) Click the AZ button next to the box to change the sort order to descending (Z-A) if you want
10 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area When you click an option button the sample in the box changes to show you what yoursquove selected Select Tabular Layout
11 Choose the orientation for your printed report Portrait (across the narrow edge of the paper) or Landscape (across wide edge of the paper) Then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue
12 In the next wizard dialog box yoursquore asked to choose a report style Several are listed click one to see a sample of it When youre satisfied with your choice click Next
13 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Info Report as the name of the report 14 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
Activity 18 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report 3 The report appears in Layout View 4 Save the report as Employees Info ndash Tabular
Activity 19 USING REPORT WIZARD CREATING A REPORT BASED ON MORE THAN ONE TABLE
From the previous discussion you saw how easy it is to create a simple report based on Employees Info table Using again the Report Wizard you can create a report based on more than one table This wizard speeds up the process of creating a report that brings data together from more than one table
The following steps show you how to create a report based on the Employees Info and Employees Income tables 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard button 3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want
to include fields 4 Access displays the first dialog box of the report wizard Click the gt button to move the EmployeeID
Lastname Firstname Middlename and TIN fields from the Available Fields box to the Selected Fields box
5 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
6 Click the gt button again to move the Department NDW PR and GP fields to the Selected Fields box
7 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Deduction table from the list
8 Click the gt button again to move the SSS PHIC WTAX ADV_VALE and TD fields to the Selected Fields box
9 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
10 Click the gt button again to move the NP fields to the Selected Fields box 11 After moving the needed fields click the Next button 12 Because you want to group the report by Department select the Department field in the list box and
click the gt button This second step of the report wizard enables you to set the grouping options for the report Click the Next button
13 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
14 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button 15 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area Select Stepped Layout And
then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue 16 In the next dialog box enables you to set a Style for the report Choose a style that is appropriate
and then click the Next button 17 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Payroll Registry Report as the name of the
report 18 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
USING LABEL WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT The Label Wizard is a powerful but easy to use wizard that is used to create standard mailing labels or other types of labels Lesson 15 ldquoCreating Labelsrdquo goes into great detail about creating mailing label in Access Sections of a Report
Report Header The report header appears once at the beginning of a report You can use it for items such as logo report title or print date
Page Header The page header appears at the top of every page in the report You use it to display items such as column headings
Detail Section The detail section contains the main body of a reportrsquos data This section is repeated for each record in the reportrsquos underlying record source
Page Footer The page footer appears at the bottom of every page in the report You use it to display items such as page numbers
Report Footer The Report footer appears once at the end of the report You use it to display items such as report totals The report footer is the last section in the report design but appears before the page footer on the last page of the printed report
Group Header By grouping records that share a common value You can calculate subtotals and make a report easier to read A group header appears at the beginning of a new group of records You use it to display information that applies to the group as a whole such a group name and department and so on
Setting up a Report After creating and viewing the report in the Print Preview window you are now ready to print it on the paper Not quite you have still to modify how the report will look when it is printed Follow these steps to modify the report before printing it
1 In the Layout View mode Click Page Setup 2 In response Access displays the Page Setup window This window contains three tabs ndash Margins
Page and Columns 3 In the Margin tab change the page margins if you want to put more data into a page The sample
preview on the right side of the window changes as you change the margins
4 Click the Page tab sets the orientation paper size and source and the printer to use for the report 5 In the Columns tab set the different field layout properties by changing the number of columns and
the row spacing 6 Click the OK button
Lesson 14
CUSTOMIZING A REPORT
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to move and size the controls to make the report more attractive and readable to center the heading of the report and to change controlrsquos border width
Entering Report Design View When you finish previewing a report yoursquove created close Print Preview and yoursquore automatically in Report Design view If you want to come back to Report Design view later from the Database window perform these steps 1 Right Click the report that you want to modify 2 Click the Design View button Report Views The different options to view reports are ndash Design View Print Preview and Layout Preview
Design View to create a new report or modify the structure of an existing report
Print Preview shows all the data that will appear on every page of the report
Layout Preview to quickly look the reportrsquos layout but it only includes enough data to show you what the report will look like
SWITCHING TO DESIGN VIEW The following are the methods to switch to the Design View If you are in Print Preview click the Close button to display the reportrsquos design Or in the Database Window 1 Click the View button 2 Select the report you want to view 3 Click the Design button SWITCHING TO REPORT OR LAYOUT PREVIEW To switch to Report or Layout view make sure you are in the Design View then click the Print Preview button to view all the data on a report or click the Layout Preview button to view the reportrsquos layout Changing the Appearance of the Report You can change the appearance of the report by means of moving sizing aligning or formatting a control The following sections describe how to customize a report
MOVING AND SIZING CONTROLS Access provides several tools to manipulate the controls in the Report Design view After the controls are added on the report you can easily move align and size them You can size or move a control only if it is selected To select a control simply clicks it Once it is selected you can size it by placing the mouse pointer on one of its size handles and dragging Or you can use the To Fit option from the Size command of the Format menu
Note To select more than one control hold down the shift key while clicking each control
To move a selected control simply place the mouse pointer on the control with its attached label and then move it
Activity 20 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 5 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees
IncomeTable 6 Click the Report 7 The report appears in Layout View 8 Save the report as Employees Income Report CHANGING A LABEL To change the name of a selected label with a new name follow these steps 1 Click the label you want to change 2 Click inside the selected label 3 Change the label with a new text ALIGNING OF TEXT IN CONTROLS You can use the alignment buttons on the Toolbar to change the alignment of a selected text in a control For example you might want the heading of your report to appear to the center of a control instead of to the left To center the Employees Income Report heading follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 On the Formatting Toolbar click the Center button to center the text CHANGING BORDER WIDTH When you create a form or report Access automatically surrounds the controls with a border The default controlrsquos border width setting is hairline but you can easily change it by using the Border Width property setting which range from 0 to 6 points To change the Employees Income Report width follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 Press F4 To display Property Window 3 In the Property dialog box click the vertical scroll bar until you find Border Width option 4 Click the Border Width box and then click the down-arrow button 5 From the list select the new border width that you want
Lesson 15
CREATING MAILING LABELS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to make mailing labels using names and address in a database
Easy Mailing Labels with Access If you have ever done mass mailings to club members customers or even friends the worst part was probably addressing all those envelopes Most Word processors (such as Word) have mailing label features that enable you to create mailing labels from a list of names but Access is even better it lets you create mailing labels directly from an address book database (or any other database) Many times in a corporation they need to mail a letter to all of their customers Given a database that contains customer records (Name Address TownCity and Province) you can easily create mailing labels Access provides a powerful and easy-to-use Label Wizard that allows you to design a mailing label To create a mailing label from Employees Info table determine the followings
First examine the fields contained in this table Second decides which field goes to the label And third determine the format of the label
Examining the Employees Info table you can see that the label should contain the following lines
Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity Province
Activity 21 CREATING MAILING LABEL WITH THE LABEL WIZARD
After determining the format of the label you are now ready to create a mailing label 1 Open the Payroll Database Select the Employees Info table and click the Create tab 2 Click Labels button 3 The first screen of the label Wizard appears In this dialog box access displays a predefined set of
label sizes and Select the Product Number 5160 from the list 4 Click Sheet feed or Continuous (Sheet-Fed labels are single sheets continuous labels are joined to
the previous and next sheet at the top and they have perforated strips on the side that feed through a dot-matrix printer) And then click the Next button
5 Next yoursquore asked about the appearance of the text Choose a font from the Font Name drop-down list and choose a font size from the Font Size drop-down list
Donrsquot Make the Font Too Big If you need to print multiple lines on each label make sure that the font size you select is small enough that all lines will fit For mailing labels 8 or 10 point type works well it is large enough to be read by US Postal Service machines but itrsquos small enough that you can fit several lines on each label
6 With some fonts you can choose a font weight Open the Font Weight drop-down list and choose a different weight if you want Normal will work well in most cases
7 If you would like color labels (and you have a color printer) choose a different color from the Text Color List To do so click the button next to the Text Color box choose from the Color dialog box that appears and then click OK to return
Avoid Light Colors If yoursquore making labels to be sent through the US Postal Service keep in mind that their machines canrsquot read light-colored ink such as yellow or pale pink Choose a dark color to ensure that your addresses will be read correctly
8 Click the Italic andor the Underline check box if you want the text formatted with either or both of those attributes Then click Nextgt to continue
9 In the next dialog box you are going to create a template for your labels As you can see this box contains a list box called Available fields and another box called Prototype label To create the template for your labels follow these steps
Select the Lastname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Firstname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Press the Spacebar key to create a space
Select the Middlename field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the Address field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the TownCity field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Province field in the Available field list and then click the gt button 10 Click the Next button 11 In the next dialog box you can specify the sort key of the mailing labels You can sort the labels by
one or more fields To sort the mailing labels select the Lastname field as the sort key and then click the gt button Select the Firstname field and then click the gt button again This process tells Access to sort the mailing label by Lastname and then by Firstname Click the Next button to move to the last dialog box in the Label Wizard
Order Is Important If you pick more than one field to sort by Access sorts the records first by first field you select then by the second and so on So itrsquos important to choose the field first that you want to sort by first If theyrsquore in the wrong order click the ltlt button to remove them all from the Sort By list and then start over
12 In the last screen yoursquore asked for a title or name Enter Employees Info ndash Label and click the Finish Your labels appear in Print Preview just like any other report
Printing Labels You can print by clicking the Print button or you can close the Print Preview box by clicking the Close button Modifying Your Labels If you want to modify the labels you can enter Report Design view and make changes just as you would with any report Just click the labels on the Reports tab and then click Design Your label design appears Use all the same editing techniques that you learned in ldquoCustomizing a Reportrdquo to make changes to your label Editing a Mailing Label After creating a mailing label you can make minor changes to it by changing the font type and size of the text in the controls and by changing the size of controls However if you want to make major changes to the label it is much better to create a new label than to edit it
CHANGING THE FONT TYPE AND SIZE OF TEXT
To change the font type and size of text in the controls follow these steps 1 Right click Employees Info- Labels and then click the Design View button 2 In response Access displays the label in the Design View Click the control that contains the text you
want to change 3 In the Formatting toolbar click the down-arrow button on the Font Name box and then select the font
you want 4 To change the font size click the down-arrow button on the Font Size box and then select the size
you want CHANGING THE SIZE OF CONTROL
The following steps show you how to resize a control 1 In Design View click the control you want to resize 2 Drag the sizing handle
Lesson 16
CREATING MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create main switchboard and adding graphics in switchboard
Create and manage a switchboard form
When you use the Local Templates to create a database Microsoft Access automatically creates a switchboard that helps you to navigate around the database This switchboard has buttons that you can click to open forms and reports (or open other switchboards that open additional forms and reports) quit Microsoft Access or customize the switchboard You can create a switchboard similar to the one that the Local Templates creates by using the Switchboard Manager
What do you want to do
1 Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager 2 Create a new switchboard that you can open from the opening switchboard 3 Make a change to an existing switchboard 4 Change which switchboard is automatically displayed when you open the database 5 Delete a switchboard
Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager When you use the Database Wizard to create a database the wizard creates a switchboard that makes it easy to navigate between the Forms and Reports in your database If you want to build the same type of switchboard for a database you created yourself you can use the Switchboard Manager 1 Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager 2 If Microsoft Access asks if youd like to create a switchboard click Yes 3 In the Switchboard Manager dialog box click the New button 4 In the Create New Window type Forms Switchboard at the Switchboard Page Name and click the
OK button 5 Repeat Step 4-5 In the Create New Window type Reports Switchboard at the Switchboard Page
Name and click the OK button
Activity 22 CREATING A SWITCHBOARD ITEM AT THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager
2 In the Switchboard Manager Window Select Forms Switchboard and then click the Edit button 3 In the Edit Switchboard Page Window Click the New button 4 In the Edit Switchboard Item Type the EnterView Employees Information in Columnar in the
Text Box 5 In the Command Box click the drop-down list button and select Open Form in Edit Mode 6 In the Forms Box click the drop-down list button and select Employees Info-Columnar and click the
OK 7 Repeat Step 2-5 based on the given table below Until yoursquore through with Forms Switchboard and
click the Close button to close the Edit Switchboard Page Window
8 And then you can continue with Reports and Main Switchboard with the same procedures repeat Steps 1-6
Table ndash Switchboard Manager
SWITCHBOARD PAGE SWITCHBOARD ITEM COMMAND OBJECTS
Main Switchboard EnterView Information Goto Switchboard Forms Switchboard
Preview Reports Goto Switchboard Reports Switchboard
Change Switchboard Items Design Application
Exit this database Exit Application
Forms Switchboard Employees Information Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Profile
Employees Salaries Entry Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Salaries Entry
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Reports Switchboard Preview Employees Payroll Registry Report
Open Report Employees Payroll Registry Report
Preview Employees Info Report Open Report Employees Info
Preview the Labels Employees Info
Open Report Employees Info - Label
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Startup Application is used whenever you open your database it will open the main switchboard
Activity 23 CREATING A STARTUP APPLICATION BASED ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Follow these steps to create a startup application 1 Click the Office button and select Access Options in order to display Start Application 2 In the Startup Window type Main Menu ndash Payroll Database in the Application Title box 3 In the Display Form box click the drop-down list button and then select Switchboard and then click
the OK button 4 To check if it is start on the Main Switchboard close the Database and then open the Payroll
Database again
Activity 14 CREATING OBJECTS AND ADDING OBJECTS TO A FORM
CREATE A LOGO
PROCEDURE 1 Create a Logo using the MS Word or MS PowerPoint or Paint Program size 1rdquo height and 15rdquo
width
2 After creating the logo Copy the Logo and Paste to the Employees Salaries Entry Form and be sure that the form must be in Design View
3 Click the Form View button to see the changes that had been created 4 Add a Title and Type RGB Company Place beside the Logo
Activity 15 ADDING COMMAND BUTTONS ON YOUR FORM
If you want to insert another command button aside from the navigation buttons the following steps show you how to add a command button to a form 1 Right click Employees Salaries Entry Form and select Design View 2 Click the Command Button from the Control Group and then click where you want to place the
button 3 And be sure that Control Wizard button is activated 4 The Command Button Wizard appears on your screen telling you to answer this question What
Action do you want to happen when the button is pressed Select the Categories first Record Navigation Second selects the action Go to First Record
5 Then click the Next button 6 On the next dialog box telling you again to answer the next question Do you want text or picture
on the button If you choose Text you can type text to display If you choose Picture you can click Browse to find a picture to display Select Picture and select also Go to First
7 Then click the Next button again to go to next dialog box 8 The next dialog box telling you again to answer the next question What do you want to name the
button A meaningful name will help you to refer to the button later Then type First Record Thatrsquos all information the wizards to create your command button
9 Last steps click the Finish button And Access displays the command button with picture 10 Now add the following command buttons
A Go to First Record B Go to Previous Record C Go to Next Record D Go to Last Record E Find Record F Add New Record G Save Record H Delete Record I Print Record J Undo Record K Close Form
RGB
RGB Company
Lesson 12
CREATING OTHER FORMS
Objective In this lesson you will learn to create a Subform and filter the records on form
What is a SubForm
Subform is a form that is displayed within a form You can think of a formsubform combination as a hierarchical form a masterdetail form or a parentchild form wherein the primary form is called the main form and the form within the form is called subform Subforms are efficient when you want to display data from tables or queries with a one-to-many relationship
Activity 16 CREATING A SUBFORM
Create the Employees Gross Pay Form attached this from to the Employees Profile Form to create a subform
CREATING SUBFORM (EMPLOYEES INCOME FORM)
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Income Form using the Tabular Auto Form 1 In the Create tab click the More Forms and Select Form Wizard 2 Click the down-arrow button located to the right of the TablesQueries box and then select the
Employees Income table from the list Select the following fields Department NDW RPD and GrossPay Click the Next button
3 Select the Tabular Layout and Click Next button 4 Select the Style that you like and click Next button 5 Type Employees Gross Pay Form in the Title of the Form Access generates the form and
displays the records in the Form View window Click the Form View button to display the formrsquos design view
CREATING MAIN FORM (EMPLOYEES PROFILE FORM)
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Profile Form using the Blank Form 1 In the All Access Objects Window click Employees Info Table In the Create tab at Forms
Group and Select Form 2 Click the View button drop down list and select Design View
3 After modifying the form click and drag the Employees Income Form and place it below the
Position Label box and release the mouse 4 Click the View button drop down list and select Form View to display the records in the Form
View window And then click the Save button filename Employees Profile Form
Filter is a condition you placed on the records in an open form to temporarily separate a subset of records After applying the filter Access will display a record that meets the criteria you have specified However the next time you open the Form it displays all records until you click the Apply FilterSort command to apply the filter
Filter Records in a Form
When you are working with a form sometimes you may need a quick way to filter records To meet this need Access provides your three methods that you can use to filter records-Filter by Form Filter by Selection and Advanced FilterSort
USING FILTER BY SELECTION
The following steps show you how to filter records by using the Filter by Selection 1 In the Form View Window select the value that you want to be included in the results of the filter
For Example to display only the Employees under the Accounting Department then select the Accounting from the Department field
2 Click the and then click Equal ldquoAccountingrdquo The filtered results display only the records that contain the selected value
3 To further limit the set of records select another value and then repeat step 2 4 Save this form if you want to save the filter
USING THE FILTER BY FORM
The following steps show you how to filter a form by using the Filter By Form
1 In the Form View Window click the and then click Filter By Form 2 Access display the Filter By Form window and opens the Look for Tab select the field in which
you want to specify the criteria 3 Select the value from the list or type the value you want the filtered records to contain 4 To further limit the set of record select another field and type or select the new value 5 To specify the alternative values that filtered records can contain click the Or tab Select another
filed and enter a new value
6 Click the and then click Apply FilterSort 7 Save this Form if you want to save this filter
REMOVING A FILTER
After applying the filter you can display all the records that were previously in the Form by selecting the
Lesson 13
CREATING SIMPLE REPORTS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create reports using Report and Report Wizard
Why Create Reports Reports are specifically design to be printed and shared with other people With a report you can generate professional results that you can be proud of whether yoursquore distributing them on paper or publishing them on the Internet Reports are the method by which data can be viewed or printed in an organized and meaningful way Because you have control over the size and appearance of a report you can modify and display the data the way you want Creating a report is similar to creating a form However reports can only display data You cannot use it to input data
There are several ways to create a report ranging from easy-but-limited (Report) to difficult-but-very-flexible (Report Design) The intermediate choice is Report Wizard which offers some flexibility along with a fairly easy procedure
Report Create a basic report of the data in the current query or table to which you can add features such group or totals
Report Wizard Launch the report wizard which helps you to create simple customized reports
New Object Report Create a new blank report in design view In design view you can make advanced design changes to reports such as adding custom control types and writing codes
Labels Launch the label wizard to create standard or customized labels
Using Design View to Create a Report The Design View method is used if you want to create your own report from scratch without using a wizard When you used this method Access will create a blank report You will have to drag the fields and as well as any code that might be needed for the report
Activity 17 USING REPORT WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT
The Report Wizard offers a good compromise between ease of use and flexibility With Report Wizard you can use multiple tables or queries and choose a layout and format for your report Follow these steps to create a report with Report Wizard 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard
Multiple TablesQueries Allowed You donrsquot need to select a table or query from the drop down list in the New Report dialog box in step 3 because yoursquoll be selecting tables and queries in step 4 as part of the wizard
3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want to include fields
4 Click a field in the Available Fields list and then click the gt button to move it to the Selected Fields list Select the following fields EmployeeID Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity and Province
5 If necessary select another table or query from the TablesQueries list and repeat step 5 When you finish selecting fields click Next The next screen of the wizard appears
6 If you want the records grouped by any of the fields you selected click the field and click the gt button If you want to select more than one grouping level select them in the order you want them Then click Next to move on
Grouping The Instructions on the screen are bit cryptic By default there are no groups You have to select a field and click the gt button to create a grouping Grouping sets off each group on the report If you select a field to group by the Grouping Options button becomes active and you can click it to specify precise grouping settings
7 Next yoursquore asked what sort order you want to use If you want sorted records open the top drop-down list and select a field to sort by You can select up to four sorts from the drop-down lists Then click Next
8 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
9 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button
Ascending or Descending By default Access sorts in ascending order (A-Z) Click the AZ button next to the box to change the sort order to descending (Z-A) if you want
10 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area When you click an option button the sample in the box changes to show you what yoursquove selected Select Tabular Layout
11 Choose the orientation for your printed report Portrait (across the narrow edge of the paper) or Landscape (across wide edge of the paper) Then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue
12 In the next wizard dialog box yoursquore asked to choose a report style Several are listed click one to see a sample of it When youre satisfied with your choice click Next
13 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Info Report as the name of the report 14 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
Activity 18 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report 3 The report appears in Layout View 4 Save the report as Employees Info ndash Tabular
Activity 19 USING REPORT WIZARD CREATING A REPORT BASED ON MORE THAN ONE TABLE
From the previous discussion you saw how easy it is to create a simple report based on Employees Info table Using again the Report Wizard you can create a report based on more than one table This wizard speeds up the process of creating a report that brings data together from more than one table
The following steps show you how to create a report based on the Employees Info and Employees Income tables 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard button 3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want
to include fields 4 Access displays the first dialog box of the report wizard Click the gt button to move the EmployeeID
Lastname Firstname Middlename and TIN fields from the Available Fields box to the Selected Fields box
5 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
6 Click the gt button again to move the Department NDW PR and GP fields to the Selected Fields box
7 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Deduction table from the list
8 Click the gt button again to move the SSS PHIC WTAX ADV_VALE and TD fields to the Selected Fields box
9 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
10 Click the gt button again to move the NP fields to the Selected Fields box 11 After moving the needed fields click the Next button 12 Because you want to group the report by Department select the Department field in the list box and
click the gt button This second step of the report wizard enables you to set the grouping options for the report Click the Next button
13 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
14 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button 15 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area Select Stepped Layout And
then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue 16 In the next dialog box enables you to set a Style for the report Choose a style that is appropriate
and then click the Next button 17 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Payroll Registry Report as the name of the
report 18 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
USING LABEL WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT The Label Wizard is a powerful but easy to use wizard that is used to create standard mailing labels or other types of labels Lesson 15 ldquoCreating Labelsrdquo goes into great detail about creating mailing label in Access Sections of a Report
Report Header The report header appears once at the beginning of a report You can use it for items such as logo report title or print date
Page Header The page header appears at the top of every page in the report You use it to display items such as column headings
Detail Section The detail section contains the main body of a reportrsquos data This section is repeated for each record in the reportrsquos underlying record source
Page Footer The page footer appears at the bottom of every page in the report You use it to display items such as page numbers
Report Footer The Report footer appears once at the end of the report You use it to display items such as report totals The report footer is the last section in the report design but appears before the page footer on the last page of the printed report
Group Header By grouping records that share a common value You can calculate subtotals and make a report easier to read A group header appears at the beginning of a new group of records You use it to display information that applies to the group as a whole such a group name and department and so on
Setting up a Report After creating and viewing the report in the Print Preview window you are now ready to print it on the paper Not quite you have still to modify how the report will look when it is printed Follow these steps to modify the report before printing it
1 In the Layout View mode Click Page Setup 2 In response Access displays the Page Setup window This window contains three tabs ndash Margins
Page and Columns 3 In the Margin tab change the page margins if you want to put more data into a page The sample
preview on the right side of the window changes as you change the margins
4 Click the Page tab sets the orientation paper size and source and the printer to use for the report 5 In the Columns tab set the different field layout properties by changing the number of columns and
the row spacing 6 Click the OK button
Lesson 14
CUSTOMIZING A REPORT
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to move and size the controls to make the report more attractive and readable to center the heading of the report and to change controlrsquos border width
Entering Report Design View When you finish previewing a report yoursquove created close Print Preview and yoursquore automatically in Report Design view If you want to come back to Report Design view later from the Database window perform these steps 1 Right Click the report that you want to modify 2 Click the Design View button Report Views The different options to view reports are ndash Design View Print Preview and Layout Preview
Design View to create a new report or modify the structure of an existing report
Print Preview shows all the data that will appear on every page of the report
Layout Preview to quickly look the reportrsquos layout but it only includes enough data to show you what the report will look like
SWITCHING TO DESIGN VIEW The following are the methods to switch to the Design View If you are in Print Preview click the Close button to display the reportrsquos design Or in the Database Window 1 Click the View button 2 Select the report you want to view 3 Click the Design button SWITCHING TO REPORT OR LAYOUT PREVIEW To switch to Report or Layout view make sure you are in the Design View then click the Print Preview button to view all the data on a report or click the Layout Preview button to view the reportrsquos layout Changing the Appearance of the Report You can change the appearance of the report by means of moving sizing aligning or formatting a control The following sections describe how to customize a report
MOVING AND SIZING CONTROLS Access provides several tools to manipulate the controls in the Report Design view After the controls are added on the report you can easily move align and size them You can size or move a control only if it is selected To select a control simply clicks it Once it is selected you can size it by placing the mouse pointer on one of its size handles and dragging Or you can use the To Fit option from the Size command of the Format menu
Note To select more than one control hold down the shift key while clicking each control
To move a selected control simply place the mouse pointer on the control with its attached label and then move it
Activity 20 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 5 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees
IncomeTable 6 Click the Report 7 The report appears in Layout View 8 Save the report as Employees Income Report CHANGING A LABEL To change the name of a selected label with a new name follow these steps 1 Click the label you want to change 2 Click inside the selected label 3 Change the label with a new text ALIGNING OF TEXT IN CONTROLS You can use the alignment buttons on the Toolbar to change the alignment of a selected text in a control For example you might want the heading of your report to appear to the center of a control instead of to the left To center the Employees Income Report heading follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 On the Formatting Toolbar click the Center button to center the text CHANGING BORDER WIDTH When you create a form or report Access automatically surrounds the controls with a border The default controlrsquos border width setting is hairline but you can easily change it by using the Border Width property setting which range from 0 to 6 points To change the Employees Income Report width follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 Press F4 To display Property Window 3 In the Property dialog box click the vertical scroll bar until you find Border Width option 4 Click the Border Width box and then click the down-arrow button 5 From the list select the new border width that you want
Lesson 15
CREATING MAILING LABELS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to make mailing labels using names and address in a database
Easy Mailing Labels with Access If you have ever done mass mailings to club members customers or even friends the worst part was probably addressing all those envelopes Most Word processors (such as Word) have mailing label features that enable you to create mailing labels from a list of names but Access is even better it lets you create mailing labels directly from an address book database (or any other database) Many times in a corporation they need to mail a letter to all of their customers Given a database that contains customer records (Name Address TownCity and Province) you can easily create mailing labels Access provides a powerful and easy-to-use Label Wizard that allows you to design a mailing label To create a mailing label from Employees Info table determine the followings
First examine the fields contained in this table Second decides which field goes to the label And third determine the format of the label
Examining the Employees Info table you can see that the label should contain the following lines
Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity Province
Activity 21 CREATING MAILING LABEL WITH THE LABEL WIZARD
After determining the format of the label you are now ready to create a mailing label 1 Open the Payroll Database Select the Employees Info table and click the Create tab 2 Click Labels button 3 The first screen of the label Wizard appears In this dialog box access displays a predefined set of
label sizes and Select the Product Number 5160 from the list 4 Click Sheet feed or Continuous (Sheet-Fed labels are single sheets continuous labels are joined to
the previous and next sheet at the top and they have perforated strips on the side that feed through a dot-matrix printer) And then click the Next button
5 Next yoursquore asked about the appearance of the text Choose a font from the Font Name drop-down list and choose a font size from the Font Size drop-down list
Donrsquot Make the Font Too Big If you need to print multiple lines on each label make sure that the font size you select is small enough that all lines will fit For mailing labels 8 or 10 point type works well it is large enough to be read by US Postal Service machines but itrsquos small enough that you can fit several lines on each label
6 With some fonts you can choose a font weight Open the Font Weight drop-down list and choose a different weight if you want Normal will work well in most cases
7 If you would like color labels (and you have a color printer) choose a different color from the Text Color List To do so click the button next to the Text Color box choose from the Color dialog box that appears and then click OK to return
Avoid Light Colors If yoursquore making labels to be sent through the US Postal Service keep in mind that their machines canrsquot read light-colored ink such as yellow or pale pink Choose a dark color to ensure that your addresses will be read correctly
8 Click the Italic andor the Underline check box if you want the text formatted with either or both of those attributes Then click Nextgt to continue
9 In the next dialog box you are going to create a template for your labels As you can see this box contains a list box called Available fields and another box called Prototype label To create the template for your labels follow these steps
Select the Lastname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Firstname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Press the Spacebar key to create a space
Select the Middlename field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the Address field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the TownCity field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Province field in the Available field list and then click the gt button 10 Click the Next button 11 In the next dialog box you can specify the sort key of the mailing labels You can sort the labels by
one or more fields To sort the mailing labels select the Lastname field as the sort key and then click the gt button Select the Firstname field and then click the gt button again This process tells Access to sort the mailing label by Lastname and then by Firstname Click the Next button to move to the last dialog box in the Label Wizard
Order Is Important If you pick more than one field to sort by Access sorts the records first by first field you select then by the second and so on So itrsquos important to choose the field first that you want to sort by first If theyrsquore in the wrong order click the ltlt button to remove them all from the Sort By list and then start over
12 In the last screen yoursquore asked for a title or name Enter Employees Info ndash Label and click the Finish Your labels appear in Print Preview just like any other report
Printing Labels You can print by clicking the Print button or you can close the Print Preview box by clicking the Close button Modifying Your Labels If you want to modify the labels you can enter Report Design view and make changes just as you would with any report Just click the labels on the Reports tab and then click Design Your label design appears Use all the same editing techniques that you learned in ldquoCustomizing a Reportrdquo to make changes to your label Editing a Mailing Label After creating a mailing label you can make minor changes to it by changing the font type and size of the text in the controls and by changing the size of controls However if you want to make major changes to the label it is much better to create a new label than to edit it
CHANGING THE FONT TYPE AND SIZE OF TEXT
To change the font type and size of text in the controls follow these steps 1 Right click Employees Info- Labels and then click the Design View button 2 In response Access displays the label in the Design View Click the control that contains the text you
want to change 3 In the Formatting toolbar click the down-arrow button on the Font Name box and then select the font
you want 4 To change the font size click the down-arrow button on the Font Size box and then select the size
you want CHANGING THE SIZE OF CONTROL
The following steps show you how to resize a control 1 In Design View click the control you want to resize 2 Drag the sizing handle
Lesson 16
CREATING MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create main switchboard and adding graphics in switchboard
Create and manage a switchboard form
When you use the Local Templates to create a database Microsoft Access automatically creates a switchboard that helps you to navigate around the database This switchboard has buttons that you can click to open forms and reports (or open other switchboards that open additional forms and reports) quit Microsoft Access or customize the switchboard You can create a switchboard similar to the one that the Local Templates creates by using the Switchboard Manager
What do you want to do
1 Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager 2 Create a new switchboard that you can open from the opening switchboard 3 Make a change to an existing switchboard 4 Change which switchboard is automatically displayed when you open the database 5 Delete a switchboard
Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager When you use the Database Wizard to create a database the wizard creates a switchboard that makes it easy to navigate between the Forms and Reports in your database If you want to build the same type of switchboard for a database you created yourself you can use the Switchboard Manager 1 Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager 2 If Microsoft Access asks if youd like to create a switchboard click Yes 3 In the Switchboard Manager dialog box click the New button 4 In the Create New Window type Forms Switchboard at the Switchboard Page Name and click the
OK button 5 Repeat Step 4-5 In the Create New Window type Reports Switchboard at the Switchboard Page
Name and click the OK button
Activity 22 CREATING A SWITCHBOARD ITEM AT THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager
2 In the Switchboard Manager Window Select Forms Switchboard and then click the Edit button 3 In the Edit Switchboard Page Window Click the New button 4 In the Edit Switchboard Item Type the EnterView Employees Information in Columnar in the
Text Box 5 In the Command Box click the drop-down list button and select Open Form in Edit Mode 6 In the Forms Box click the drop-down list button and select Employees Info-Columnar and click the
OK 7 Repeat Step 2-5 based on the given table below Until yoursquore through with Forms Switchboard and
click the Close button to close the Edit Switchboard Page Window
8 And then you can continue with Reports and Main Switchboard with the same procedures repeat Steps 1-6
Table ndash Switchboard Manager
SWITCHBOARD PAGE SWITCHBOARD ITEM COMMAND OBJECTS
Main Switchboard EnterView Information Goto Switchboard Forms Switchboard
Preview Reports Goto Switchboard Reports Switchboard
Change Switchboard Items Design Application
Exit this database Exit Application
Forms Switchboard Employees Information Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Profile
Employees Salaries Entry Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Salaries Entry
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Reports Switchboard Preview Employees Payroll Registry Report
Open Report Employees Payroll Registry Report
Preview Employees Info Report Open Report Employees Info
Preview the Labels Employees Info
Open Report Employees Info - Label
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Startup Application is used whenever you open your database it will open the main switchboard
Activity 23 CREATING A STARTUP APPLICATION BASED ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Follow these steps to create a startup application 1 Click the Office button and select Access Options in order to display Start Application 2 In the Startup Window type Main Menu ndash Payroll Database in the Application Title box 3 In the Display Form box click the drop-down list button and then select Switchboard and then click
the OK button 4 To check if it is start on the Main Switchboard close the Database and then open the Payroll
Database again
Lesson 12
CREATING OTHER FORMS
Objective In this lesson you will learn to create a Subform and filter the records on form
What is a SubForm
Subform is a form that is displayed within a form You can think of a formsubform combination as a hierarchical form a masterdetail form or a parentchild form wherein the primary form is called the main form and the form within the form is called subform Subforms are efficient when you want to display data from tables or queries with a one-to-many relationship
Activity 16 CREATING A SUBFORM
Create the Employees Gross Pay Form attached this from to the Employees Profile Form to create a subform
CREATING SUBFORM (EMPLOYEES INCOME FORM)
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Income Form using the Tabular Auto Form 1 In the Create tab click the More Forms and Select Form Wizard 2 Click the down-arrow button located to the right of the TablesQueries box and then select the
Employees Income table from the list Select the following fields Department NDW RPD and GrossPay Click the Next button
3 Select the Tabular Layout and Click Next button 4 Select the Style that you like and click Next button 5 Type Employees Gross Pay Form in the Title of the Form Access generates the form and
displays the records in the Form View window Click the Form View button to display the formrsquos design view
CREATING MAIN FORM (EMPLOYEES PROFILE FORM)
The following steps show you how to create the Employees Profile Form using the Blank Form 1 In the All Access Objects Window click Employees Info Table In the Create tab at Forms
Group and Select Form 2 Click the View button drop down list and select Design View
3 After modifying the form click and drag the Employees Income Form and place it below the
Position Label box and release the mouse 4 Click the View button drop down list and select Form View to display the records in the Form
View window And then click the Save button filename Employees Profile Form
Filter is a condition you placed on the records in an open form to temporarily separate a subset of records After applying the filter Access will display a record that meets the criteria you have specified However the next time you open the Form it displays all records until you click the Apply FilterSort command to apply the filter
Filter Records in a Form
When you are working with a form sometimes you may need a quick way to filter records To meet this need Access provides your three methods that you can use to filter records-Filter by Form Filter by Selection and Advanced FilterSort
USING FILTER BY SELECTION
The following steps show you how to filter records by using the Filter by Selection 1 In the Form View Window select the value that you want to be included in the results of the filter
For Example to display only the Employees under the Accounting Department then select the Accounting from the Department field
2 Click the and then click Equal ldquoAccountingrdquo The filtered results display only the records that contain the selected value
3 To further limit the set of records select another value and then repeat step 2 4 Save this form if you want to save the filter
USING THE FILTER BY FORM
The following steps show you how to filter a form by using the Filter By Form
1 In the Form View Window click the and then click Filter By Form 2 Access display the Filter By Form window and opens the Look for Tab select the field in which
you want to specify the criteria 3 Select the value from the list or type the value you want the filtered records to contain 4 To further limit the set of record select another field and type or select the new value 5 To specify the alternative values that filtered records can contain click the Or tab Select another
filed and enter a new value
6 Click the and then click Apply FilterSort 7 Save this Form if you want to save this filter
REMOVING A FILTER
After applying the filter you can display all the records that were previously in the Form by selecting the
Lesson 13
CREATING SIMPLE REPORTS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create reports using Report and Report Wizard
Why Create Reports Reports are specifically design to be printed and shared with other people With a report you can generate professional results that you can be proud of whether yoursquore distributing them on paper or publishing them on the Internet Reports are the method by which data can be viewed or printed in an organized and meaningful way Because you have control over the size and appearance of a report you can modify and display the data the way you want Creating a report is similar to creating a form However reports can only display data You cannot use it to input data
There are several ways to create a report ranging from easy-but-limited (Report) to difficult-but-very-flexible (Report Design) The intermediate choice is Report Wizard which offers some flexibility along with a fairly easy procedure
Report Create a basic report of the data in the current query or table to which you can add features such group or totals
Report Wizard Launch the report wizard which helps you to create simple customized reports
New Object Report Create a new blank report in design view In design view you can make advanced design changes to reports such as adding custom control types and writing codes
Labels Launch the label wizard to create standard or customized labels
Using Design View to Create a Report The Design View method is used if you want to create your own report from scratch without using a wizard When you used this method Access will create a blank report You will have to drag the fields and as well as any code that might be needed for the report
Activity 17 USING REPORT WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT
The Report Wizard offers a good compromise between ease of use and flexibility With Report Wizard you can use multiple tables or queries and choose a layout and format for your report Follow these steps to create a report with Report Wizard 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard
Multiple TablesQueries Allowed You donrsquot need to select a table or query from the drop down list in the New Report dialog box in step 3 because yoursquoll be selecting tables and queries in step 4 as part of the wizard
3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want to include fields
4 Click a field in the Available Fields list and then click the gt button to move it to the Selected Fields list Select the following fields EmployeeID Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity and Province
5 If necessary select another table or query from the TablesQueries list and repeat step 5 When you finish selecting fields click Next The next screen of the wizard appears
6 If you want the records grouped by any of the fields you selected click the field and click the gt button If you want to select more than one grouping level select them in the order you want them Then click Next to move on
Grouping The Instructions on the screen are bit cryptic By default there are no groups You have to select a field and click the gt button to create a grouping Grouping sets off each group on the report If you select a field to group by the Grouping Options button becomes active and you can click it to specify precise grouping settings
7 Next yoursquore asked what sort order you want to use If you want sorted records open the top drop-down list and select a field to sort by You can select up to four sorts from the drop-down lists Then click Next
8 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
9 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button
Ascending or Descending By default Access sorts in ascending order (A-Z) Click the AZ button next to the box to change the sort order to descending (Z-A) if you want
10 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area When you click an option button the sample in the box changes to show you what yoursquove selected Select Tabular Layout
11 Choose the orientation for your printed report Portrait (across the narrow edge of the paper) or Landscape (across wide edge of the paper) Then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue
12 In the next wizard dialog box yoursquore asked to choose a report style Several are listed click one to see a sample of it When youre satisfied with your choice click Next
13 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Info Report as the name of the report 14 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
Activity 18 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report 3 The report appears in Layout View 4 Save the report as Employees Info ndash Tabular
Activity 19 USING REPORT WIZARD CREATING A REPORT BASED ON MORE THAN ONE TABLE
From the previous discussion you saw how easy it is to create a simple report based on Employees Info table Using again the Report Wizard you can create a report based on more than one table This wizard speeds up the process of creating a report that brings data together from more than one table
The following steps show you how to create a report based on the Employees Info and Employees Income tables 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard button 3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want
to include fields 4 Access displays the first dialog box of the report wizard Click the gt button to move the EmployeeID
Lastname Firstname Middlename and TIN fields from the Available Fields box to the Selected Fields box
5 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
6 Click the gt button again to move the Department NDW PR and GP fields to the Selected Fields box
7 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Deduction table from the list
8 Click the gt button again to move the SSS PHIC WTAX ADV_VALE and TD fields to the Selected Fields box
9 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
10 Click the gt button again to move the NP fields to the Selected Fields box 11 After moving the needed fields click the Next button 12 Because you want to group the report by Department select the Department field in the list box and
click the gt button This second step of the report wizard enables you to set the grouping options for the report Click the Next button
13 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
14 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button 15 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area Select Stepped Layout And
then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue 16 In the next dialog box enables you to set a Style for the report Choose a style that is appropriate
and then click the Next button 17 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Payroll Registry Report as the name of the
report 18 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
USING LABEL WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT The Label Wizard is a powerful but easy to use wizard that is used to create standard mailing labels or other types of labels Lesson 15 ldquoCreating Labelsrdquo goes into great detail about creating mailing label in Access Sections of a Report
Report Header The report header appears once at the beginning of a report You can use it for items such as logo report title or print date
Page Header The page header appears at the top of every page in the report You use it to display items such as column headings
Detail Section The detail section contains the main body of a reportrsquos data This section is repeated for each record in the reportrsquos underlying record source
Page Footer The page footer appears at the bottom of every page in the report You use it to display items such as page numbers
Report Footer The Report footer appears once at the end of the report You use it to display items such as report totals The report footer is the last section in the report design but appears before the page footer on the last page of the printed report
Group Header By grouping records that share a common value You can calculate subtotals and make a report easier to read A group header appears at the beginning of a new group of records You use it to display information that applies to the group as a whole such a group name and department and so on
Setting up a Report After creating and viewing the report in the Print Preview window you are now ready to print it on the paper Not quite you have still to modify how the report will look when it is printed Follow these steps to modify the report before printing it
1 In the Layout View mode Click Page Setup 2 In response Access displays the Page Setup window This window contains three tabs ndash Margins
Page and Columns 3 In the Margin tab change the page margins if you want to put more data into a page The sample
preview on the right side of the window changes as you change the margins
4 Click the Page tab sets the orientation paper size and source and the printer to use for the report 5 In the Columns tab set the different field layout properties by changing the number of columns and
the row spacing 6 Click the OK button
Lesson 14
CUSTOMIZING A REPORT
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to move and size the controls to make the report more attractive and readable to center the heading of the report and to change controlrsquos border width
Entering Report Design View When you finish previewing a report yoursquove created close Print Preview and yoursquore automatically in Report Design view If you want to come back to Report Design view later from the Database window perform these steps 1 Right Click the report that you want to modify 2 Click the Design View button Report Views The different options to view reports are ndash Design View Print Preview and Layout Preview
Design View to create a new report or modify the structure of an existing report
Print Preview shows all the data that will appear on every page of the report
Layout Preview to quickly look the reportrsquos layout but it only includes enough data to show you what the report will look like
SWITCHING TO DESIGN VIEW The following are the methods to switch to the Design View If you are in Print Preview click the Close button to display the reportrsquos design Or in the Database Window 1 Click the View button 2 Select the report you want to view 3 Click the Design button SWITCHING TO REPORT OR LAYOUT PREVIEW To switch to Report or Layout view make sure you are in the Design View then click the Print Preview button to view all the data on a report or click the Layout Preview button to view the reportrsquos layout Changing the Appearance of the Report You can change the appearance of the report by means of moving sizing aligning or formatting a control The following sections describe how to customize a report
MOVING AND SIZING CONTROLS Access provides several tools to manipulate the controls in the Report Design view After the controls are added on the report you can easily move align and size them You can size or move a control only if it is selected To select a control simply clicks it Once it is selected you can size it by placing the mouse pointer on one of its size handles and dragging Or you can use the To Fit option from the Size command of the Format menu
Note To select more than one control hold down the shift key while clicking each control
To move a selected control simply place the mouse pointer on the control with its attached label and then move it
Activity 20 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 5 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees
IncomeTable 6 Click the Report 7 The report appears in Layout View 8 Save the report as Employees Income Report CHANGING A LABEL To change the name of a selected label with a new name follow these steps 1 Click the label you want to change 2 Click inside the selected label 3 Change the label with a new text ALIGNING OF TEXT IN CONTROLS You can use the alignment buttons on the Toolbar to change the alignment of a selected text in a control For example you might want the heading of your report to appear to the center of a control instead of to the left To center the Employees Income Report heading follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 On the Formatting Toolbar click the Center button to center the text CHANGING BORDER WIDTH When you create a form or report Access automatically surrounds the controls with a border The default controlrsquos border width setting is hairline but you can easily change it by using the Border Width property setting which range from 0 to 6 points To change the Employees Income Report width follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 Press F4 To display Property Window 3 In the Property dialog box click the vertical scroll bar until you find Border Width option 4 Click the Border Width box and then click the down-arrow button 5 From the list select the new border width that you want
Lesson 15
CREATING MAILING LABELS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to make mailing labels using names and address in a database
Easy Mailing Labels with Access If you have ever done mass mailings to club members customers or even friends the worst part was probably addressing all those envelopes Most Word processors (such as Word) have mailing label features that enable you to create mailing labels from a list of names but Access is even better it lets you create mailing labels directly from an address book database (or any other database) Many times in a corporation they need to mail a letter to all of their customers Given a database that contains customer records (Name Address TownCity and Province) you can easily create mailing labels Access provides a powerful and easy-to-use Label Wizard that allows you to design a mailing label To create a mailing label from Employees Info table determine the followings
First examine the fields contained in this table Second decides which field goes to the label And third determine the format of the label
Examining the Employees Info table you can see that the label should contain the following lines
Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity Province
Activity 21 CREATING MAILING LABEL WITH THE LABEL WIZARD
After determining the format of the label you are now ready to create a mailing label 1 Open the Payroll Database Select the Employees Info table and click the Create tab 2 Click Labels button 3 The first screen of the label Wizard appears In this dialog box access displays a predefined set of
label sizes and Select the Product Number 5160 from the list 4 Click Sheet feed or Continuous (Sheet-Fed labels are single sheets continuous labels are joined to
the previous and next sheet at the top and they have perforated strips on the side that feed through a dot-matrix printer) And then click the Next button
5 Next yoursquore asked about the appearance of the text Choose a font from the Font Name drop-down list and choose a font size from the Font Size drop-down list
Donrsquot Make the Font Too Big If you need to print multiple lines on each label make sure that the font size you select is small enough that all lines will fit For mailing labels 8 or 10 point type works well it is large enough to be read by US Postal Service machines but itrsquos small enough that you can fit several lines on each label
6 With some fonts you can choose a font weight Open the Font Weight drop-down list and choose a different weight if you want Normal will work well in most cases
7 If you would like color labels (and you have a color printer) choose a different color from the Text Color List To do so click the button next to the Text Color box choose from the Color dialog box that appears and then click OK to return
Avoid Light Colors If yoursquore making labels to be sent through the US Postal Service keep in mind that their machines canrsquot read light-colored ink such as yellow or pale pink Choose a dark color to ensure that your addresses will be read correctly
8 Click the Italic andor the Underline check box if you want the text formatted with either or both of those attributes Then click Nextgt to continue
9 In the next dialog box you are going to create a template for your labels As you can see this box contains a list box called Available fields and another box called Prototype label To create the template for your labels follow these steps
Select the Lastname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Firstname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Press the Spacebar key to create a space
Select the Middlename field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the Address field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the TownCity field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Province field in the Available field list and then click the gt button 10 Click the Next button 11 In the next dialog box you can specify the sort key of the mailing labels You can sort the labels by
one or more fields To sort the mailing labels select the Lastname field as the sort key and then click the gt button Select the Firstname field and then click the gt button again This process tells Access to sort the mailing label by Lastname and then by Firstname Click the Next button to move to the last dialog box in the Label Wizard
Order Is Important If you pick more than one field to sort by Access sorts the records first by first field you select then by the second and so on So itrsquos important to choose the field first that you want to sort by first If theyrsquore in the wrong order click the ltlt button to remove them all from the Sort By list and then start over
12 In the last screen yoursquore asked for a title or name Enter Employees Info ndash Label and click the Finish Your labels appear in Print Preview just like any other report
Printing Labels You can print by clicking the Print button or you can close the Print Preview box by clicking the Close button Modifying Your Labels If you want to modify the labels you can enter Report Design view and make changes just as you would with any report Just click the labels on the Reports tab and then click Design Your label design appears Use all the same editing techniques that you learned in ldquoCustomizing a Reportrdquo to make changes to your label Editing a Mailing Label After creating a mailing label you can make minor changes to it by changing the font type and size of the text in the controls and by changing the size of controls However if you want to make major changes to the label it is much better to create a new label than to edit it
CHANGING THE FONT TYPE AND SIZE OF TEXT
To change the font type and size of text in the controls follow these steps 1 Right click Employees Info- Labels and then click the Design View button 2 In response Access displays the label in the Design View Click the control that contains the text you
want to change 3 In the Formatting toolbar click the down-arrow button on the Font Name box and then select the font
you want 4 To change the font size click the down-arrow button on the Font Size box and then select the size
you want CHANGING THE SIZE OF CONTROL
The following steps show you how to resize a control 1 In Design View click the control you want to resize 2 Drag the sizing handle
Lesson 16
CREATING MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create main switchboard and adding graphics in switchboard
Create and manage a switchboard form
When you use the Local Templates to create a database Microsoft Access automatically creates a switchboard that helps you to navigate around the database This switchboard has buttons that you can click to open forms and reports (or open other switchboards that open additional forms and reports) quit Microsoft Access or customize the switchboard You can create a switchboard similar to the one that the Local Templates creates by using the Switchboard Manager
What do you want to do
1 Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager 2 Create a new switchboard that you can open from the opening switchboard 3 Make a change to an existing switchboard 4 Change which switchboard is automatically displayed when you open the database 5 Delete a switchboard
Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager When you use the Database Wizard to create a database the wizard creates a switchboard that makes it easy to navigate between the Forms and Reports in your database If you want to build the same type of switchboard for a database you created yourself you can use the Switchboard Manager 1 Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager 2 If Microsoft Access asks if youd like to create a switchboard click Yes 3 In the Switchboard Manager dialog box click the New button 4 In the Create New Window type Forms Switchboard at the Switchboard Page Name and click the
OK button 5 Repeat Step 4-5 In the Create New Window type Reports Switchboard at the Switchboard Page
Name and click the OK button
Activity 22 CREATING A SWITCHBOARD ITEM AT THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager
2 In the Switchboard Manager Window Select Forms Switchboard and then click the Edit button 3 In the Edit Switchboard Page Window Click the New button 4 In the Edit Switchboard Item Type the EnterView Employees Information in Columnar in the
Text Box 5 In the Command Box click the drop-down list button and select Open Form in Edit Mode 6 In the Forms Box click the drop-down list button and select Employees Info-Columnar and click the
OK 7 Repeat Step 2-5 based on the given table below Until yoursquore through with Forms Switchboard and
click the Close button to close the Edit Switchboard Page Window
8 And then you can continue with Reports and Main Switchboard with the same procedures repeat Steps 1-6
Table ndash Switchboard Manager
SWITCHBOARD PAGE SWITCHBOARD ITEM COMMAND OBJECTS
Main Switchboard EnterView Information Goto Switchboard Forms Switchboard
Preview Reports Goto Switchboard Reports Switchboard
Change Switchboard Items Design Application
Exit this database Exit Application
Forms Switchboard Employees Information Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Profile
Employees Salaries Entry Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Salaries Entry
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Reports Switchboard Preview Employees Payroll Registry Report
Open Report Employees Payroll Registry Report
Preview Employees Info Report Open Report Employees Info
Preview the Labels Employees Info
Open Report Employees Info - Label
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Startup Application is used whenever you open your database it will open the main switchboard
Activity 23 CREATING A STARTUP APPLICATION BASED ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Follow these steps to create a startup application 1 Click the Office button and select Access Options in order to display Start Application 2 In the Startup Window type Main Menu ndash Payroll Database in the Application Title box 3 In the Display Form box click the drop-down list button and then select Switchboard and then click
the OK button 4 To check if it is start on the Main Switchboard close the Database and then open the Payroll
Database again
3 After modifying the form click and drag the Employees Income Form and place it below the
Position Label box and release the mouse 4 Click the View button drop down list and select Form View to display the records in the Form
View window And then click the Save button filename Employees Profile Form
Filter is a condition you placed on the records in an open form to temporarily separate a subset of records After applying the filter Access will display a record that meets the criteria you have specified However the next time you open the Form it displays all records until you click the Apply FilterSort command to apply the filter
Filter Records in a Form
When you are working with a form sometimes you may need a quick way to filter records To meet this need Access provides your three methods that you can use to filter records-Filter by Form Filter by Selection and Advanced FilterSort
USING FILTER BY SELECTION
The following steps show you how to filter records by using the Filter by Selection 1 In the Form View Window select the value that you want to be included in the results of the filter
For Example to display only the Employees under the Accounting Department then select the Accounting from the Department field
2 Click the and then click Equal ldquoAccountingrdquo The filtered results display only the records that contain the selected value
3 To further limit the set of records select another value and then repeat step 2 4 Save this form if you want to save the filter
USING THE FILTER BY FORM
The following steps show you how to filter a form by using the Filter By Form
1 In the Form View Window click the and then click Filter By Form 2 Access display the Filter By Form window and opens the Look for Tab select the field in which
you want to specify the criteria 3 Select the value from the list or type the value you want the filtered records to contain 4 To further limit the set of record select another field and type or select the new value 5 To specify the alternative values that filtered records can contain click the Or tab Select another
filed and enter a new value
6 Click the and then click Apply FilterSort 7 Save this Form if you want to save this filter
REMOVING A FILTER
After applying the filter you can display all the records that were previously in the Form by selecting the
Lesson 13
CREATING SIMPLE REPORTS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create reports using Report and Report Wizard
Why Create Reports Reports are specifically design to be printed and shared with other people With a report you can generate professional results that you can be proud of whether yoursquore distributing them on paper or publishing them on the Internet Reports are the method by which data can be viewed or printed in an organized and meaningful way Because you have control over the size and appearance of a report you can modify and display the data the way you want Creating a report is similar to creating a form However reports can only display data You cannot use it to input data
There are several ways to create a report ranging from easy-but-limited (Report) to difficult-but-very-flexible (Report Design) The intermediate choice is Report Wizard which offers some flexibility along with a fairly easy procedure
Report Create a basic report of the data in the current query or table to which you can add features such group or totals
Report Wizard Launch the report wizard which helps you to create simple customized reports
New Object Report Create a new blank report in design view In design view you can make advanced design changes to reports such as adding custom control types and writing codes
Labels Launch the label wizard to create standard or customized labels
Using Design View to Create a Report The Design View method is used if you want to create your own report from scratch without using a wizard When you used this method Access will create a blank report You will have to drag the fields and as well as any code that might be needed for the report
Activity 17 USING REPORT WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT
The Report Wizard offers a good compromise between ease of use and flexibility With Report Wizard you can use multiple tables or queries and choose a layout and format for your report Follow these steps to create a report with Report Wizard 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard
Multiple TablesQueries Allowed You donrsquot need to select a table or query from the drop down list in the New Report dialog box in step 3 because yoursquoll be selecting tables and queries in step 4 as part of the wizard
3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want to include fields
4 Click a field in the Available Fields list and then click the gt button to move it to the Selected Fields list Select the following fields EmployeeID Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity and Province
5 If necessary select another table or query from the TablesQueries list and repeat step 5 When you finish selecting fields click Next The next screen of the wizard appears
6 If you want the records grouped by any of the fields you selected click the field and click the gt button If you want to select more than one grouping level select them in the order you want them Then click Next to move on
Grouping The Instructions on the screen are bit cryptic By default there are no groups You have to select a field and click the gt button to create a grouping Grouping sets off each group on the report If you select a field to group by the Grouping Options button becomes active and you can click it to specify precise grouping settings
7 Next yoursquore asked what sort order you want to use If you want sorted records open the top drop-down list and select a field to sort by You can select up to four sorts from the drop-down lists Then click Next
8 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
9 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button
Ascending or Descending By default Access sorts in ascending order (A-Z) Click the AZ button next to the box to change the sort order to descending (Z-A) if you want
10 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area When you click an option button the sample in the box changes to show you what yoursquove selected Select Tabular Layout
11 Choose the orientation for your printed report Portrait (across the narrow edge of the paper) or Landscape (across wide edge of the paper) Then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue
12 In the next wizard dialog box yoursquore asked to choose a report style Several are listed click one to see a sample of it When youre satisfied with your choice click Next
13 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Info Report as the name of the report 14 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
Activity 18 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report 3 The report appears in Layout View 4 Save the report as Employees Info ndash Tabular
Activity 19 USING REPORT WIZARD CREATING A REPORT BASED ON MORE THAN ONE TABLE
From the previous discussion you saw how easy it is to create a simple report based on Employees Info table Using again the Report Wizard you can create a report based on more than one table This wizard speeds up the process of creating a report that brings data together from more than one table
The following steps show you how to create a report based on the Employees Info and Employees Income tables 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard button 3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want
to include fields 4 Access displays the first dialog box of the report wizard Click the gt button to move the EmployeeID
Lastname Firstname Middlename and TIN fields from the Available Fields box to the Selected Fields box
5 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
6 Click the gt button again to move the Department NDW PR and GP fields to the Selected Fields box
7 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Deduction table from the list
8 Click the gt button again to move the SSS PHIC WTAX ADV_VALE and TD fields to the Selected Fields box
9 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
10 Click the gt button again to move the NP fields to the Selected Fields box 11 After moving the needed fields click the Next button 12 Because you want to group the report by Department select the Department field in the list box and
click the gt button This second step of the report wizard enables you to set the grouping options for the report Click the Next button
13 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
14 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button 15 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area Select Stepped Layout And
then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue 16 In the next dialog box enables you to set a Style for the report Choose a style that is appropriate
and then click the Next button 17 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Payroll Registry Report as the name of the
report 18 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
USING LABEL WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT The Label Wizard is a powerful but easy to use wizard that is used to create standard mailing labels or other types of labels Lesson 15 ldquoCreating Labelsrdquo goes into great detail about creating mailing label in Access Sections of a Report
Report Header The report header appears once at the beginning of a report You can use it for items such as logo report title or print date
Page Header The page header appears at the top of every page in the report You use it to display items such as column headings
Detail Section The detail section contains the main body of a reportrsquos data This section is repeated for each record in the reportrsquos underlying record source
Page Footer The page footer appears at the bottom of every page in the report You use it to display items such as page numbers
Report Footer The Report footer appears once at the end of the report You use it to display items such as report totals The report footer is the last section in the report design but appears before the page footer on the last page of the printed report
Group Header By grouping records that share a common value You can calculate subtotals and make a report easier to read A group header appears at the beginning of a new group of records You use it to display information that applies to the group as a whole such a group name and department and so on
Setting up a Report After creating and viewing the report in the Print Preview window you are now ready to print it on the paper Not quite you have still to modify how the report will look when it is printed Follow these steps to modify the report before printing it
1 In the Layout View mode Click Page Setup 2 In response Access displays the Page Setup window This window contains three tabs ndash Margins
Page and Columns 3 In the Margin tab change the page margins if you want to put more data into a page The sample
preview on the right side of the window changes as you change the margins
4 Click the Page tab sets the orientation paper size and source and the printer to use for the report 5 In the Columns tab set the different field layout properties by changing the number of columns and
the row spacing 6 Click the OK button
Lesson 14
CUSTOMIZING A REPORT
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to move and size the controls to make the report more attractive and readable to center the heading of the report and to change controlrsquos border width
Entering Report Design View When you finish previewing a report yoursquove created close Print Preview and yoursquore automatically in Report Design view If you want to come back to Report Design view later from the Database window perform these steps 1 Right Click the report that you want to modify 2 Click the Design View button Report Views The different options to view reports are ndash Design View Print Preview and Layout Preview
Design View to create a new report or modify the structure of an existing report
Print Preview shows all the data that will appear on every page of the report
Layout Preview to quickly look the reportrsquos layout but it only includes enough data to show you what the report will look like
SWITCHING TO DESIGN VIEW The following are the methods to switch to the Design View If you are in Print Preview click the Close button to display the reportrsquos design Or in the Database Window 1 Click the View button 2 Select the report you want to view 3 Click the Design button SWITCHING TO REPORT OR LAYOUT PREVIEW To switch to Report or Layout view make sure you are in the Design View then click the Print Preview button to view all the data on a report or click the Layout Preview button to view the reportrsquos layout Changing the Appearance of the Report You can change the appearance of the report by means of moving sizing aligning or formatting a control The following sections describe how to customize a report
MOVING AND SIZING CONTROLS Access provides several tools to manipulate the controls in the Report Design view After the controls are added on the report you can easily move align and size them You can size or move a control only if it is selected To select a control simply clicks it Once it is selected you can size it by placing the mouse pointer on one of its size handles and dragging Or you can use the To Fit option from the Size command of the Format menu
Note To select more than one control hold down the shift key while clicking each control
To move a selected control simply place the mouse pointer on the control with its attached label and then move it
Activity 20 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 5 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees
IncomeTable 6 Click the Report 7 The report appears in Layout View 8 Save the report as Employees Income Report CHANGING A LABEL To change the name of a selected label with a new name follow these steps 1 Click the label you want to change 2 Click inside the selected label 3 Change the label with a new text ALIGNING OF TEXT IN CONTROLS You can use the alignment buttons on the Toolbar to change the alignment of a selected text in a control For example you might want the heading of your report to appear to the center of a control instead of to the left To center the Employees Income Report heading follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 On the Formatting Toolbar click the Center button to center the text CHANGING BORDER WIDTH When you create a form or report Access automatically surrounds the controls with a border The default controlrsquos border width setting is hairline but you can easily change it by using the Border Width property setting which range from 0 to 6 points To change the Employees Income Report width follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 Press F4 To display Property Window 3 In the Property dialog box click the vertical scroll bar until you find Border Width option 4 Click the Border Width box and then click the down-arrow button 5 From the list select the new border width that you want
Lesson 15
CREATING MAILING LABELS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to make mailing labels using names and address in a database
Easy Mailing Labels with Access If you have ever done mass mailings to club members customers or even friends the worst part was probably addressing all those envelopes Most Word processors (such as Word) have mailing label features that enable you to create mailing labels from a list of names but Access is even better it lets you create mailing labels directly from an address book database (or any other database) Many times in a corporation they need to mail a letter to all of their customers Given a database that contains customer records (Name Address TownCity and Province) you can easily create mailing labels Access provides a powerful and easy-to-use Label Wizard that allows you to design a mailing label To create a mailing label from Employees Info table determine the followings
First examine the fields contained in this table Second decides which field goes to the label And third determine the format of the label
Examining the Employees Info table you can see that the label should contain the following lines
Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity Province
Activity 21 CREATING MAILING LABEL WITH THE LABEL WIZARD
After determining the format of the label you are now ready to create a mailing label 1 Open the Payroll Database Select the Employees Info table and click the Create tab 2 Click Labels button 3 The first screen of the label Wizard appears In this dialog box access displays a predefined set of
label sizes and Select the Product Number 5160 from the list 4 Click Sheet feed or Continuous (Sheet-Fed labels are single sheets continuous labels are joined to
the previous and next sheet at the top and they have perforated strips on the side that feed through a dot-matrix printer) And then click the Next button
5 Next yoursquore asked about the appearance of the text Choose a font from the Font Name drop-down list and choose a font size from the Font Size drop-down list
Donrsquot Make the Font Too Big If you need to print multiple lines on each label make sure that the font size you select is small enough that all lines will fit For mailing labels 8 or 10 point type works well it is large enough to be read by US Postal Service machines but itrsquos small enough that you can fit several lines on each label
6 With some fonts you can choose a font weight Open the Font Weight drop-down list and choose a different weight if you want Normal will work well in most cases
7 If you would like color labels (and you have a color printer) choose a different color from the Text Color List To do so click the button next to the Text Color box choose from the Color dialog box that appears and then click OK to return
Avoid Light Colors If yoursquore making labels to be sent through the US Postal Service keep in mind that their machines canrsquot read light-colored ink such as yellow or pale pink Choose a dark color to ensure that your addresses will be read correctly
8 Click the Italic andor the Underline check box if you want the text formatted with either or both of those attributes Then click Nextgt to continue
9 In the next dialog box you are going to create a template for your labels As you can see this box contains a list box called Available fields and another box called Prototype label To create the template for your labels follow these steps
Select the Lastname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Firstname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Press the Spacebar key to create a space
Select the Middlename field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the Address field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the TownCity field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Province field in the Available field list and then click the gt button 10 Click the Next button 11 In the next dialog box you can specify the sort key of the mailing labels You can sort the labels by
one or more fields To sort the mailing labels select the Lastname field as the sort key and then click the gt button Select the Firstname field and then click the gt button again This process tells Access to sort the mailing label by Lastname and then by Firstname Click the Next button to move to the last dialog box in the Label Wizard
Order Is Important If you pick more than one field to sort by Access sorts the records first by first field you select then by the second and so on So itrsquos important to choose the field first that you want to sort by first If theyrsquore in the wrong order click the ltlt button to remove them all from the Sort By list and then start over
12 In the last screen yoursquore asked for a title or name Enter Employees Info ndash Label and click the Finish Your labels appear in Print Preview just like any other report
Printing Labels You can print by clicking the Print button or you can close the Print Preview box by clicking the Close button Modifying Your Labels If you want to modify the labels you can enter Report Design view and make changes just as you would with any report Just click the labels on the Reports tab and then click Design Your label design appears Use all the same editing techniques that you learned in ldquoCustomizing a Reportrdquo to make changes to your label Editing a Mailing Label After creating a mailing label you can make minor changes to it by changing the font type and size of the text in the controls and by changing the size of controls However if you want to make major changes to the label it is much better to create a new label than to edit it
CHANGING THE FONT TYPE AND SIZE OF TEXT
To change the font type and size of text in the controls follow these steps 1 Right click Employees Info- Labels and then click the Design View button 2 In response Access displays the label in the Design View Click the control that contains the text you
want to change 3 In the Formatting toolbar click the down-arrow button on the Font Name box and then select the font
you want 4 To change the font size click the down-arrow button on the Font Size box and then select the size
you want CHANGING THE SIZE OF CONTROL
The following steps show you how to resize a control 1 In Design View click the control you want to resize 2 Drag the sizing handle
Lesson 16
CREATING MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create main switchboard and adding graphics in switchboard
Create and manage a switchboard form
When you use the Local Templates to create a database Microsoft Access automatically creates a switchboard that helps you to navigate around the database This switchboard has buttons that you can click to open forms and reports (or open other switchboards that open additional forms and reports) quit Microsoft Access or customize the switchboard You can create a switchboard similar to the one that the Local Templates creates by using the Switchboard Manager
What do you want to do
1 Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager 2 Create a new switchboard that you can open from the opening switchboard 3 Make a change to an existing switchboard 4 Change which switchboard is automatically displayed when you open the database 5 Delete a switchboard
Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager When you use the Database Wizard to create a database the wizard creates a switchboard that makes it easy to navigate between the Forms and Reports in your database If you want to build the same type of switchboard for a database you created yourself you can use the Switchboard Manager 1 Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager 2 If Microsoft Access asks if youd like to create a switchboard click Yes 3 In the Switchboard Manager dialog box click the New button 4 In the Create New Window type Forms Switchboard at the Switchboard Page Name and click the
OK button 5 Repeat Step 4-5 In the Create New Window type Reports Switchboard at the Switchboard Page
Name and click the OK button
Activity 22 CREATING A SWITCHBOARD ITEM AT THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager
2 In the Switchboard Manager Window Select Forms Switchboard and then click the Edit button 3 In the Edit Switchboard Page Window Click the New button 4 In the Edit Switchboard Item Type the EnterView Employees Information in Columnar in the
Text Box 5 In the Command Box click the drop-down list button and select Open Form in Edit Mode 6 In the Forms Box click the drop-down list button and select Employees Info-Columnar and click the
OK 7 Repeat Step 2-5 based on the given table below Until yoursquore through with Forms Switchboard and
click the Close button to close the Edit Switchboard Page Window
8 And then you can continue with Reports and Main Switchboard with the same procedures repeat Steps 1-6
Table ndash Switchboard Manager
SWITCHBOARD PAGE SWITCHBOARD ITEM COMMAND OBJECTS
Main Switchboard EnterView Information Goto Switchboard Forms Switchboard
Preview Reports Goto Switchboard Reports Switchboard
Change Switchboard Items Design Application
Exit this database Exit Application
Forms Switchboard Employees Information Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Profile
Employees Salaries Entry Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Salaries Entry
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Reports Switchboard Preview Employees Payroll Registry Report
Open Report Employees Payroll Registry Report
Preview Employees Info Report Open Report Employees Info
Preview the Labels Employees Info
Open Report Employees Info - Label
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Startup Application is used whenever you open your database it will open the main switchboard
Activity 23 CREATING A STARTUP APPLICATION BASED ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Follow these steps to create a startup application 1 Click the Office button and select Access Options in order to display Start Application 2 In the Startup Window type Main Menu ndash Payroll Database in the Application Title box 3 In the Display Form box click the drop-down list button and then select Switchboard and then click
the OK button 4 To check if it is start on the Main Switchboard close the Database and then open the Payroll
Database again
USING THE FILTER BY FORM
The following steps show you how to filter a form by using the Filter By Form
1 In the Form View Window click the and then click Filter By Form 2 Access display the Filter By Form window and opens the Look for Tab select the field in which
you want to specify the criteria 3 Select the value from the list or type the value you want the filtered records to contain 4 To further limit the set of record select another field and type or select the new value 5 To specify the alternative values that filtered records can contain click the Or tab Select another
filed and enter a new value
6 Click the and then click Apply FilterSort 7 Save this Form if you want to save this filter
REMOVING A FILTER
After applying the filter you can display all the records that were previously in the Form by selecting the
Lesson 13
CREATING SIMPLE REPORTS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create reports using Report and Report Wizard
Why Create Reports Reports are specifically design to be printed and shared with other people With a report you can generate professional results that you can be proud of whether yoursquore distributing them on paper or publishing them on the Internet Reports are the method by which data can be viewed or printed in an organized and meaningful way Because you have control over the size and appearance of a report you can modify and display the data the way you want Creating a report is similar to creating a form However reports can only display data You cannot use it to input data
There are several ways to create a report ranging from easy-but-limited (Report) to difficult-but-very-flexible (Report Design) The intermediate choice is Report Wizard which offers some flexibility along with a fairly easy procedure
Report Create a basic report of the data in the current query or table to which you can add features such group or totals
Report Wizard Launch the report wizard which helps you to create simple customized reports
New Object Report Create a new blank report in design view In design view you can make advanced design changes to reports such as adding custom control types and writing codes
Labels Launch the label wizard to create standard or customized labels
Using Design View to Create a Report The Design View method is used if you want to create your own report from scratch without using a wizard When you used this method Access will create a blank report You will have to drag the fields and as well as any code that might be needed for the report
Activity 17 USING REPORT WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT
The Report Wizard offers a good compromise between ease of use and flexibility With Report Wizard you can use multiple tables or queries and choose a layout and format for your report Follow these steps to create a report with Report Wizard 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard
Multiple TablesQueries Allowed You donrsquot need to select a table or query from the drop down list in the New Report dialog box in step 3 because yoursquoll be selecting tables and queries in step 4 as part of the wizard
3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want to include fields
4 Click a field in the Available Fields list and then click the gt button to move it to the Selected Fields list Select the following fields EmployeeID Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity and Province
5 If necessary select another table or query from the TablesQueries list and repeat step 5 When you finish selecting fields click Next The next screen of the wizard appears
6 If you want the records grouped by any of the fields you selected click the field and click the gt button If you want to select more than one grouping level select them in the order you want them Then click Next to move on
Grouping The Instructions on the screen are bit cryptic By default there are no groups You have to select a field and click the gt button to create a grouping Grouping sets off each group on the report If you select a field to group by the Grouping Options button becomes active and you can click it to specify precise grouping settings
7 Next yoursquore asked what sort order you want to use If you want sorted records open the top drop-down list and select a field to sort by You can select up to four sorts from the drop-down lists Then click Next
8 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
9 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button
Ascending or Descending By default Access sorts in ascending order (A-Z) Click the AZ button next to the box to change the sort order to descending (Z-A) if you want
10 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area When you click an option button the sample in the box changes to show you what yoursquove selected Select Tabular Layout
11 Choose the orientation for your printed report Portrait (across the narrow edge of the paper) or Landscape (across wide edge of the paper) Then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue
12 In the next wizard dialog box yoursquore asked to choose a report style Several are listed click one to see a sample of it When youre satisfied with your choice click Next
13 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Info Report as the name of the report 14 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
Activity 18 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report 3 The report appears in Layout View 4 Save the report as Employees Info ndash Tabular
Activity 19 USING REPORT WIZARD CREATING A REPORT BASED ON MORE THAN ONE TABLE
From the previous discussion you saw how easy it is to create a simple report based on Employees Info table Using again the Report Wizard you can create a report based on more than one table This wizard speeds up the process of creating a report that brings data together from more than one table
The following steps show you how to create a report based on the Employees Info and Employees Income tables 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard button 3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want
to include fields 4 Access displays the first dialog box of the report wizard Click the gt button to move the EmployeeID
Lastname Firstname Middlename and TIN fields from the Available Fields box to the Selected Fields box
5 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
6 Click the gt button again to move the Department NDW PR and GP fields to the Selected Fields box
7 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Deduction table from the list
8 Click the gt button again to move the SSS PHIC WTAX ADV_VALE and TD fields to the Selected Fields box
9 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
10 Click the gt button again to move the NP fields to the Selected Fields box 11 After moving the needed fields click the Next button 12 Because you want to group the report by Department select the Department field in the list box and
click the gt button This second step of the report wizard enables you to set the grouping options for the report Click the Next button
13 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
14 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button 15 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area Select Stepped Layout And
then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue 16 In the next dialog box enables you to set a Style for the report Choose a style that is appropriate
and then click the Next button 17 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Payroll Registry Report as the name of the
report 18 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
USING LABEL WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT The Label Wizard is a powerful but easy to use wizard that is used to create standard mailing labels or other types of labels Lesson 15 ldquoCreating Labelsrdquo goes into great detail about creating mailing label in Access Sections of a Report
Report Header The report header appears once at the beginning of a report You can use it for items such as logo report title or print date
Page Header The page header appears at the top of every page in the report You use it to display items such as column headings
Detail Section The detail section contains the main body of a reportrsquos data This section is repeated for each record in the reportrsquos underlying record source
Page Footer The page footer appears at the bottom of every page in the report You use it to display items such as page numbers
Report Footer The Report footer appears once at the end of the report You use it to display items such as report totals The report footer is the last section in the report design but appears before the page footer on the last page of the printed report
Group Header By grouping records that share a common value You can calculate subtotals and make a report easier to read A group header appears at the beginning of a new group of records You use it to display information that applies to the group as a whole such a group name and department and so on
Setting up a Report After creating and viewing the report in the Print Preview window you are now ready to print it on the paper Not quite you have still to modify how the report will look when it is printed Follow these steps to modify the report before printing it
1 In the Layout View mode Click Page Setup 2 In response Access displays the Page Setup window This window contains three tabs ndash Margins
Page and Columns 3 In the Margin tab change the page margins if you want to put more data into a page The sample
preview on the right side of the window changes as you change the margins
4 Click the Page tab sets the orientation paper size and source and the printer to use for the report 5 In the Columns tab set the different field layout properties by changing the number of columns and
the row spacing 6 Click the OK button
Lesson 14
CUSTOMIZING A REPORT
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to move and size the controls to make the report more attractive and readable to center the heading of the report and to change controlrsquos border width
Entering Report Design View When you finish previewing a report yoursquove created close Print Preview and yoursquore automatically in Report Design view If you want to come back to Report Design view later from the Database window perform these steps 1 Right Click the report that you want to modify 2 Click the Design View button Report Views The different options to view reports are ndash Design View Print Preview and Layout Preview
Design View to create a new report or modify the structure of an existing report
Print Preview shows all the data that will appear on every page of the report
Layout Preview to quickly look the reportrsquos layout but it only includes enough data to show you what the report will look like
SWITCHING TO DESIGN VIEW The following are the methods to switch to the Design View If you are in Print Preview click the Close button to display the reportrsquos design Or in the Database Window 1 Click the View button 2 Select the report you want to view 3 Click the Design button SWITCHING TO REPORT OR LAYOUT PREVIEW To switch to Report or Layout view make sure you are in the Design View then click the Print Preview button to view all the data on a report or click the Layout Preview button to view the reportrsquos layout Changing the Appearance of the Report You can change the appearance of the report by means of moving sizing aligning or formatting a control The following sections describe how to customize a report
MOVING AND SIZING CONTROLS Access provides several tools to manipulate the controls in the Report Design view After the controls are added on the report you can easily move align and size them You can size or move a control only if it is selected To select a control simply clicks it Once it is selected you can size it by placing the mouse pointer on one of its size handles and dragging Or you can use the To Fit option from the Size command of the Format menu
Note To select more than one control hold down the shift key while clicking each control
To move a selected control simply place the mouse pointer on the control with its attached label and then move it
Activity 20 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 5 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees
IncomeTable 6 Click the Report 7 The report appears in Layout View 8 Save the report as Employees Income Report CHANGING A LABEL To change the name of a selected label with a new name follow these steps 1 Click the label you want to change 2 Click inside the selected label 3 Change the label with a new text ALIGNING OF TEXT IN CONTROLS You can use the alignment buttons on the Toolbar to change the alignment of a selected text in a control For example you might want the heading of your report to appear to the center of a control instead of to the left To center the Employees Income Report heading follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 On the Formatting Toolbar click the Center button to center the text CHANGING BORDER WIDTH When you create a form or report Access automatically surrounds the controls with a border The default controlrsquos border width setting is hairline but you can easily change it by using the Border Width property setting which range from 0 to 6 points To change the Employees Income Report width follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 Press F4 To display Property Window 3 In the Property dialog box click the vertical scroll bar until you find Border Width option 4 Click the Border Width box and then click the down-arrow button 5 From the list select the new border width that you want
Lesson 15
CREATING MAILING LABELS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to make mailing labels using names and address in a database
Easy Mailing Labels with Access If you have ever done mass mailings to club members customers or even friends the worst part was probably addressing all those envelopes Most Word processors (such as Word) have mailing label features that enable you to create mailing labels from a list of names but Access is even better it lets you create mailing labels directly from an address book database (or any other database) Many times in a corporation they need to mail a letter to all of their customers Given a database that contains customer records (Name Address TownCity and Province) you can easily create mailing labels Access provides a powerful and easy-to-use Label Wizard that allows you to design a mailing label To create a mailing label from Employees Info table determine the followings
First examine the fields contained in this table Second decides which field goes to the label And third determine the format of the label
Examining the Employees Info table you can see that the label should contain the following lines
Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity Province
Activity 21 CREATING MAILING LABEL WITH THE LABEL WIZARD
After determining the format of the label you are now ready to create a mailing label 1 Open the Payroll Database Select the Employees Info table and click the Create tab 2 Click Labels button 3 The first screen of the label Wizard appears In this dialog box access displays a predefined set of
label sizes and Select the Product Number 5160 from the list 4 Click Sheet feed or Continuous (Sheet-Fed labels are single sheets continuous labels are joined to
the previous and next sheet at the top and they have perforated strips on the side that feed through a dot-matrix printer) And then click the Next button
5 Next yoursquore asked about the appearance of the text Choose a font from the Font Name drop-down list and choose a font size from the Font Size drop-down list
Donrsquot Make the Font Too Big If you need to print multiple lines on each label make sure that the font size you select is small enough that all lines will fit For mailing labels 8 or 10 point type works well it is large enough to be read by US Postal Service machines but itrsquos small enough that you can fit several lines on each label
6 With some fonts you can choose a font weight Open the Font Weight drop-down list and choose a different weight if you want Normal will work well in most cases
7 If you would like color labels (and you have a color printer) choose a different color from the Text Color List To do so click the button next to the Text Color box choose from the Color dialog box that appears and then click OK to return
Avoid Light Colors If yoursquore making labels to be sent through the US Postal Service keep in mind that their machines canrsquot read light-colored ink such as yellow or pale pink Choose a dark color to ensure that your addresses will be read correctly
8 Click the Italic andor the Underline check box if you want the text formatted with either or both of those attributes Then click Nextgt to continue
9 In the next dialog box you are going to create a template for your labels As you can see this box contains a list box called Available fields and another box called Prototype label To create the template for your labels follow these steps
Select the Lastname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Firstname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Press the Spacebar key to create a space
Select the Middlename field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the Address field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the TownCity field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Province field in the Available field list and then click the gt button 10 Click the Next button 11 In the next dialog box you can specify the sort key of the mailing labels You can sort the labels by
one or more fields To sort the mailing labels select the Lastname field as the sort key and then click the gt button Select the Firstname field and then click the gt button again This process tells Access to sort the mailing label by Lastname and then by Firstname Click the Next button to move to the last dialog box in the Label Wizard
Order Is Important If you pick more than one field to sort by Access sorts the records first by first field you select then by the second and so on So itrsquos important to choose the field first that you want to sort by first If theyrsquore in the wrong order click the ltlt button to remove them all from the Sort By list and then start over
12 In the last screen yoursquore asked for a title or name Enter Employees Info ndash Label and click the Finish Your labels appear in Print Preview just like any other report
Printing Labels You can print by clicking the Print button or you can close the Print Preview box by clicking the Close button Modifying Your Labels If you want to modify the labels you can enter Report Design view and make changes just as you would with any report Just click the labels on the Reports tab and then click Design Your label design appears Use all the same editing techniques that you learned in ldquoCustomizing a Reportrdquo to make changes to your label Editing a Mailing Label After creating a mailing label you can make minor changes to it by changing the font type and size of the text in the controls and by changing the size of controls However if you want to make major changes to the label it is much better to create a new label than to edit it
CHANGING THE FONT TYPE AND SIZE OF TEXT
To change the font type and size of text in the controls follow these steps 1 Right click Employees Info- Labels and then click the Design View button 2 In response Access displays the label in the Design View Click the control that contains the text you
want to change 3 In the Formatting toolbar click the down-arrow button on the Font Name box and then select the font
you want 4 To change the font size click the down-arrow button on the Font Size box and then select the size
you want CHANGING THE SIZE OF CONTROL
The following steps show you how to resize a control 1 In Design View click the control you want to resize 2 Drag the sizing handle
Lesson 16
CREATING MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create main switchboard and adding graphics in switchboard
Create and manage a switchboard form
When you use the Local Templates to create a database Microsoft Access automatically creates a switchboard that helps you to navigate around the database This switchboard has buttons that you can click to open forms and reports (or open other switchboards that open additional forms and reports) quit Microsoft Access or customize the switchboard You can create a switchboard similar to the one that the Local Templates creates by using the Switchboard Manager
What do you want to do
1 Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager 2 Create a new switchboard that you can open from the opening switchboard 3 Make a change to an existing switchboard 4 Change which switchboard is automatically displayed when you open the database 5 Delete a switchboard
Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager When you use the Database Wizard to create a database the wizard creates a switchboard that makes it easy to navigate between the Forms and Reports in your database If you want to build the same type of switchboard for a database you created yourself you can use the Switchboard Manager 1 Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager 2 If Microsoft Access asks if youd like to create a switchboard click Yes 3 In the Switchboard Manager dialog box click the New button 4 In the Create New Window type Forms Switchboard at the Switchboard Page Name and click the
OK button 5 Repeat Step 4-5 In the Create New Window type Reports Switchboard at the Switchboard Page
Name and click the OK button
Activity 22 CREATING A SWITCHBOARD ITEM AT THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager
2 In the Switchboard Manager Window Select Forms Switchboard and then click the Edit button 3 In the Edit Switchboard Page Window Click the New button 4 In the Edit Switchboard Item Type the EnterView Employees Information in Columnar in the
Text Box 5 In the Command Box click the drop-down list button and select Open Form in Edit Mode 6 In the Forms Box click the drop-down list button and select Employees Info-Columnar and click the
OK 7 Repeat Step 2-5 based on the given table below Until yoursquore through with Forms Switchboard and
click the Close button to close the Edit Switchboard Page Window
8 And then you can continue with Reports and Main Switchboard with the same procedures repeat Steps 1-6
Table ndash Switchboard Manager
SWITCHBOARD PAGE SWITCHBOARD ITEM COMMAND OBJECTS
Main Switchboard EnterView Information Goto Switchboard Forms Switchboard
Preview Reports Goto Switchboard Reports Switchboard
Change Switchboard Items Design Application
Exit this database Exit Application
Forms Switchboard Employees Information Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Profile
Employees Salaries Entry Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Salaries Entry
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Reports Switchboard Preview Employees Payroll Registry Report
Open Report Employees Payroll Registry Report
Preview Employees Info Report Open Report Employees Info
Preview the Labels Employees Info
Open Report Employees Info - Label
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Startup Application is used whenever you open your database it will open the main switchboard
Activity 23 CREATING A STARTUP APPLICATION BASED ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Follow these steps to create a startup application 1 Click the Office button and select Access Options in order to display Start Application 2 In the Startup Window type Main Menu ndash Payroll Database in the Application Title box 3 In the Display Form box click the drop-down list button and then select Switchboard and then click
the OK button 4 To check if it is start on the Main Switchboard close the Database and then open the Payroll
Database again
Lesson 13
CREATING SIMPLE REPORTS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create reports using Report and Report Wizard
Why Create Reports Reports are specifically design to be printed and shared with other people With a report you can generate professional results that you can be proud of whether yoursquore distributing them on paper or publishing them on the Internet Reports are the method by which data can be viewed or printed in an organized and meaningful way Because you have control over the size and appearance of a report you can modify and display the data the way you want Creating a report is similar to creating a form However reports can only display data You cannot use it to input data
There are several ways to create a report ranging from easy-but-limited (Report) to difficult-but-very-flexible (Report Design) The intermediate choice is Report Wizard which offers some flexibility along with a fairly easy procedure
Report Create a basic report of the data in the current query or table to which you can add features such group or totals
Report Wizard Launch the report wizard which helps you to create simple customized reports
New Object Report Create a new blank report in design view In design view you can make advanced design changes to reports such as adding custom control types and writing codes
Labels Launch the label wizard to create standard or customized labels
Using Design View to Create a Report The Design View method is used if you want to create your own report from scratch without using a wizard When you used this method Access will create a blank report You will have to drag the fields and as well as any code that might be needed for the report
Activity 17 USING REPORT WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT
The Report Wizard offers a good compromise between ease of use and flexibility With Report Wizard you can use multiple tables or queries and choose a layout and format for your report Follow these steps to create a report with Report Wizard 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard
Multiple TablesQueries Allowed You donrsquot need to select a table or query from the drop down list in the New Report dialog box in step 3 because yoursquoll be selecting tables and queries in step 4 as part of the wizard
3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want to include fields
4 Click a field in the Available Fields list and then click the gt button to move it to the Selected Fields list Select the following fields EmployeeID Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity and Province
5 If necessary select another table or query from the TablesQueries list and repeat step 5 When you finish selecting fields click Next The next screen of the wizard appears
6 If you want the records grouped by any of the fields you selected click the field and click the gt button If you want to select more than one grouping level select them in the order you want them Then click Next to move on
Grouping The Instructions on the screen are bit cryptic By default there are no groups You have to select a field and click the gt button to create a grouping Grouping sets off each group on the report If you select a field to group by the Grouping Options button becomes active and you can click it to specify precise grouping settings
7 Next yoursquore asked what sort order you want to use If you want sorted records open the top drop-down list and select a field to sort by You can select up to four sorts from the drop-down lists Then click Next
8 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
9 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button
Ascending or Descending By default Access sorts in ascending order (A-Z) Click the AZ button next to the box to change the sort order to descending (Z-A) if you want
10 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area When you click an option button the sample in the box changes to show you what yoursquove selected Select Tabular Layout
11 Choose the orientation for your printed report Portrait (across the narrow edge of the paper) or Landscape (across wide edge of the paper) Then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue
12 In the next wizard dialog box yoursquore asked to choose a report style Several are listed click one to see a sample of it When youre satisfied with your choice click Next
13 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Info Report as the name of the report 14 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
Activity 18 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report 3 The report appears in Layout View 4 Save the report as Employees Info ndash Tabular
Activity 19 USING REPORT WIZARD CREATING A REPORT BASED ON MORE THAN ONE TABLE
From the previous discussion you saw how easy it is to create a simple report based on Employees Info table Using again the Report Wizard you can create a report based on more than one table This wizard speeds up the process of creating a report that brings data together from more than one table
The following steps show you how to create a report based on the Employees Info and Employees Income tables 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard button 3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want
to include fields 4 Access displays the first dialog box of the report wizard Click the gt button to move the EmployeeID
Lastname Firstname Middlename and TIN fields from the Available Fields box to the Selected Fields box
5 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
6 Click the gt button again to move the Department NDW PR and GP fields to the Selected Fields box
7 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Deduction table from the list
8 Click the gt button again to move the SSS PHIC WTAX ADV_VALE and TD fields to the Selected Fields box
9 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
10 Click the gt button again to move the NP fields to the Selected Fields box 11 After moving the needed fields click the Next button 12 Because you want to group the report by Department select the Department field in the list box and
click the gt button This second step of the report wizard enables you to set the grouping options for the report Click the Next button
13 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
14 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button 15 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area Select Stepped Layout And
then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue 16 In the next dialog box enables you to set a Style for the report Choose a style that is appropriate
and then click the Next button 17 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Payroll Registry Report as the name of the
report 18 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
USING LABEL WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT The Label Wizard is a powerful but easy to use wizard that is used to create standard mailing labels or other types of labels Lesson 15 ldquoCreating Labelsrdquo goes into great detail about creating mailing label in Access Sections of a Report
Report Header The report header appears once at the beginning of a report You can use it for items such as logo report title or print date
Page Header The page header appears at the top of every page in the report You use it to display items such as column headings
Detail Section The detail section contains the main body of a reportrsquos data This section is repeated for each record in the reportrsquos underlying record source
Page Footer The page footer appears at the bottom of every page in the report You use it to display items such as page numbers
Report Footer The Report footer appears once at the end of the report You use it to display items such as report totals The report footer is the last section in the report design but appears before the page footer on the last page of the printed report
Group Header By grouping records that share a common value You can calculate subtotals and make a report easier to read A group header appears at the beginning of a new group of records You use it to display information that applies to the group as a whole such a group name and department and so on
Setting up a Report After creating and viewing the report in the Print Preview window you are now ready to print it on the paper Not quite you have still to modify how the report will look when it is printed Follow these steps to modify the report before printing it
1 In the Layout View mode Click Page Setup 2 In response Access displays the Page Setup window This window contains three tabs ndash Margins
Page and Columns 3 In the Margin tab change the page margins if you want to put more data into a page The sample
preview on the right side of the window changes as you change the margins
4 Click the Page tab sets the orientation paper size and source and the printer to use for the report 5 In the Columns tab set the different field layout properties by changing the number of columns and
the row spacing 6 Click the OK button
Lesson 14
CUSTOMIZING A REPORT
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to move and size the controls to make the report more attractive and readable to center the heading of the report and to change controlrsquos border width
Entering Report Design View When you finish previewing a report yoursquove created close Print Preview and yoursquore automatically in Report Design view If you want to come back to Report Design view later from the Database window perform these steps 1 Right Click the report that you want to modify 2 Click the Design View button Report Views The different options to view reports are ndash Design View Print Preview and Layout Preview
Design View to create a new report or modify the structure of an existing report
Print Preview shows all the data that will appear on every page of the report
Layout Preview to quickly look the reportrsquos layout but it only includes enough data to show you what the report will look like
SWITCHING TO DESIGN VIEW The following are the methods to switch to the Design View If you are in Print Preview click the Close button to display the reportrsquos design Or in the Database Window 1 Click the View button 2 Select the report you want to view 3 Click the Design button SWITCHING TO REPORT OR LAYOUT PREVIEW To switch to Report or Layout view make sure you are in the Design View then click the Print Preview button to view all the data on a report or click the Layout Preview button to view the reportrsquos layout Changing the Appearance of the Report You can change the appearance of the report by means of moving sizing aligning or formatting a control The following sections describe how to customize a report
MOVING AND SIZING CONTROLS Access provides several tools to manipulate the controls in the Report Design view After the controls are added on the report you can easily move align and size them You can size or move a control only if it is selected To select a control simply clicks it Once it is selected you can size it by placing the mouse pointer on one of its size handles and dragging Or you can use the To Fit option from the Size command of the Format menu
Note To select more than one control hold down the shift key while clicking each control
To move a selected control simply place the mouse pointer on the control with its attached label and then move it
Activity 20 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 5 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees
IncomeTable 6 Click the Report 7 The report appears in Layout View 8 Save the report as Employees Income Report CHANGING A LABEL To change the name of a selected label with a new name follow these steps 1 Click the label you want to change 2 Click inside the selected label 3 Change the label with a new text ALIGNING OF TEXT IN CONTROLS You can use the alignment buttons on the Toolbar to change the alignment of a selected text in a control For example you might want the heading of your report to appear to the center of a control instead of to the left To center the Employees Income Report heading follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 On the Formatting Toolbar click the Center button to center the text CHANGING BORDER WIDTH When you create a form or report Access automatically surrounds the controls with a border The default controlrsquos border width setting is hairline but you can easily change it by using the Border Width property setting which range from 0 to 6 points To change the Employees Income Report width follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 Press F4 To display Property Window 3 In the Property dialog box click the vertical scroll bar until you find Border Width option 4 Click the Border Width box and then click the down-arrow button 5 From the list select the new border width that you want
Lesson 15
CREATING MAILING LABELS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to make mailing labels using names and address in a database
Easy Mailing Labels with Access If you have ever done mass mailings to club members customers or even friends the worst part was probably addressing all those envelopes Most Word processors (such as Word) have mailing label features that enable you to create mailing labels from a list of names but Access is even better it lets you create mailing labels directly from an address book database (or any other database) Many times in a corporation they need to mail a letter to all of their customers Given a database that contains customer records (Name Address TownCity and Province) you can easily create mailing labels Access provides a powerful and easy-to-use Label Wizard that allows you to design a mailing label To create a mailing label from Employees Info table determine the followings
First examine the fields contained in this table Second decides which field goes to the label And third determine the format of the label
Examining the Employees Info table you can see that the label should contain the following lines
Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity Province
Activity 21 CREATING MAILING LABEL WITH THE LABEL WIZARD
After determining the format of the label you are now ready to create a mailing label 1 Open the Payroll Database Select the Employees Info table and click the Create tab 2 Click Labels button 3 The first screen of the label Wizard appears In this dialog box access displays a predefined set of
label sizes and Select the Product Number 5160 from the list 4 Click Sheet feed or Continuous (Sheet-Fed labels are single sheets continuous labels are joined to
the previous and next sheet at the top and they have perforated strips on the side that feed through a dot-matrix printer) And then click the Next button
5 Next yoursquore asked about the appearance of the text Choose a font from the Font Name drop-down list and choose a font size from the Font Size drop-down list
Donrsquot Make the Font Too Big If you need to print multiple lines on each label make sure that the font size you select is small enough that all lines will fit For mailing labels 8 or 10 point type works well it is large enough to be read by US Postal Service machines but itrsquos small enough that you can fit several lines on each label
6 With some fonts you can choose a font weight Open the Font Weight drop-down list and choose a different weight if you want Normal will work well in most cases
7 If you would like color labels (and you have a color printer) choose a different color from the Text Color List To do so click the button next to the Text Color box choose from the Color dialog box that appears and then click OK to return
Avoid Light Colors If yoursquore making labels to be sent through the US Postal Service keep in mind that their machines canrsquot read light-colored ink such as yellow or pale pink Choose a dark color to ensure that your addresses will be read correctly
8 Click the Italic andor the Underline check box if you want the text formatted with either or both of those attributes Then click Nextgt to continue
9 In the next dialog box you are going to create a template for your labels As you can see this box contains a list box called Available fields and another box called Prototype label To create the template for your labels follow these steps
Select the Lastname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Firstname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Press the Spacebar key to create a space
Select the Middlename field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the Address field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the TownCity field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Province field in the Available field list and then click the gt button 10 Click the Next button 11 In the next dialog box you can specify the sort key of the mailing labels You can sort the labels by
one or more fields To sort the mailing labels select the Lastname field as the sort key and then click the gt button Select the Firstname field and then click the gt button again This process tells Access to sort the mailing label by Lastname and then by Firstname Click the Next button to move to the last dialog box in the Label Wizard
Order Is Important If you pick more than one field to sort by Access sorts the records first by first field you select then by the second and so on So itrsquos important to choose the field first that you want to sort by first If theyrsquore in the wrong order click the ltlt button to remove them all from the Sort By list and then start over
12 In the last screen yoursquore asked for a title or name Enter Employees Info ndash Label and click the Finish Your labels appear in Print Preview just like any other report
Printing Labels You can print by clicking the Print button or you can close the Print Preview box by clicking the Close button Modifying Your Labels If you want to modify the labels you can enter Report Design view and make changes just as you would with any report Just click the labels on the Reports tab and then click Design Your label design appears Use all the same editing techniques that you learned in ldquoCustomizing a Reportrdquo to make changes to your label Editing a Mailing Label After creating a mailing label you can make minor changes to it by changing the font type and size of the text in the controls and by changing the size of controls However if you want to make major changes to the label it is much better to create a new label than to edit it
CHANGING THE FONT TYPE AND SIZE OF TEXT
To change the font type and size of text in the controls follow these steps 1 Right click Employees Info- Labels and then click the Design View button 2 In response Access displays the label in the Design View Click the control that contains the text you
want to change 3 In the Formatting toolbar click the down-arrow button on the Font Name box and then select the font
you want 4 To change the font size click the down-arrow button on the Font Size box and then select the size
you want CHANGING THE SIZE OF CONTROL
The following steps show you how to resize a control 1 In Design View click the control you want to resize 2 Drag the sizing handle
Lesson 16
CREATING MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create main switchboard and adding graphics in switchboard
Create and manage a switchboard form
When you use the Local Templates to create a database Microsoft Access automatically creates a switchboard that helps you to navigate around the database This switchboard has buttons that you can click to open forms and reports (or open other switchboards that open additional forms and reports) quit Microsoft Access or customize the switchboard You can create a switchboard similar to the one that the Local Templates creates by using the Switchboard Manager
What do you want to do
1 Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager 2 Create a new switchboard that you can open from the opening switchboard 3 Make a change to an existing switchboard 4 Change which switchboard is automatically displayed when you open the database 5 Delete a switchboard
Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager When you use the Database Wizard to create a database the wizard creates a switchboard that makes it easy to navigate between the Forms and Reports in your database If you want to build the same type of switchboard for a database you created yourself you can use the Switchboard Manager 1 Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager 2 If Microsoft Access asks if youd like to create a switchboard click Yes 3 In the Switchboard Manager dialog box click the New button 4 In the Create New Window type Forms Switchboard at the Switchboard Page Name and click the
OK button 5 Repeat Step 4-5 In the Create New Window type Reports Switchboard at the Switchboard Page
Name and click the OK button
Activity 22 CREATING A SWITCHBOARD ITEM AT THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager
2 In the Switchboard Manager Window Select Forms Switchboard and then click the Edit button 3 In the Edit Switchboard Page Window Click the New button 4 In the Edit Switchboard Item Type the EnterView Employees Information in Columnar in the
Text Box 5 In the Command Box click the drop-down list button and select Open Form in Edit Mode 6 In the Forms Box click the drop-down list button and select Employees Info-Columnar and click the
OK 7 Repeat Step 2-5 based on the given table below Until yoursquore through with Forms Switchboard and
click the Close button to close the Edit Switchboard Page Window
8 And then you can continue with Reports and Main Switchboard with the same procedures repeat Steps 1-6
Table ndash Switchboard Manager
SWITCHBOARD PAGE SWITCHBOARD ITEM COMMAND OBJECTS
Main Switchboard EnterView Information Goto Switchboard Forms Switchboard
Preview Reports Goto Switchboard Reports Switchboard
Change Switchboard Items Design Application
Exit this database Exit Application
Forms Switchboard Employees Information Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Profile
Employees Salaries Entry Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Salaries Entry
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Reports Switchboard Preview Employees Payroll Registry Report
Open Report Employees Payroll Registry Report
Preview Employees Info Report Open Report Employees Info
Preview the Labels Employees Info
Open Report Employees Info - Label
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Startup Application is used whenever you open your database it will open the main switchboard
Activity 23 CREATING A STARTUP APPLICATION BASED ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Follow these steps to create a startup application 1 Click the Office button and select Access Options in order to display Start Application 2 In the Startup Window type Main Menu ndash Payroll Database in the Application Title box 3 In the Display Form box click the drop-down list button and then select Switchboard and then click
the OK button 4 To check if it is start on the Main Switchboard close the Database and then open the Payroll
Database again
Using Design View to Create a Report The Design View method is used if you want to create your own report from scratch without using a wizard When you used this method Access will create a blank report You will have to drag the fields and as well as any code that might be needed for the report
Activity 17 USING REPORT WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT
The Report Wizard offers a good compromise between ease of use and flexibility With Report Wizard you can use multiple tables or queries and choose a layout and format for your report Follow these steps to create a report with Report Wizard 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard
Multiple TablesQueries Allowed You donrsquot need to select a table or query from the drop down list in the New Report dialog box in step 3 because yoursquoll be selecting tables and queries in step 4 as part of the wizard
3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want to include fields
4 Click a field in the Available Fields list and then click the gt button to move it to the Selected Fields list Select the following fields EmployeeID Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity and Province
5 If necessary select another table or query from the TablesQueries list and repeat step 5 When you finish selecting fields click Next The next screen of the wizard appears
6 If you want the records grouped by any of the fields you selected click the field and click the gt button If you want to select more than one grouping level select them in the order you want them Then click Next to move on
Grouping The Instructions on the screen are bit cryptic By default there are no groups You have to select a field and click the gt button to create a grouping Grouping sets off each group on the report If you select a field to group by the Grouping Options button becomes active and you can click it to specify precise grouping settings
7 Next yoursquore asked what sort order you want to use If you want sorted records open the top drop-down list and select a field to sort by You can select up to four sorts from the drop-down lists Then click Next
8 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
9 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button
Ascending or Descending By default Access sorts in ascending order (A-Z) Click the AZ button next to the box to change the sort order to descending (Z-A) if you want
10 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area When you click an option button the sample in the box changes to show you what yoursquove selected Select Tabular Layout
11 Choose the orientation for your printed report Portrait (across the narrow edge of the paper) or Landscape (across wide edge of the paper) Then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue
12 In the next wizard dialog box yoursquore asked to choose a report style Several are listed click one to see a sample of it When youre satisfied with your choice click Next
13 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Info Report as the name of the report 14 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
Activity 18 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report 3 The report appears in Layout View 4 Save the report as Employees Info ndash Tabular
Activity 19 USING REPORT WIZARD CREATING A REPORT BASED ON MORE THAN ONE TABLE
From the previous discussion you saw how easy it is to create a simple report based on Employees Info table Using again the Report Wizard you can create a report based on more than one table This wizard speeds up the process of creating a report that brings data together from more than one table
The following steps show you how to create a report based on the Employees Info and Employees Income tables 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard button 3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want
to include fields 4 Access displays the first dialog box of the report wizard Click the gt button to move the EmployeeID
Lastname Firstname Middlename and TIN fields from the Available Fields box to the Selected Fields box
5 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
6 Click the gt button again to move the Department NDW PR and GP fields to the Selected Fields box
7 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Deduction table from the list
8 Click the gt button again to move the SSS PHIC WTAX ADV_VALE and TD fields to the Selected Fields box
9 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
10 Click the gt button again to move the NP fields to the Selected Fields box 11 After moving the needed fields click the Next button 12 Because you want to group the report by Department select the Department field in the list box and
click the gt button This second step of the report wizard enables you to set the grouping options for the report Click the Next button
13 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
14 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button 15 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area Select Stepped Layout And
then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue 16 In the next dialog box enables you to set a Style for the report Choose a style that is appropriate
and then click the Next button 17 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Payroll Registry Report as the name of the
report 18 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
USING LABEL WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT The Label Wizard is a powerful but easy to use wizard that is used to create standard mailing labels or other types of labels Lesson 15 ldquoCreating Labelsrdquo goes into great detail about creating mailing label in Access Sections of a Report
Report Header The report header appears once at the beginning of a report You can use it for items such as logo report title or print date
Page Header The page header appears at the top of every page in the report You use it to display items such as column headings
Detail Section The detail section contains the main body of a reportrsquos data This section is repeated for each record in the reportrsquos underlying record source
Page Footer The page footer appears at the bottom of every page in the report You use it to display items such as page numbers
Report Footer The Report footer appears once at the end of the report You use it to display items such as report totals The report footer is the last section in the report design but appears before the page footer on the last page of the printed report
Group Header By grouping records that share a common value You can calculate subtotals and make a report easier to read A group header appears at the beginning of a new group of records You use it to display information that applies to the group as a whole such a group name and department and so on
Setting up a Report After creating and viewing the report in the Print Preview window you are now ready to print it on the paper Not quite you have still to modify how the report will look when it is printed Follow these steps to modify the report before printing it
1 In the Layout View mode Click Page Setup 2 In response Access displays the Page Setup window This window contains three tabs ndash Margins
Page and Columns 3 In the Margin tab change the page margins if you want to put more data into a page The sample
preview on the right side of the window changes as you change the margins
4 Click the Page tab sets the orientation paper size and source and the printer to use for the report 5 In the Columns tab set the different field layout properties by changing the number of columns and
the row spacing 6 Click the OK button
Lesson 14
CUSTOMIZING A REPORT
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to move and size the controls to make the report more attractive and readable to center the heading of the report and to change controlrsquos border width
Entering Report Design View When you finish previewing a report yoursquove created close Print Preview and yoursquore automatically in Report Design view If you want to come back to Report Design view later from the Database window perform these steps 1 Right Click the report that you want to modify 2 Click the Design View button Report Views The different options to view reports are ndash Design View Print Preview and Layout Preview
Design View to create a new report or modify the structure of an existing report
Print Preview shows all the data that will appear on every page of the report
Layout Preview to quickly look the reportrsquos layout but it only includes enough data to show you what the report will look like
SWITCHING TO DESIGN VIEW The following are the methods to switch to the Design View If you are in Print Preview click the Close button to display the reportrsquos design Or in the Database Window 1 Click the View button 2 Select the report you want to view 3 Click the Design button SWITCHING TO REPORT OR LAYOUT PREVIEW To switch to Report or Layout view make sure you are in the Design View then click the Print Preview button to view all the data on a report or click the Layout Preview button to view the reportrsquos layout Changing the Appearance of the Report You can change the appearance of the report by means of moving sizing aligning or formatting a control The following sections describe how to customize a report
MOVING AND SIZING CONTROLS Access provides several tools to manipulate the controls in the Report Design view After the controls are added on the report you can easily move align and size them You can size or move a control only if it is selected To select a control simply clicks it Once it is selected you can size it by placing the mouse pointer on one of its size handles and dragging Or you can use the To Fit option from the Size command of the Format menu
Note To select more than one control hold down the shift key while clicking each control
To move a selected control simply place the mouse pointer on the control with its attached label and then move it
Activity 20 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 5 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees
IncomeTable 6 Click the Report 7 The report appears in Layout View 8 Save the report as Employees Income Report CHANGING A LABEL To change the name of a selected label with a new name follow these steps 1 Click the label you want to change 2 Click inside the selected label 3 Change the label with a new text ALIGNING OF TEXT IN CONTROLS You can use the alignment buttons on the Toolbar to change the alignment of a selected text in a control For example you might want the heading of your report to appear to the center of a control instead of to the left To center the Employees Income Report heading follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 On the Formatting Toolbar click the Center button to center the text CHANGING BORDER WIDTH When you create a form or report Access automatically surrounds the controls with a border The default controlrsquos border width setting is hairline but you can easily change it by using the Border Width property setting which range from 0 to 6 points To change the Employees Income Report width follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 Press F4 To display Property Window 3 In the Property dialog box click the vertical scroll bar until you find Border Width option 4 Click the Border Width box and then click the down-arrow button 5 From the list select the new border width that you want
Lesson 15
CREATING MAILING LABELS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to make mailing labels using names and address in a database
Easy Mailing Labels with Access If you have ever done mass mailings to club members customers or even friends the worst part was probably addressing all those envelopes Most Word processors (such as Word) have mailing label features that enable you to create mailing labels from a list of names but Access is even better it lets you create mailing labels directly from an address book database (or any other database) Many times in a corporation they need to mail a letter to all of their customers Given a database that contains customer records (Name Address TownCity and Province) you can easily create mailing labels Access provides a powerful and easy-to-use Label Wizard that allows you to design a mailing label To create a mailing label from Employees Info table determine the followings
First examine the fields contained in this table Second decides which field goes to the label And third determine the format of the label
Examining the Employees Info table you can see that the label should contain the following lines
Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity Province
Activity 21 CREATING MAILING LABEL WITH THE LABEL WIZARD
After determining the format of the label you are now ready to create a mailing label 1 Open the Payroll Database Select the Employees Info table and click the Create tab 2 Click Labels button 3 The first screen of the label Wizard appears In this dialog box access displays a predefined set of
label sizes and Select the Product Number 5160 from the list 4 Click Sheet feed or Continuous (Sheet-Fed labels are single sheets continuous labels are joined to
the previous and next sheet at the top and they have perforated strips on the side that feed through a dot-matrix printer) And then click the Next button
5 Next yoursquore asked about the appearance of the text Choose a font from the Font Name drop-down list and choose a font size from the Font Size drop-down list
Donrsquot Make the Font Too Big If you need to print multiple lines on each label make sure that the font size you select is small enough that all lines will fit For mailing labels 8 or 10 point type works well it is large enough to be read by US Postal Service machines but itrsquos small enough that you can fit several lines on each label
6 With some fonts you can choose a font weight Open the Font Weight drop-down list and choose a different weight if you want Normal will work well in most cases
7 If you would like color labels (and you have a color printer) choose a different color from the Text Color List To do so click the button next to the Text Color box choose from the Color dialog box that appears and then click OK to return
Avoid Light Colors If yoursquore making labels to be sent through the US Postal Service keep in mind that their machines canrsquot read light-colored ink such as yellow or pale pink Choose a dark color to ensure that your addresses will be read correctly
8 Click the Italic andor the Underline check box if you want the text formatted with either or both of those attributes Then click Nextgt to continue
9 In the next dialog box you are going to create a template for your labels As you can see this box contains a list box called Available fields and another box called Prototype label To create the template for your labels follow these steps
Select the Lastname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Firstname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Press the Spacebar key to create a space
Select the Middlename field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the Address field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the TownCity field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Province field in the Available field list and then click the gt button 10 Click the Next button 11 In the next dialog box you can specify the sort key of the mailing labels You can sort the labels by
one or more fields To sort the mailing labels select the Lastname field as the sort key and then click the gt button Select the Firstname field and then click the gt button again This process tells Access to sort the mailing label by Lastname and then by Firstname Click the Next button to move to the last dialog box in the Label Wizard
Order Is Important If you pick more than one field to sort by Access sorts the records first by first field you select then by the second and so on So itrsquos important to choose the field first that you want to sort by first If theyrsquore in the wrong order click the ltlt button to remove them all from the Sort By list and then start over
12 In the last screen yoursquore asked for a title or name Enter Employees Info ndash Label and click the Finish Your labels appear in Print Preview just like any other report
Printing Labels You can print by clicking the Print button or you can close the Print Preview box by clicking the Close button Modifying Your Labels If you want to modify the labels you can enter Report Design view and make changes just as you would with any report Just click the labels on the Reports tab and then click Design Your label design appears Use all the same editing techniques that you learned in ldquoCustomizing a Reportrdquo to make changes to your label Editing a Mailing Label After creating a mailing label you can make minor changes to it by changing the font type and size of the text in the controls and by changing the size of controls However if you want to make major changes to the label it is much better to create a new label than to edit it
CHANGING THE FONT TYPE AND SIZE OF TEXT
To change the font type and size of text in the controls follow these steps 1 Right click Employees Info- Labels and then click the Design View button 2 In response Access displays the label in the Design View Click the control that contains the text you
want to change 3 In the Formatting toolbar click the down-arrow button on the Font Name box and then select the font
you want 4 To change the font size click the down-arrow button on the Font Size box and then select the size
you want CHANGING THE SIZE OF CONTROL
The following steps show you how to resize a control 1 In Design View click the control you want to resize 2 Drag the sizing handle
Lesson 16
CREATING MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create main switchboard and adding graphics in switchboard
Create and manage a switchboard form
When you use the Local Templates to create a database Microsoft Access automatically creates a switchboard that helps you to navigate around the database This switchboard has buttons that you can click to open forms and reports (or open other switchboards that open additional forms and reports) quit Microsoft Access or customize the switchboard You can create a switchboard similar to the one that the Local Templates creates by using the Switchboard Manager
What do you want to do
1 Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager 2 Create a new switchboard that you can open from the opening switchboard 3 Make a change to an existing switchboard 4 Change which switchboard is automatically displayed when you open the database 5 Delete a switchboard
Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager When you use the Database Wizard to create a database the wizard creates a switchboard that makes it easy to navigate between the Forms and Reports in your database If you want to build the same type of switchboard for a database you created yourself you can use the Switchboard Manager 1 Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager 2 If Microsoft Access asks if youd like to create a switchboard click Yes 3 In the Switchboard Manager dialog box click the New button 4 In the Create New Window type Forms Switchboard at the Switchboard Page Name and click the
OK button 5 Repeat Step 4-5 In the Create New Window type Reports Switchboard at the Switchboard Page
Name and click the OK button
Activity 22 CREATING A SWITCHBOARD ITEM AT THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager
2 In the Switchboard Manager Window Select Forms Switchboard and then click the Edit button 3 In the Edit Switchboard Page Window Click the New button 4 In the Edit Switchboard Item Type the EnterView Employees Information in Columnar in the
Text Box 5 In the Command Box click the drop-down list button and select Open Form in Edit Mode 6 In the Forms Box click the drop-down list button and select Employees Info-Columnar and click the
OK 7 Repeat Step 2-5 based on the given table below Until yoursquore through with Forms Switchboard and
click the Close button to close the Edit Switchboard Page Window
8 And then you can continue with Reports and Main Switchboard with the same procedures repeat Steps 1-6
Table ndash Switchboard Manager
SWITCHBOARD PAGE SWITCHBOARD ITEM COMMAND OBJECTS
Main Switchboard EnterView Information Goto Switchboard Forms Switchboard
Preview Reports Goto Switchboard Reports Switchboard
Change Switchboard Items Design Application
Exit this database Exit Application
Forms Switchboard Employees Information Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Profile
Employees Salaries Entry Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Salaries Entry
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Reports Switchboard Preview Employees Payroll Registry Report
Open Report Employees Payroll Registry Report
Preview Employees Info Report Open Report Employees Info
Preview the Labels Employees Info
Open Report Employees Info - Label
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Startup Application is used whenever you open your database it will open the main switchboard
Activity 23 CREATING A STARTUP APPLICATION BASED ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Follow these steps to create a startup application 1 Click the Office button and select Access Options in order to display Start Application 2 In the Startup Window type Main Menu ndash Payroll Database in the Application Title box 3 In the Display Form box click the drop-down list button and then select Switchboard and then click
the OK button 4 To check if it is start on the Main Switchboard close the Database and then open the Payroll
Database again
Activity 18 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report 3 The report appears in Layout View 4 Save the report as Employees Info ndash Tabular
Activity 19 USING REPORT WIZARD CREATING A REPORT BASED ON MORE THAN ONE TABLE
From the previous discussion you saw how easy it is to create a simple report based on Employees Info table Using again the Report Wizard you can create a report based on more than one table This wizard speeds up the process of creating a report that brings data together from more than one table
The following steps show you how to create a report based on the Employees Info and Employees Income tables 1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees Info
Table 2 Click the Report Wizard button 3 Open the TablesQueries drop-down list and select the Employees Info table from which you want
to include fields 4 Access displays the first dialog box of the report wizard Click the gt button to move the EmployeeID
Lastname Firstname Middlename and TIN fields from the Available Fields box to the Selected Fields box
5 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
6 Click the gt button again to move the Department NDW PR and GP fields to the Selected Fields box
7 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Deduction table from the list
8 Click the gt button again to move the SSS PHIC WTAX ADV_VALE and TD fields to the Selected Fields box
9 In the same dialog box click the down-arrow button key located to right of the TablesQueries box and then select the Employees Income table from the list
10 Click the gt button again to move the NP fields to the Selected Fields box 11 After moving the needed fields click the Next button 12 Because you want to group the report by Department select the Department field in the list box and
click the gt button This second step of the report wizard enables you to set the grouping options for the report Click the Next button
13 The next dialog box enables you to set the Sort order for your report Click the down-arrow button of the 1 box and then select the Lastname field from the list
14 Using the 2 box select the Firstname field as the second sort order Click the Next button 15 In the next dialog box choose a layout option from the Layout area Select Stepped Layout And
then Select Landscape Orientation and click the Next to Continue 16 In the next dialog box enables you to set a Style for the report Choose a style that is appropriate
and then click the Next button 17 In the final step of the report wizard type Employees Payroll Registry Report as the name of the
report 18 Click the Finish button Wait a few seconds while access generates the report and open the preview
window
USING LABEL WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT The Label Wizard is a powerful but easy to use wizard that is used to create standard mailing labels or other types of labels Lesson 15 ldquoCreating Labelsrdquo goes into great detail about creating mailing label in Access Sections of a Report
Report Header The report header appears once at the beginning of a report You can use it for items such as logo report title or print date
Page Header The page header appears at the top of every page in the report You use it to display items such as column headings
Detail Section The detail section contains the main body of a reportrsquos data This section is repeated for each record in the reportrsquos underlying record source
Page Footer The page footer appears at the bottom of every page in the report You use it to display items such as page numbers
Report Footer The Report footer appears once at the end of the report You use it to display items such as report totals The report footer is the last section in the report design but appears before the page footer on the last page of the printed report
Group Header By grouping records that share a common value You can calculate subtotals and make a report easier to read A group header appears at the beginning of a new group of records You use it to display information that applies to the group as a whole such a group name and department and so on
Setting up a Report After creating and viewing the report in the Print Preview window you are now ready to print it on the paper Not quite you have still to modify how the report will look when it is printed Follow these steps to modify the report before printing it
1 In the Layout View mode Click Page Setup 2 In response Access displays the Page Setup window This window contains three tabs ndash Margins
Page and Columns 3 In the Margin tab change the page margins if you want to put more data into a page The sample
preview on the right side of the window changes as you change the margins
4 Click the Page tab sets the orientation paper size and source and the printer to use for the report 5 In the Columns tab set the different field layout properties by changing the number of columns and
the row spacing 6 Click the OK button
Lesson 14
CUSTOMIZING A REPORT
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to move and size the controls to make the report more attractive and readable to center the heading of the report and to change controlrsquos border width
Entering Report Design View When you finish previewing a report yoursquove created close Print Preview and yoursquore automatically in Report Design view If you want to come back to Report Design view later from the Database window perform these steps 1 Right Click the report that you want to modify 2 Click the Design View button Report Views The different options to view reports are ndash Design View Print Preview and Layout Preview
Design View to create a new report or modify the structure of an existing report
Print Preview shows all the data that will appear on every page of the report
Layout Preview to quickly look the reportrsquos layout but it only includes enough data to show you what the report will look like
SWITCHING TO DESIGN VIEW The following are the methods to switch to the Design View If you are in Print Preview click the Close button to display the reportrsquos design Or in the Database Window 1 Click the View button 2 Select the report you want to view 3 Click the Design button SWITCHING TO REPORT OR LAYOUT PREVIEW To switch to Report or Layout view make sure you are in the Design View then click the Print Preview button to view all the data on a report or click the Layout Preview button to view the reportrsquos layout Changing the Appearance of the Report You can change the appearance of the report by means of moving sizing aligning or formatting a control The following sections describe how to customize a report
MOVING AND SIZING CONTROLS Access provides several tools to manipulate the controls in the Report Design view After the controls are added on the report you can easily move align and size them You can size or move a control only if it is selected To select a control simply clicks it Once it is selected you can size it by placing the mouse pointer on one of its size handles and dragging Or you can use the To Fit option from the Size command of the Format menu
Note To select more than one control hold down the shift key while clicking each control
To move a selected control simply place the mouse pointer on the control with its attached label and then move it
Activity 20 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 5 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees
IncomeTable 6 Click the Report 7 The report appears in Layout View 8 Save the report as Employees Income Report CHANGING A LABEL To change the name of a selected label with a new name follow these steps 1 Click the label you want to change 2 Click inside the selected label 3 Change the label with a new text ALIGNING OF TEXT IN CONTROLS You can use the alignment buttons on the Toolbar to change the alignment of a selected text in a control For example you might want the heading of your report to appear to the center of a control instead of to the left To center the Employees Income Report heading follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 On the Formatting Toolbar click the Center button to center the text CHANGING BORDER WIDTH When you create a form or report Access automatically surrounds the controls with a border The default controlrsquos border width setting is hairline but you can easily change it by using the Border Width property setting which range from 0 to 6 points To change the Employees Income Report width follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 Press F4 To display Property Window 3 In the Property dialog box click the vertical scroll bar until you find Border Width option 4 Click the Border Width box and then click the down-arrow button 5 From the list select the new border width that you want
Lesson 15
CREATING MAILING LABELS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to make mailing labels using names and address in a database
Easy Mailing Labels with Access If you have ever done mass mailings to club members customers or even friends the worst part was probably addressing all those envelopes Most Word processors (such as Word) have mailing label features that enable you to create mailing labels from a list of names but Access is even better it lets you create mailing labels directly from an address book database (or any other database) Many times in a corporation they need to mail a letter to all of their customers Given a database that contains customer records (Name Address TownCity and Province) you can easily create mailing labels Access provides a powerful and easy-to-use Label Wizard that allows you to design a mailing label To create a mailing label from Employees Info table determine the followings
First examine the fields contained in this table Second decides which field goes to the label And third determine the format of the label
Examining the Employees Info table you can see that the label should contain the following lines
Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity Province
Activity 21 CREATING MAILING LABEL WITH THE LABEL WIZARD
After determining the format of the label you are now ready to create a mailing label 1 Open the Payroll Database Select the Employees Info table and click the Create tab 2 Click Labels button 3 The first screen of the label Wizard appears In this dialog box access displays a predefined set of
label sizes and Select the Product Number 5160 from the list 4 Click Sheet feed or Continuous (Sheet-Fed labels are single sheets continuous labels are joined to
the previous and next sheet at the top and they have perforated strips on the side that feed through a dot-matrix printer) And then click the Next button
5 Next yoursquore asked about the appearance of the text Choose a font from the Font Name drop-down list and choose a font size from the Font Size drop-down list
Donrsquot Make the Font Too Big If you need to print multiple lines on each label make sure that the font size you select is small enough that all lines will fit For mailing labels 8 or 10 point type works well it is large enough to be read by US Postal Service machines but itrsquos small enough that you can fit several lines on each label
6 With some fonts you can choose a font weight Open the Font Weight drop-down list and choose a different weight if you want Normal will work well in most cases
7 If you would like color labels (and you have a color printer) choose a different color from the Text Color List To do so click the button next to the Text Color box choose from the Color dialog box that appears and then click OK to return
Avoid Light Colors If yoursquore making labels to be sent through the US Postal Service keep in mind that their machines canrsquot read light-colored ink such as yellow or pale pink Choose a dark color to ensure that your addresses will be read correctly
8 Click the Italic andor the Underline check box if you want the text formatted with either or both of those attributes Then click Nextgt to continue
9 In the next dialog box you are going to create a template for your labels As you can see this box contains a list box called Available fields and another box called Prototype label To create the template for your labels follow these steps
Select the Lastname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Firstname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Press the Spacebar key to create a space
Select the Middlename field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the Address field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the TownCity field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Province field in the Available field list and then click the gt button 10 Click the Next button 11 In the next dialog box you can specify the sort key of the mailing labels You can sort the labels by
one or more fields To sort the mailing labels select the Lastname field as the sort key and then click the gt button Select the Firstname field and then click the gt button again This process tells Access to sort the mailing label by Lastname and then by Firstname Click the Next button to move to the last dialog box in the Label Wizard
Order Is Important If you pick more than one field to sort by Access sorts the records first by first field you select then by the second and so on So itrsquos important to choose the field first that you want to sort by first If theyrsquore in the wrong order click the ltlt button to remove them all from the Sort By list and then start over
12 In the last screen yoursquore asked for a title or name Enter Employees Info ndash Label and click the Finish Your labels appear in Print Preview just like any other report
Printing Labels You can print by clicking the Print button or you can close the Print Preview box by clicking the Close button Modifying Your Labels If you want to modify the labels you can enter Report Design view and make changes just as you would with any report Just click the labels on the Reports tab and then click Design Your label design appears Use all the same editing techniques that you learned in ldquoCustomizing a Reportrdquo to make changes to your label Editing a Mailing Label After creating a mailing label you can make minor changes to it by changing the font type and size of the text in the controls and by changing the size of controls However if you want to make major changes to the label it is much better to create a new label than to edit it
CHANGING THE FONT TYPE AND SIZE OF TEXT
To change the font type and size of text in the controls follow these steps 1 Right click Employees Info- Labels and then click the Design View button 2 In response Access displays the label in the Design View Click the control that contains the text you
want to change 3 In the Formatting toolbar click the down-arrow button on the Font Name box and then select the font
you want 4 To change the font size click the down-arrow button on the Font Size box and then select the size
you want CHANGING THE SIZE OF CONTROL
The following steps show you how to resize a control 1 In Design View click the control you want to resize 2 Drag the sizing handle
Lesson 16
CREATING MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create main switchboard and adding graphics in switchboard
Create and manage a switchboard form
When you use the Local Templates to create a database Microsoft Access automatically creates a switchboard that helps you to navigate around the database This switchboard has buttons that you can click to open forms and reports (or open other switchboards that open additional forms and reports) quit Microsoft Access or customize the switchboard You can create a switchboard similar to the one that the Local Templates creates by using the Switchboard Manager
What do you want to do
1 Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager 2 Create a new switchboard that you can open from the opening switchboard 3 Make a change to an existing switchboard 4 Change which switchboard is automatically displayed when you open the database 5 Delete a switchboard
Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager When you use the Database Wizard to create a database the wizard creates a switchboard that makes it easy to navigate between the Forms and Reports in your database If you want to build the same type of switchboard for a database you created yourself you can use the Switchboard Manager 1 Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager 2 If Microsoft Access asks if youd like to create a switchboard click Yes 3 In the Switchboard Manager dialog box click the New button 4 In the Create New Window type Forms Switchboard at the Switchboard Page Name and click the
OK button 5 Repeat Step 4-5 In the Create New Window type Reports Switchboard at the Switchboard Page
Name and click the OK button
Activity 22 CREATING A SWITCHBOARD ITEM AT THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager
2 In the Switchboard Manager Window Select Forms Switchboard and then click the Edit button 3 In the Edit Switchboard Page Window Click the New button 4 In the Edit Switchboard Item Type the EnterView Employees Information in Columnar in the
Text Box 5 In the Command Box click the drop-down list button and select Open Form in Edit Mode 6 In the Forms Box click the drop-down list button and select Employees Info-Columnar and click the
OK 7 Repeat Step 2-5 based on the given table below Until yoursquore through with Forms Switchboard and
click the Close button to close the Edit Switchboard Page Window
8 And then you can continue with Reports and Main Switchboard with the same procedures repeat Steps 1-6
Table ndash Switchboard Manager
SWITCHBOARD PAGE SWITCHBOARD ITEM COMMAND OBJECTS
Main Switchboard EnterView Information Goto Switchboard Forms Switchboard
Preview Reports Goto Switchboard Reports Switchboard
Change Switchboard Items Design Application
Exit this database Exit Application
Forms Switchboard Employees Information Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Profile
Employees Salaries Entry Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Salaries Entry
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Reports Switchboard Preview Employees Payroll Registry Report
Open Report Employees Payroll Registry Report
Preview Employees Info Report Open Report Employees Info
Preview the Labels Employees Info
Open Report Employees Info - Label
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Startup Application is used whenever you open your database it will open the main switchboard
Activity 23 CREATING A STARTUP APPLICATION BASED ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Follow these steps to create a startup application 1 Click the Office button and select Access Options in order to display Start Application 2 In the Startup Window type Main Menu ndash Payroll Database in the Application Title box 3 In the Display Form box click the drop-down list button and then select Switchboard and then click
the OK button 4 To check if it is start on the Main Switchboard close the Database and then open the Payroll
Database again
USING LABEL WIZARD TO CREATE A REPORT The Label Wizard is a powerful but easy to use wizard that is used to create standard mailing labels or other types of labels Lesson 15 ldquoCreating Labelsrdquo goes into great detail about creating mailing label in Access Sections of a Report
Report Header The report header appears once at the beginning of a report You can use it for items such as logo report title or print date
Page Header The page header appears at the top of every page in the report You use it to display items such as column headings
Detail Section The detail section contains the main body of a reportrsquos data This section is repeated for each record in the reportrsquos underlying record source
Page Footer The page footer appears at the bottom of every page in the report You use it to display items such as page numbers
Report Footer The Report footer appears once at the end of the report You use it to display items such as report totals The report footer is the last section in the report design but appears before the page footer on the last page of the printed report
Group Header By grouping records that share a common value You can calculate subtotals and make a report easier to read A group header appears at the beginning of a new group of records You use it to display information that applies to the group as a whole such a group name and department and so on
Setting up a Report After creating and viewing the report in the Print Preview window you are now ready to print it on the paper Not quite you have still to modify how the report will look when it is printed Follow these steps to modify the report before printing it
1 In the Layout View mode Click Page Setup 2 In response Access displays the Page Setup window This window contains three tabs ndash Margins
Page and Columns 3 In the Margin tab change the page margins if you want to put more data into a page The sample
preview on the right side of the window changes as you change the margins
4 Click the Page tab sets the orientation paper size and source and the printer to use for the report 5 In the Columns tab set the different field layout properties by changing the number of columns and
the row spacing 6 Click the OK button
Lesson 14
CUSTOMIZING A REPORT
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to move and size the controls to make the report more attractive and readable to center the heading of the report and to change controlrsquos border width
Entering Report Design View When you finish previewing a report yoursquove created close Print Preview and yoursquore automatically in Report Design view If you want to come back to Report Design view later from the Database window perform these steps 1 Right Click the report that you want to modify 2 Click the Design View button Report Views The different options to view reports are ndash Design View Print Preview and Layout Preview
Design View to create a new report or modify the structure of an existing report
Print Preview shows all the data that will appear on every page of the report
Layout Preview to quickly look the reportrsquos layout but it only includes enough data to show you what the report will look like
SWITCHING TO DESIGN VIEW The following are the methods to switch to the Design View If you are in Print Preview click the Close button to display the reportrsquos design Or in the Database Window 1 Click the View button 2 Select the report you want to view 3 Click the Design button SWITCHING TO REPORT OR LAYOUT PREVIEW To switch to Report or Layout view make sure you are in the Design View then click the Print Preview button to view all the data on a report or click the Layout Preview button to view the reportrsquos layout Changing the Appearance of the Report You can change the appearance of the report by means of moving sizing aligning or formatting a control The following sections describe how to customize a report
MOVING AND SIZING CONTROLS Access provides several tools to manipulate the controls in the Report Design view After the controls are added on the report you can easily move align and size them You can size or move a control only if it is selected To select a control simply clicks it Once it is selected you can size it by placing the mouse pointer on one of its size handles and dragging Or you can use the To Fit option from the Size command of the Format menu
Note To select more than one control hold down the shift key while clicking each control
To move a selected control simply place the mouse pointer on the control with its attached label and then move it
Activity 20 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 5 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees
IncomeTable 6 Click the Report 7 The report appears in Layout View 8 Save the report as Employees Income Report CHANGING A LABEL To change the name of a selected label with a new name follow these steps 1 Click the label you want to change 2 Click inside the selected label 3 Change the label with a new text ALIGNING OF TEXT IN CONTROLS You can use the alignment buttons on the Toolbar to change the alignment of a selected text in a control For example you might want the heading of your report to appear to the center of a control instead of to the left To center the Employees Income Report heading follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 On the Formatting Toolbar click the Center button to center the text CHANGING BORDER WIDTH When you create a form or report Access automatically surrounds the controls with a border The default controlrsquos border width setting is hairline but you can easily change it by using the Border Width property setting which range from 0 to 6 points To change the Employees Income Report width follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 Press F4 To display Property Window 3 In the Property dialog box click the vertical scroll bar until you find Border Width option 4 Click the Border Width box and then click the down-arrow button 5 From the list select the new border width that you want
Lesson 15
CREATING MAILING LABELS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to make mailing labels using names and address in a database
Easy Mailing Labels with Access If you have ever done mass mailings to club members customers or even friends the worst part was probably addressing all those envelopes Most Word processors (such as Word) have mailing label features that enable you to create mailing labels from a list of names but Access is even better it lets you create mailing labels directly from an address book database (or any other database) Many times in a corporation they need to mail a letter to all of their customers Given a database that contains customer records (Name Address TownCity and Province) you can easily create mailing labels Access provides a powerful and easy-to-use Label Wizard that allows you to design a mailing label To create a mailing label from Employees Info table determine the followings
First examine the fields contained in this table Second decides which field goes to the label And third determine the format of the label
Examining the Employees Info table you can see that the label should contain the following lines
Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity Province
Activity 21 CREATING MAILING LABEL WITH THE LABEL WIZARD
After determining the format of the label you are now ready to create a mailing label 1 Open the Payroll Database Select the Employees Info table and click the Create tab 2 Click Labels button 3 The first screen of the label Wizard appears In this dialog box access displays a predefined set of
label sizes and Select the Product Number 5160 from the list 4 Click Sheet feed or Continuous (Sheet-Fed labels are single sheets continuous labels are joined to
the previous and next sheet at the top and they have perforated strips on the side that feed through a dot-matrix printer) And then click the Next button
5 Next yoursquore asked about the appearance of the text Choose a font from the Font Name drop-down list and choose a font size from the Font Size drop-down list
Donrsquot Make the Font Too Big If you need to print multiple lines on each label make sure that the font size you select is small enough that all lines will fit For mailing labels 8 or 10 point type works well it is large enough to be read by US Postal Service machines but itrsquos small enough that you can fit several lines on each label
6 With some fonts you can choose a font weight Open the Font Weight drop-down list and choose a different weight if you want Normal will work well in most cases
7 If you would like color labels (and you have a color printer) choose a different color from the Text Color List To do so click the button next to the Text Color box choose from the Color dialog box that appears and then click OK to return
Avoid Light Colors If yoursquore making labels to be sent through the US Postal Service keep in mind that their machines canrsquot read light-colored ink such as yellow or pale pink Choose a dark color to ensure that your addresses will be read correctly
8 Click the Italic andor the Underline check box if you want the text formatted with either or both of those attributes Then click Nextgt to continue
9 In the next dialog box you are going to create a template for your labels As you can see this box contains a list box called Available fields and another box called Prototype label To create the template for your labels follow these steps
Select the Lastname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Firstname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Press the Spacebar key to create a space
Select the Middlename field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the Address field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the TownCity field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Province field in the Available field list and then click the gt button 10 Click the Next button 11 In the next dialog box you can specify the sort key of the mailing labels You can sort the labels by
one or more fields To sort the mailing labels select the Lastname field as the sort key and then click the gt button Select the Firstname field and then click the gt button again This process tells Access to sort the mailing label by Lastname and then by Firstname Click the Next button to move to the last dialog box in the Label Wizard
Order Is Important If you pick more than one field to sort by Access sorts the records first by first field you select then by the second and so on So itrsquos important to choose the field first that you want to sort by first If theyrsquore in the wrong order click the ltlt button to remove them all from the Sort By list and then start over
12 In the last screen yoursquore asked for a title or name Enter Employees Info ndash Label and click the Finish Your labels appear in Print Preview just like any other report
Printing Labels You can print by clicking the Print button or you can close the Print Preview box by clicking the Close button Modifying Your Labels If you want to modify the labels you can enter Report Design view and make changes just as you would with any report Just click the labels on the Reports tab and then click Design Your label design appears Use all the same editing techniques that you learned in ldquoCustomizing a Reportrdquo to make changes to your label Editing a Mailing Label After creating a mailing label you can make minor changes to it by changing the font type and size of the text in the controls and by changing the size of controls However if you want to make major changes to the label it is much better to create a new label than to edit it
CHANGING THE FONT TYPE AND SIZE OF TEXT
To change the font type and size of text in the controls follow these steps 1 Right click Employees Info- Labels and then click the Design View button 2 In response Access displays the label in the Design View Click the control that contains the text you
want to change 3 In the Formatting toolbar click the down-arrow button on the Font Name box and then select the font
you want 4 To change the font size click the down-arrow button on the Font Size box and then select the size
you want CHANGING THE SIZE OF CONTROL
The following steps show you how to resize a control 1 In Design View click the control you want to resize 2 Drag the sizing handle
Lesson 16
CREATING MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create main switchboard and adding graphics in switchboard
Create and manage a switchboard form
When you use the Local Templates to create a database Microsoft Access automatically creates a switchboard that helps you to navigate around the database This switchboard has buttons that you can click to open forms and reports (or open other switchboards that open additional forms and reports) quit Microsoft Access or customize the switchboard You can create a switchboard similar to the one that the Local Templates creates by using the Switchboard Manager
What do you want to do
1 Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager 2 Create a new switchboard that you can open from the opening switchboard 3 Make a change to an existing switchboard 4 Change which switchboard is automatically displayed when you open the database 5 Delete a switchboard
Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager When you use the Database Wizard to create a database the wizard creates a switchboard that makes it easy to navigate between the Forms and Reports in your database If you want to build the same type of switchboard for a database you created yourself you can use the Switchboard Manager 1 Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager 2 If Microsoft Access asks if youd like to create a switchboard click Yes 3 In the Switchboard Manager dialog box click the New button 4 In the Create New Window type Forms Switchboard at the Switchboard Page Name and click the
OK button 5 Repeat Step 4-5 In the Create New Window type Reports Switchboard at the Switchboard Page
Name and click the OK button
Activity 22 CREATING A SWITCHBOARD ITEM AT THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager
2 In the Switchboard Manager Window Select Forms Switchboard and then click the Edit button 3 In the Edit Switchboard Page Window Click the New button 4 In the Edit Switchboard Item Type the EnterView Employees Information in Columnar in the
Text Box 5 In the Command Box click the drop-down list button and select Open Form in Edit Mode 6 In the Forms Box click the drop-down list button and select Employees Info-Columnar and click the
OK 7 Repeat Step 2-5 based on the given table below Until yoursquore through with Forms Switchboard and
click the Close button to close the Edit Switchboard Page Window
8 And then you can continue with Reports and Main Switchboard with the same procedures repeat Steps 1-6
Table ndash Switchboard Manager
SWITCHBOARD PAGE SWITCHBOARD ITEM COMMAND OBJECTS
Main Switchboard EnterView Information Goto Switchboard Forms Switchboard
Preview Reports Goto Switchboard Reports Switchboard
Change Switchboard Items Design Application
Exit this database Exit Application
Forms Switchboard Employees Information Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Profile
Employees Salaries Entry Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Salaries Entry
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Reports Switchboard Preview Employees Payroll Registry Report
Open Report Employees Payroll Registry Report
Preview Employees Info Report Open Report Employees Info
Preview the Labels Employees Info
Open Report Employees Info - Label
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Startup Application is used whenever you open your database it will open the main switchboard
Activity 23 CREATING A STARTUP APPLICATION BASED ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Follow these steps to create a startup application 1 Click the Office button and select Access Options in order to display Start Application 2 In the Startup Window type Main Menu ndash Payroll Database in the Application Title box 3 In the Display Form box click the drop-down list button and then select Switchboard and then click
the OK button 4 To check if it is start on the Main Switchboard close the Database and then open the Payroll
Database again
4 Click the Page tab sets the orientation paper size and source and the printer to use for the report 5 In the Columns tab set the different field layout properties by changing the number of columns and
the row spacing 6 Click the OK button
Lesson 14
CUSTOMIZING A REPORT
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to move and size the controls to make the report more attractive and readable to center the heading of the report and to change controlrsquos border width
Entering Report Design View When you finish previewing a report yoursquove created close Print Preview and yoursquore automatically in Report Design view If you want to come back to Report Design view later from the Database window perform these steps 1 Right Click the report that you want to modify 2 Click the Design View button Report Views The different options to view reports are ndash Design View Print Preview and Layout Preview
Design View to create a new report or modify the structure of an existing report
Print Preview shows all the data that will appear on every page of the report
Layout Preview to quickly look the reportrsquos layout but it only includes enough data to show you what the report will look like
SWITCHING TO DESIGN VIEW The following are the methods to switch to the Design View If you are in Print Preview click the Close button to display the reportrsquos design Or in the Database Window 1 Click the View button 2 Select the report you want to view 3 Click the Design button SWITCHING TO REPORT OR LAYOUT PREVIEW To switch to Report or Layout view make sure you are in the Design View then click the Print Preview button to view all the data on a report or click the Layout Preview button to view the reportrsquos layout Changing the Appearance of the Report You can change the appearance of the report by means of moving sizing aligning or formatting a control The following sections describe how to customize a report
MOVING AND SIZING CONTROLS Access provides several tools to manipulate the controls in the Report Design view After the controls are added on the report you can easily move align and size them You can size or move a control only if it is selected To select a control simply clicks it Once it is selected you can size it by placing the mouse pointer on one of its size handles and dragging Or you can use the To Fit option from the Size command of the Format menu
Note To select more than one control hold down the shift key while clicking each control
To move a selected control simply place the mouse pointer on the control with its attached label and then move it
Activity 20 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 5 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees
IncomeTable 6 Click the Report 7 The report appears in Layout View 8 Save the report as Employees Income Report CHANGING A LABEL To change the name of a selected label with a new name follow these steps 1 Click the label you want to change 2 Click inside the selected label 3 Change the label with a new text ALIGNING OF TEXT IN CONTROLS You can use the alignment buttons on the Toolbar to change the alignment of a selected text in a control For example you might want the heading of your report to appear to the center of a control instead of to the left To center the Employees Income Report heading follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 On the Formatting Toolbar click the Center button to center the text CHANGING BORDER WIDTH When you create a form or report Access automatically surrounds the controls with a border The default controlrsquos border width setting is hairline but you can easily change it by using the Border Width property setting which range from 0 to 6 points To change the Employees Income Report width follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 Press F4 To display Property Window 3 In the Property dialog box click the vertical scroll bar until you find Border Width option 4 Click the Border Width box and then click the down-arrow button 5 From the list select the new border width that you want
Lesson 15
CREATING MAILING LABELS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to make mailing labels using names and address in a database
Easy Mailing Labels with Access If you have ever done mass mailings to club members customers or even friends the worst part was probably addressing all those envelopes Most Word processors (such as Word) have mailing label features that enable you to create mailing labels from a list of names but Access is even better it lets you create mailing labels directly from an address book database (or any other database) Many times in a corporation they need to mail a letter to all of their customers Given a database that contains customer records (Name Address TownCity and Province) you can easily create mailing labels Access provides a powerful and easy-to-use Label Wizard that allows you to design a mailing label To create a mailing label from Employees Info table determine the followings
First examine the fields contained in this table Second decides which field goes to the label And third determine the format of the label
Examining the Employees Info table you can see that the label should contain the following lines
Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity Province
Activity 21 CREATING MAILING LABEL WITH THE LABEL WIZARD
After determining the format of the label you are now ready to create a mailing label 1 Open the Payroll Database Select the Employees Info table and click the Create tab 2 Click Labels button 3 The first screen of the label Wizard appears In this dialog box access displays a predefined set of
label sizes and Select the Product Number 5160 from the list 4 Click Sheet feed or Continuous (Sheet-Fed labels are single sheets continuous labels are joined to
the previous and next sheet at the top and they have perforated strips on the side that feed through a dot-matrix printer) And then click the Next button
5 Next yoursquore asked about the appearance of the text Choose a font from the Font Name drop-down list and choose a font size from the Font Size drop-down list
Donrsquot Make the Font Too Big If you need to print multiple lines on each label make sure that the font size you select is small enough that all lines will fit For mailing labels 8 or 10 point type works well it is large enough to be read by US Postal Service machines but itrsquos small enough that you can fit several lines on each label
6 With some fonts you can choose a font weight Open the Font Weight drop-down list and choose a different weight if you want Normal will work well in most cases
7 If you would like color labels (and you have a color printer) choose a different color from the Text Color List To do so click the button next to the Text Color box choose from the Color dialog box that appears and then click OK to return
Avoid Light Colors If yoursquore making labels to be sent through the US Postal Service keep in mind that their machines canrsquot read light-colored ink such as yellow or pale pink Choose a dark color to ensure that your addresses will be read correctly
8 Click the Italic andor the Underline check box if you want the text formatted with either or both of those attributes Then click Nextgt to continue
9 In the next dialog box you are going to create a template for your labels As you can see this box contains a list box called Available fields and another box called Prototype label To create the template for your labels follow these steps
Select the Lastname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Firstname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Press the Spacebar key to create a space
Select the Middlename field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the Address field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the TownCity field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Province field in the Available field list and then click the gt button 10 Click the Next button 11 In the next dialog box you can specify the sort key of the mailing labels You can sort the labels by
one or more fields To sort the mailing labels select the Lastname field as the sort key and then click the gt button Select the Firstname field and then click the gt button again This process tells Access to sort the mailing label by Lastname and then by Firstname Click the Next button to move to the last dialog box in the Label Wizard
Order Is Important If you pick more than one field to sort by Access sorts the records first by first field you select then by the second and so on So itrsquos important to choose the field first that you want to sort by first If theyrsquore in the wrong order click the ltlt button to remove them all from the Sort By list and then start over
12 In the last screen yoursquore asked for a title or name Enter Employees Info ndash Label and click the Finish Your labels appear in Print Preview just like any other report
Printing Labels You can print by clicking the Print button or you can close the Print Preview box by clicking the Close button Modifying Your Labels If you want to modify the labels you can enter Report Design view and make changes just as you would with any report Just click the labels on the Reports tab and then click Design Your label design appears Use all the same editing techniques that you learned in ldquoCustomizing a Reportrdquo to make changes to your label Editing a Mailing Label After creating a mailing label you can make minor changes to it by changing the font type and size of the text in the controls and by changing the size of controls However if you want to make major changes to the label it is much better to create a new label than to edit it
CHANGING THE FONT TYPE AND SIZE OF TEXT
To change the font type and size of text in the controls follow these steps 1 Right click Employees Info- Labels and then click the Design View button 2 In response Access displays the label in the Design View Click the control that contains the text you
want to change 3 In the Formatting toolbar click the down-arrow button on the Font Name box and then select the font
you want 4 To change the font size click the down-arrow button on the Font Size box and then select the size
you want CHANGING THE SIZE OF CONTROL
The following steps show you how to resize a control 1 In Design View click the control you want to resize 2 Drag the sizing handle
Lesson 16
CREATING MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create main switchboard and adding graphics in switchboard
Create and manage a switchboard form
When you use the Local Templates to create a database Microsoft Access automatically creates a switchboard that helps you to navigate around the database This switchboard has buttons that you can click to open forms and reports (or open other switchboards that open additional forms and reports) quit Microsoft Access or customize the switchboard You can create a switchboard similar to the one that the Local Templates creates by using the Switchboard Manager
What do you want to do
1 Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager 2 Create a new switchboard that you can open from the opening switchboard 3 Make a change to an existing switchboard 4 Change which switchboard is automatically displayed when you open the database 5 Delete a switchboard
Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager When you use the Database Wizard to create a database the wizard creates a switchboard that makes it easy to navigate between the Forms and Reports in your database If you want to build the same type of switchboard for a database you created yourself you can use the Switchboard Manager 1 Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager 2 If Microsoft Access asks if youd like to create a switchboard click Yes 3 In the Switchboard Manager dialog box click the New button 4 In the Create New Window type Forms Switchboard at the Switchboard Page Name and click the
OK button 5 Repeat Step 4-5 In the Create New Window type Reports Switchboard at the Switchboard Page
Name and click the OK button
Activity 22 CREATING A SWITCHBOARD ITEM AT THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager
2 In the Switchboard Manager Window Select Forms Switchboard and then click the Edit button 3 In the Edit Switchboard Page Window Click the New button 4 In the Edit Switchboard Item Type the EnterView Employees Information in Columnar in the
Text Box 5 In the Command Box click the drop-down list button and select Open Form in Edit Mode 6 In the Forms Box click the drop-down list button and select Employees Info-Columnar and click the
OK 7 Repeat Step 2-5 based on the given table below Until yoursquore through with Forms Switchboard and
click the Close button to close the Edit Switchboard Page Window
8 And then you can continue with Reports and Main Switchboard with the same procedures repeat Steps 1-6
Table ndash Switchboard Manager
SWITCHBOARD PAGE SWITCHBOARD ITEM COMMAND OBJECTS
Main Switchboard EnterView Information Goto Switchboard Forms Switchboard
Preview Reports Goto Switchboard Reports Switchboard
Change Switchboard Items Design Application
Exit this database Exit Application
Forms Switchboard Employees Information Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Profile
Employees Salaries Entry Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Salaries Entry
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Reports Switchboard Preview Employees Payroll Registry Report
Open Report Employees Payroll Registry Report
Preview Employees Info Report Open Report Employees Info
Preview the Labels Employees Info
Open Report Employees Info - Label
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Startup Application is used whenever you open your database it will open the main switchboard
Activity 23 CREATING A STARTUP APPLICATION BASED ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Follow these steps to create a startup application 1 Click the Office button and select Access Options in order to display Start Application 2 In the Startup Window type Main Menu ndash Payroll Database in the Application Title box 3 In the Display Form box click the drop-down list button and then select Switchboard and then click
the OK button 4 To check if it is start on the Main Switchboard close the Database and then open the Payroll
Database again
Lesson 14
CUSTOMIZING A REPORT
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to move and size the controls to make the report more attractive and readable to center the heading of the report and to change controlrsquos border width
Entering Report Design View When you finish previewing a report yoursquove created close Print Preview and yoursquore automatically in Report Design view If you want to come back to Report Design view later from the Database window perform these steps 1 Right Click the report that you want to modify 2 Click the Design View button Report Views The different options to view reports are ndash Design View Print Preview and Layout Preview
Design View to create a new report or modify the structure of an existing report
Print Preview shows all the data that will appear on every page of the report
Layout Preview to quickly look the reportrsquos layout but it only includes enough data to show you what the report will look like
SWITCHING TO DESIGN VIEW The following are the methods to switch to the Design View If you are in Print Preview click the Close button to display the reportrsquos design Or in the Database Window 1 Click the View button 2 Select the report you want to view 3 Click the Design button SWITCHING TO REPORT OR LAYOUT PREVIEW To switch to Report or Layout view make sure you are in the Design View then click the Print Preview button to view all the data on a report or click the Layout Preview button to view the reportrsquos layout Changing the Appearance of the Report You can change the appearance of the report by means of moving sizing aligning or formatting a control The following sections describe how to customize a report
MOVING AND SIZING CONTROLS Access provides several tools to manipulate the controls in the Report Design view After the controls are added on the report you can easily move align and size them You can size or move a control only if it is selected To select a control simply clicks it Once it is selected you can size it by placing the mouse pointer on one of its size handles and dragging Or you can use the To Fit option from the Size command of the Format menu
Note To select more than one control hold down the shift key while clicking each control
To move a selected control simply place the mouse pointer on the control with its attached label and then move it
Activity 20 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 5 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees
IncomeTable 6 Click the Report 7 The report appears in Layout View 8 Save the report as Employees Income Report CHANGING A LABEL To change the name of a selected label with a new name follow these steps 1 Click the label you want to change 2 Click inside the selected label 3 Change the label with a new text ALIGNING OF TEXT IN CONTROLS You can use the alignment buttons on the Toolbar to change the alignment of a selected text in a control For example you might want the heading of your report to appear to the center of a control instead of to the left To center the Employees Income Report heading follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 On the Formatting Toolbar click the Center button to center the text CHANGING BORDER WIDTH When you create a form or report Access automatically surrounds the controls with a border The default controlrsquos border width setting is hairline but you can easily change it by using the Border Width property setting which range from 0 to 6 points To change the Employees Income Report width follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 Press F4 To display Property Window 3 In the Property dialog box click the vertical scroll bar until you find Border Width option 4 Click the Border Width box and then click the down-arrow button 5 From the list select the new border width that you want
Lesson 15
CREATING MAILING LABELS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to make mailing labels using names and address in a database
Easy Mailing Labels with Access If you have ever done mass mailings to club members customers or even friends the worst part was probably addressing all those envelopes Most Word processors (such as Word) have mailing label features that enable you to create mailing labels from a list of names but Access is even better it lets you create mailing labels directly from an address book database (or any other database) Many times in a corporation they need to mail a letter to all of their customers Given a database that contains customer records (Name Address TownCity and Province) you can easily create mailing labels Access provides a powerful and easy-to-use Label Wizard that allows you to design a mailing label To create a mailing label from Employees Info table determine the followings
First examine the fields contained in this table Second decides which field goes to the label And third determine the format of the label
Examining the Employees Info table you can see that the label should contain the following lines
Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity Province
Activity 21 CREATING MAILING LABEL WITH THE LABEL WIZARD
After determining the format of the label you are now ready to create a mailing label 1 Open the Payroll Database Select the Employees Info table and click the Create tab 2 Click Labels button 3 The first screen of the label Wizard appears In this dialog box access displays a predefined set of
label sizes and Select the Product Number 5160 from the list 4 Click Sheet feed or Continuous (Sheet-Fed labels are single sheets continuous labels are joined to
the previous and next sheet at the top and they have perforated strips on the side that feed through a dot-matrix printer) And then click the Next button
5 Next yoursquore asked about the appearance of the text Choose a font from the Font Name drop-down list and choose a font size from the Font Size drop-down list
Donrsquot Make the Font Too Big If you need to print multiple lines on each label make sure that the font size you select is small enough that all lines will fit For mailing labels 8 or 10 point type works well it is large enough to be read by US Postal Service machines but itrsquos small enough that you can fit several lines on each label
6 With some fonts you can choose a font weight Open the Font Weight drop-down list and choose a different weight if you want Normal will work well in most cases
7 If you would like color labels (and you have a color printer) choose a different color from the Text Color List To do so click the button next to the Text Color box choose from the Color dialog box that appears and then click OK to return
Avoid Light Colors If yoursquore making labels to be sent through the US Postal Service keep in mind that their machines canrsquot read light-colored ink such as yellow or pale pink Choose a dark color to ensure that your addresses will be read correctly
8 Click the Italic andor the Underline check box if you want the text formatted with either or both of those attributes Then click Nextgt to continue
9 In the next dialog box you are going to create a template for your labels As you can see this box contains a list box called Available fields and another box called Prototype label To create the template for your labels follow these steps
Select the Lastname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Firstname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Press the Spacebar key to create a space
Select the Middlename field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the Address field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the TownCity field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Province field in the Available field list and then click the gt button 10 Click the Next button 11 In the next dialog box you can specify the sort key of the mailing labels You can sort the labels by
one or more fields To sort the mailing labels select the Lastname field as the sort key and then click the gt button Select the Firstname field and then click the gt button again This process tells Access to sort the mailing label by Lastname and then by Firstname Click the Next button to move to the last dialog box in the Label Wizard
Order Is Important If you pick more than one field to sort by Access sorts the records first by first field you select then by the second and so on So itrsquos important to choose the field first that you want to sort by first If theyrsquore in the wrong order click the ltlt button to remove them all from the Sort By list and then start over
12 In the last screen yoursquore asked for a title or name Enter Employees Info ndash Label and click the Finish Your labels appear in Print Preview just like any other report
Printing Labels You can print by clicking the Print button or you can close the Print Preview box by clicking the Close button Modifying Your Labels If you want to modify the labels you can enter Report Design view and make changes just as you would with any report Just click the labels on the Reports tab and then click Design Your label design appears Use all the same editing techniques that you learned in ldquoCustomizing a Reportrdquo to make changes to your label Editing a Mailing Label After creating a mailing label you can make minor changes to it by changing the font type and size of the text in the controls and by changing the size of controls However if you want to make major changes to the label it is much better to create a new label than to edit it
CHANGING THE FONT TYPE AND SIZE OF TEXT
To change the font type and size of text in the controls follow these steps 1 Right click Employees Info- Labels and then click the Design View button 2 In response Access displays the label in the Design View Click the control that contains the text you
want to change 3 In the Formatting toolbar click the down-arrow button on the Font Name box and then select the font
you want 4 To change the font size click the down-arrow button on the Font Size box and then select the size
you want CHANGING THE SIZE OF CONTROL
The following steps show you how to resize a control 1 In Design View click the control you want to resize 2 Drag the sizing handle
Lesson 16
CREATING MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create main switchboard and adding graphics in switchboard
Create and manage a switchboard form
When you use the Local Templates to create a database Microsoft Access automatically creates a switchboard that helps you to navigate around the database This switchboard has buttons that you can click to open forms and reports (or open other switchboards that open additional forms and reports) quit Microsoft Access or customize the switchboard You can create a switchboard similar to the one that the Local Templates creates by using the Switchboard Manager
What do you want to do
1 Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager 2 Create a new switchboard that you can open from the opening switchboard 3 Make a change to an existing switchboard 4 Change which switchboard is automatically displayed when you open the database 5 Delete a switchboard
Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager When you use the Database Wizard to create a database the wizard creates a switchboard that makes it easy to navigate between the Forms and Reports in your database If you want to build the same type of switchboard for a database you created yourself you can use the Switchboard Manager 1 Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager 2 If Microsoft Access asks if youd like to create a switchboard click Yes 3 In the Switchboard Manager dialog box click the New button 4 In the Create New Window type Forms Switchboard at the Switchboard Page Name and click the
OK button 5 Repeat Step 4-5 In the Create New Window type Reports Switchboard at the Switchboard Page
Name and click the OK button
Activity 22 CREATING A SWITCHBOARD ITEM AT THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager
2 In the Switchboard Manager Window Select Forms Switchboard and then click the Edit button 3 In the Edit Switchboard Page Window Click the New button 4 In the Edit Switchboard Item Type the EnterView Employees Information in Columnar in the
Text Box 5 In the Command Box click the drop-down list button and select Open Form in Edit Mode 6 In the Forms Box click the drop-down list button and select Employees Info-Columnar and click the
OK 7 Repeat Step 2-5 based on the given table below Until yoursquore through with Forms Switchboard and
click the Close button to close the Edit Switchboard Page Window
8 And then you can continue with Reports and Main Switchboard with the same procedures repeat Steps 1-6
Table ndash Switchboard Manager
SWITCHBOARD PAGE SWITCHBOARD ITEM COMMAND OBJECTS
Main Switchboard EnterView Information Goto Switchboard Forms Switchboard
Preview Reports Goto Switchboard Reports Switchboard
Change Switchboard Items Design Application
Exit this database Exit Application
Forms Switchboard Employees Information Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Profile
Employees Salaries Entry Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Salaries Entry
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Reports Switchboard Preview Employees Payroll Registry Report
Open Report Employees Payroll Registry Report
Preview Employees Info Report Open Report Employees Info
Preview the Labels Employees Info
Open Report Employees Info - Label
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Startup Application is used whenever you open your database it will open the main switchboard
Activity 23 CREATING A STARTUP APPLICATION BASED ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Follow these steps to create a startup application 1 Click the Office button and select Access Options in order to display Start Application 2 In the Startup Window type Main Menu ndash Payroll Database in the Application Title box 3 In the Display Form box click the drop-down list button and then select Switchboard and then click
the OK button 4 To check if it is start on the Main Switchboard close the Database and then open the Payroll
Database again
MOVING AND SIZING CONTROLS Access provides several tools to manipulate the controls in the Report Design view After the controls are added on the report you can easily move align and size them You can size or move a control only if it is selected To select a control simply clicks it Once it is selected you can size it by placing the mouse pointer on one of its size handles and dragging Or you can use the To Fit option from the Size command of the Format menu
Note To select more than one control hold down the shift key while clicking each control
To move a selected control simply place the mouse pointer on the control with its attached label and then move it
Activity 20 USING REPORT TO CREATE A REPORT
If you want a plain no-drills report based on a single table or query Report is for you You can go back and improve its appearance later when you learn about customizing reports in next Lesson You can create a Tabular Report A tabular report resembles a datasheet To create a report with Report follow these steps 5 Open the Payroll Database Click the Create tab and at All Access Objects click Employees
IncomeTable 6 Click the Report 7 The report appears in Layout View 8 Save the report as Employees Income Report CHANGING A LABEL To change the name of a selected label with a new name follow these steps 1 Click the label you want to change 2 Click inside the selected label 3 Change the label with a new text ALIGNING OF TEXT IN CONTROLS You can use the alignment buttons on the Toolbar to change the alignment of a selected text in a control For example you might want the heading of your report to appear to the center of a control instead of to the left To center the Employees Income Report heading follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 On the Formatting Toolbar click the Center button to center the text CHANGING BORDER WIDTH When you create a form or report Access automatically surrounds the controls with a border The default controlrsquos border width setting is hairline but you can easily change it by using the Border Width property setting which range from 0 to 6 points To change the Employees Income Report width follow these steps 1 Click the Employees Income Report control 2 Press F4 To display Property Window 3 In the Property dialog box click the vertical scroll bar until you find Border Width option 4 Click the Border Width box and then click the down-arrow button 5 From the list select the new border width that you want
Lesson 15
CREATING MAILING LABELS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to make mailing labels using names and address in a database
Easy Mailing Labels with Access If you have ever done mass mailings to club members customers or even friends the worst part was probably addressing all those envelopes Most Word processors (such as Word) have mailing label features that enable you to create mailing labels from a list of names but Access is even better it lets you create mailing labels directly from an address book database (or any other database) Many times in a corporation they need to mail a letter to all of their customers Given a database that contains customer records (Name Address TownCity and Province) you can easily create mailing labels Access provides a powerful and easy-to-use Label Wizard that allows you to design a mailing label To create a mailing label from Employees Info table determine the followings
First examine the fields contained in this table Second decides which field goes to the label And third determine the format of the label
Examining the Employees Info table you can see that the label should contain the following lines
Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity Province
Activity 21 CREATING MAILING LABEL WITH THE LABEL WIZARD
After determining the format of the label you are now ready to create a mailing label 1 Open the Payroll Database Select the Employees Info table and click the Create tab 2 Click Labels button 3 The first screen of the label Wizard appears In this dialog box access displays a predefined set of
label sizes and Select the Product Number 5160 from the list 4 Click Sheet feed or Continuous (Sheet-Fed labels are single sheets continuous labels are joined to
the previous and next sheet at the top and they have perforated strips on the side that feed through a dot-matrix printer) And then click the Next button
5 Next yoursquore asked about the appearance of the text Choose a font from the Font Name drop-down list and choose a font size from the Font Size drop-down list
Donrsquot Make the Font Too Big If you need to print multiple lines on each label make sure that the font size you select is small enough that all lines will fit For mailing labels 8 or 10 point type works well it is large enough to be read by US Postal Service machines but itrsquos small enough that you can fit several lines on each label
6 With some fonts you can choose a font weight Open the Font Weight drop-down list and choose a different weight if you want Normal will work well in most cases
7 If you would like color labels (and you have a color printer) choose a different color from the Text Color List To do so click the button next to the Text Color box choose from the Color dialog box that appears and then click OK to return
Avoid Light Colors If yoursquore making labels to be sent through the US Postal Service keep in mind that their machines canrsquot read light-colored ink such as yellow or pale pink Choose a dark color to ensure that your addresses will be read correctly
8 Click the Italic andor the Underline check box if you want the text formatted with either or both of those attributes Then click Nextgt to continue
9 In the next dialog box you are going to create a template for your labels As you can see this box contains a list box called Available fields and another box called Prototype label To create the template for your labels follow these steps
Select the Lastname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Firstname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Press the Spacebar key to create a space
Select the Middlename field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the Address field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the TownCity field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Province field in the Available field list and then click the gt button 10 Click the Next button 11 In the next dialog box you can specify the sort key of the mailing labels You can sort the labels by
one or more fields To sort the mailing labels select the Lastname field as the sort key and then click the gt button Select the Firstname field and then click the gt button again This process tells Access to sort the mailing label by Lastname and then by Firstname Click the Next button to move to the last dialog box in the Label Wizard
Order Is Important If you pick more than one field to sort by Access sorts the records first by first field you select then by the second and so on So itrsquos important to choose the field first that you want to sort by first If theyrsquore in the wrong order click the ltlt button to remove them all from the Sort By list and then start over
12 In the last screen yoursquore asked for a title or name Enter Employees Info ndash Label and click the Finish Your labels appear in Print Preview just like any other report
Printing Labels You can print by clicking the Print button or you can close the Print Preview box by clicking the Close button Modifying Your Labels If you want to modify the labels you can enter Report Design view and make changes just as you would with any report Just click the labels on the Reports tab and then click Design Your label design appears Use all the same editing techniques that you learned in ldquoCustomizing a Reportrdquo to make changes to your label Editing a Mailing Label After creating a mailing label you can make minor changes to it by changing the font type and size of the text in the controls and by changing the size of controls However if you want to make major changes to the label it is much better to create a new label than to edit it
CHANGING THE FONT TYPE AND SIZE OF TEXT
To change the font type and size of text in the controls follow these steps 1 Right click Employees Info- Labels and then click the Design View button 2 In response Access displays the label in the Design View Click the control that contains the text you
want to change 3 In the Formatting toolbar click the down-arrow button on the Font Name box and then select the font
you want 4 To change the font size click the down-arrow button on the Font Size box and then select the size
you want CHANGING THE SIZE OF CONTROL
The following steps show you how to resize a control 1 In Design View click the control you want to resize 2 Drag the sizing handle
Lesson 16
CREATING MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create main switchboard and adding graphics in switchboard
Create and manage a switchboard form
When you use the Local Templates to create a database Microsoft Access automatically creates a switchboard that helps you to navigate around the database This switchboard has buttons that you can click to open forms and reports (or open other switchboards that open additional forms and reports) quit Microsoft Access or customize the switchboard You can create a switchboard similar to the one that the Local Templates creates by using the Switchboard Manager
What do you want to do
1 Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager 2 Create a new switchboard that you can open from the opening switchboard 3 Make a change to an existing switchboard 4 Change which switchboard is automatically displayed when you open the database 5 Delete a switchboard
Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager When you use the Database Wizard to create a database the wizard creates a switchboard that makes it easy to navigate between the Forms and Reports in your database If you want to build the same type of switchboard for a database you created yourself you can use the Switchboard Manager 1 Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager 2 If Microsoft Access asks if youd like to create a switchboard click Yes 3 In the Switchboard Manager dialog box click the New button 4 In the Create New Window type Forms Switchboard at the Switchboard Page Name and click the
OK button 5 Repeat Step 4-5 In the Create New Window type Reports Switchboard at the Switchboard Page
Name and click the OK button
Activity 22 CREATING A SWITCHBOARD ITEM AT THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager
2 In the Switchboard Manager Window Select Forms Switchboard and then click the Edit button 3 In the Edit Switchboard Page Window Click the New button 4 In the Edit Switchboard Item Type the EnterView Employees Information in Columnar in the
Text Box 5 In the Command Box click the drop-down list button and select Open Form in Edit Mode 6 In the Forms Box click the drop-down list button and select Employees Info-Columnar and click the
OK 7 Repeat Step 2-5 based on the given table below Until yoursquore through with Forms Switchboard and
click the Close button to close the Edit Switchboard Page Window
8 And then you can continue with Reports and Main Switchboard with the same procedures repeat Steps 1-6
Table ndash Switchboard Manager
SWITCHBOARD PAGE SWITCHBOARD ITEM COMMAND OBJECTS
Main Switchboard EnterView Information Goto Switchboard Forms Switchboard
Preview Reports Goto Switchboard Reports Switchboard
Change Switchboard Items Design Application
Exit this database Exit Application
Forms Switchboard Employees Information Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Profile
Employees Salaries Entry Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Salaries Entry
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Reports Switchboard Preview Employees Payroll Registry Report
Open Report Employees Payroll Registry Report
Preview Employees Info Report Open Report Employees Info
Preview the Labels Employees Info
Open Report Employees Info - Label
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Startup Application is used whenever you open your database it will open the main switchboard
Activity 23 CREATING A STARTUP APPLICATION BASED ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Follow these steps to create a startup application 1 Click the Office button and select Access Options in order to display Start Application 2 In the Startup Window type Main Menu ndash Payroll Database in the Application Title box 3 In the Display Form box click the drop-down list button and then select Switchboard and then click
the OK button 4 To check if it is start on the Main Switchboard close the Database and then open the Payroll
Database again
Lesson 15
CREATING MAILING LABELS
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to make mailing labels using names and address in a database
Easy Mailing Labels with Access If you have ever done mass mailings to club members customers or even friends the worst part was probably addressing all those envelopes Most Word processors (such as Word) have mailing label features that enable you to create mailing labels from a list of names but Access is even better it lets you create mailing labels directly from an address book database (or any other database) Many times in a corporation they need to mail a letter to all of their customers Given a database that contains customer records (Name Address TownCity and Province) you can easily create mailing labels Access provides a powerful and easy-to-use Label Wizard that allows you to design a mailing label To create a mailing label from Employees Info table determine the followings
First examine the fields contained in this table Second decides which field goes to the label And third determine the format of the label
Examining the Employees Info table you can see that the label should contain the following lines
Lastname Firstname Middlename Address TownCity Province
Activity 21 CREATING MAILING LABEL WITH THE LABEL WIZARD
After determining the format of the label you are now ready to create a mailing label 1 Open the Payroll Database Select the Employees Info table and click the Create tab 2 Click Labels button 3 The first screen of the label Wizard appears In this dialog box access displays a predefined set of
label sizes and Select the Product Number 5160 from the list 4 Click Sheet feed or Continuous (Sheet-Fed labels are single sheets continuous labels are joined to
the previous and next sheet at the top and they have perforated strips on the side that feed through a dot-matrix printer) And then click the Next button
5 Next yoursquore asked about the appearance of the text Choose a font from the Font Name drop-down list and choose a font size from the Font Size drop-down list
Donrsquot Make the Font Too Big If you need to print multiple lines on each label make sure that the font size you select is small enough that all lines will fit For mailing labels 8 or 10 point type works well it is large enough to be read by US Postal Service machines but itrsquos small enough that you can fit several lines on each label
6 With some fonts you can choose a font weight Open the Font Weight drop-down list and choose a different weight if you want Normal will work well in most cases
7 If you would like color labels (and you have a color printer) choose a different color from the Text Color List To do so click the button next to the Text Color box choose from the Color dialog box that appears and then click OK to return
Avoid Light Colors If yoursquore making labels to be sent through the US Postal Service keep in mind that their machines canrsquot read light-colored ink such as yellow or pale pink Choose a dark color to ensure that your addresses will be read correctly
8 Click the Italic andor the Underline check box if you want the text formatted with either or both of those attributes Then click Nextgt to continue
9 In the next dialog box you are going to create a template for your labels As you can see this box contains a list box called Available fields and another box called Prototype label To create the template for your labels follow these steps
Select the Lastname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Firstname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Press the Spacebar key to create a space
Select the Middlename field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the Address field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the TownCity field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Province field in the Available field list and then click the gt button 10 Click the Next button 11 In the next dialog box you can specify the sort key of the mailing labels You can sort the labels by
one or more fields To sort the mailing labels select the Lastname field as the sort key and then click the gt button Select the Firstname field and then click the gt button again This process tells Access to sort the mailing label by Lastname and then by Firstname Click the Next button to move to the last dialog box in the Label Wizard
Order Is Important If you pick more than one field to sort by Access sorts the records first by first field you select then by the second and so on So itrsquos important to choose the field first that you want to sort by first If theyrsquore in the wrong order click the ltlt button to remove them all from the Sort By list and then start over
12 In the last screen yoursquore asked for a title or name Enter Employees Info ndash Label and click the Finish Your labels appear in Print Preview just like any other report
Printing Labels You can print by clicking the Print button or you can close the Print Preview box by clicking the Close button Modifying Your Labels If you want to modify the labels you can enter Report Design view and make changes just as you would with any report Just click the labels on the Reports tab and then click Design Your label design appears Use all the same editing techniques that you learned in ldquoCustomizing a Reportrdquo to make changes to your label Editing a Mailing Label After creating a mailing label you can make minor changes to it by changing the font type and size of the text in the controls and by changing the size of controls However if you want to make major changes to the label it is much better to create a new label than to edit it
CHANGING THE FONT TYPE AND SIZE OF TEXT
To change the font type and size of text in the controls follow these steps 1 Right click Employees Info- Labels and then click the Design View button 2 In response Access displays the label in the Design View Click the control that contains the text you
want to change 3 In the Formatting toolbar click the down-arrow button on the Font Name box and then select the font
you want 4 To change the font size click the down-arrow button on the Font Size box and then select the size
you want CHANGING THE SIZE OF CONTROL
The following steps show you how to resize a control 1 In Design View click the control you want to resize 2 Drag the sizing handle
Lesson 16
CREATING MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create main switchboard and adding graphics in switchboard
Create and manage a switchboard form
When you use the Local Templates to create a database Microsoft Access automatically creates a switchboard that helps you to navigate around the database This switchboard has buttons that you can click to open forms and reports (or open other switchboards that open additional forms and reports) quit Microsoft Access or customize the switchboard You can create a switchboard similar to the one that the Local Templates creates by using the Switchboard Manager
What do you want to do
1 Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager 2 Create a new switchboard that you can open from the opening switchboard 3 Make a change to an existing switchboard 4 Change which switchboard is automatically displayed when you open the database 5 Delete a switchboard
Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager When you use the Database Wizard to create a database the wizard creates a switchboard that makes it easy to navigate between the Forms and Reports in your database If you want to build the same type of switchboard for a database you created yourself you can use the Switchboard Manager 1 Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager 2 If Microsoft Access asks if youd like to create a switchboard click Yes 3 In the Switchboard Manager dialog box click the New button 4 In the Create New Window type Forms Switchboard at the Switchboard Page Name and click the
OK button 5 Repeat Step 4-5 In the Create New Window type Reports Switchboard at the Switchboard Page
Name and click the OK button
Activity 22 CREATING A SWITCHBOARD ITEM AT THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager
2 In the Switchboard Manager Window Select Forms Switchboard and then click the Edit button 3 In the Edit Switchboard Page Window Click the New button 4 In the Edit Switchboard Item Type the EnterView Employees Information in Columnar in the
Text Box 5 In the Command Box click the drop-down list button and select Open Form in Edit Mode 6 In the Forms Box click the drop-down list button and select Employees Info-Columnar and click the
OK 7 Repeat Step 2-5 based on the given table below Until yoursquore through with Forms Switchboard and
click the Close button to close the Edit Switchboard Page Window
8 And then you can continue with Reports and Main Switchboard with the same procedures repeat Steps 1-6
Table ndash Switchboard Manager
SWITCHBOARD PAGE SWITCHBOARD ITEM COMMAND OBJECTS
Main Switchboard EnterView Information Goto Switchboard Forms Switchboard
Preview Reports Goto Switchboard Reports Switchboard
Change Switchboard Items Design Application
Exit this database Exit Application
Forms Switchboard Employees Information Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Profile
Employees Salaries Entry Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Salaries Entry
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Reports Switchboard Preview Employees Payroll Registry Report
Open Report Employees Payroll Registry Report
Preview Employees Info Report Open Report Employees Info
Preview the Labels Employees Info
Open Report Employees Info - Label
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Startup Application is used whenever you open your database it will open the main switchboard
Activity 23 CREATING A STARTUP APPLICATION BASED ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Follow these steps to create a startup application 1 Click the Office button and select Access Options in order to display Start Application 2 In the Startup Window type Main Menu ndash Payroll Database in the Application Title box 3 In the Display Form box click the drop-down list button and then select Switchboard and then click
the OK button 4 To check if it is start on the Main Switchboard close the Database and then open the Payroll
Database again
7 If you would like color labels (and you have a color printer) choose a different color from the Text Color List To do so click the button next to the Text Color box choose from the Color dialog box that appears and then click OK to return
Avoid Light Colors If yoursquore making labels to be sent through the US Postal Service keep in mind that their machines canrsquot read light-colored ink such as yellow or pale pink Choose a dark color to ensure that your addresses will be read correctly
8 Click the Italic andor the Underline check box if you want the text formatted with either or both of those attributes Then click Nextgt to continue
9 In the next dialog box you are going to create a template for your labels As you can see this box contains a list box called Available fields and another box called Prototype label To create the template for your labels follow these steps
Select the Lastname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Firstname field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Press the Spacebar key to create a space
Select the Middlename field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the Address field in the Available field list and then click the gt button
Press the Enter key
Select the TownCity field in the Available field list and then click the gt button Type and press the Spacebar key
Select the Province field in the Available field list and then click the gt button 10 Click the Next button 11 In the next dialog box you can specify the sort key of the mailing labels You can sort the labels by
one or more fields To sort the mailing labels select the Lastname field as the sort key and then click the gt button Select the Firstname field and then click the gt button again This process tells Access to sort the mailing label by Lastname and then by Firstname Click the Next button to move to the last dialog box in the Label Wizard
Order Is Important If you pick more than one field to sort by Access sorts the records first by first field you select then by the second and so on So itrsquos important to choose the field first that you want to sort by first If theyrsquore in the wrong order click the ltlt button to remove them all from the Sort By list and then start over
12 In the last screen yoursquore asked for a title or name Enter Employees Info ndash Label and click the Finish Your labels appear in Print Preview just like any other report
Printing Labels You can print by clicking the Print button or you can close the Print Preview box by clicking the Close button Modifying Your Labels If you want to modify the labels you can enter Report Design view and make changes just as you would with any report Just click the labels on the Reports tab and then click Design Your label design appears Use all the same editing techniques that you learned in ldquoCustomizing a Reportrdquo to make changes to your label Editing a Mailing Label After creating a mailing label you can make minor changes to it by changing the font type and size of the text in the controls and by changing the size of controls However if you want to make major changes to the label it is much better to create a new label than to edit it
CHANGING THE FONT TYPE AND SIZE OF TEXT
To change the font type and size of text in the controls follow these steps 1 Right click Employees Info- Labels and then click the Design View button 2 In response Access displays the label in the Design View Click the control that contains the text you
want to change 3 In the Formatting toolbar click the down-arrow button on the Font Name box and then select the font
you want 4 To change the font size click the down-arrow button on the Font Size box and then select the size
you want CHANGING THE SIZE OF CONTROL
The following steps show you how to resize a control 1 In Design View click the control you want to resize 2 Drag the sizing handle
Lesson 16
CREATING MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create main switchboard and adding graphics in switchboard
Create and manage a switchboard form
When you use the Local Templates to create a database Microsoft Access automatically creates a switchboard that helps you to navigate around the database This switchboard has buttons that you can click to open forms and reports (or open other switchboards that open additional forms and reports) quit Microsoft Access or customize the switchboard You can create a switchboard similar to the one that the Local Templates creates by using the Switchboard Manager
What do you want to do
1 Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager 2 Create a new switchboard that you can open from the opening switchboard 3 Make a change to an existing switchboard 4 Change which switchboard is automatically displayed when you open the database 5 Delete a switchboard
Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager When you use the Database Wizard to create a database the wizard creates a switchboard that makes it easy to navigate between the Forms and Reports in your database If you want to build the same type of switchboard for a database you created yourself you can use the Switchboard Manager 1 Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager 2 If Microsoft Access asks if youd like to create a switchboard click Yes 3 In the Switchboard Manager dialog box click the New button 4 In the Create New Window type Forms Switchboard at the Switchboard Page Name and click the
OK button 5 Repeat Step 4-5 In the Create New Window type Reports Switchboard at the Switchboard Page
Name and click the OK button
Activity 22 CREATING A SWITCHBOARD ITEM AT THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager
2 In the Switchboard Manager Window Select Forms Switchboard and then click the Edit button 3 In the Edit Switchboard Page Window Click the New button 4 In the Edit Switchboard Item Type the EnterView Employees Information in Columnar in the
Text Box 5 In the Command Box click the drop-down list button and select Open Form in Edit Mode 6 In the Forms Box click the drop-down list button and select Employees Info-Columnar and click the
OK 7 Repeat Step 2-5 based on the given table below Until yoursquore through with Forms Switchboard and
click the Close button to close the Edit Switchboard Page Window
8 And then you can continue with Reports and Main Switchboard with the same procedures repeat Steps 1-6
Table ndash Switchboard Manager
SWITCHBOARD PAGE SWITCHBOARD ITEM COMMAND OBJECTS
Main Switchboard EnterView Information Goto Switchboard Forms Switchboard
Preview Reports Goto Switchboard Reports Switchboard
Change Switchboard Items Design Application
Exit this database Exit Application
Forms Switchboard Employees Information Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Profile
Employees Salaries Entry Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Salaries Entry
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Reports Switchboard Preview Employees Payroll Registry Report
Open Report Employees Payroll Registry Report
Preview Employees Info Report Open Report Employees Info
Preview the Labels Employees Info
Open Report Employees Info - Label
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Startup Application is used whenever you open your database it will open the main switchboard
Activity 23 CREATING A STARTUP APPLICATION BASED ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Follow these steps to create a startup application 1 Click the Office button and select Access Options in order to display Start Application 2 In the Startup Window type Main Menu ndash Payroll Database in the Application Title box 3 In the Display Form box click the drop-down list button and then select Switchboard and then click
the OK button 4 To check if it is start on the Main Switchboard close the Database and then open the Payroll
Database again
CHANGING THE FONT TYPE AND SIZE OF TEXT
To change the font type and size of text in the controls follow these steps 1 Right click Employees Info- Labels and then click the Design View button 2 In response Access displays the label in the Design View Click the control that contains the text you
want to change 3 In the Formatting toolbar click the down-arrow button on the Font Name box and then select the font
you want 4 To change the font size click the down-arrow button on the Font Size box and then select the size
you want CHANGING THE SIZE OF CONTROL
The following steps show you how to resize a control 1 In Design View click the control you want to resize 2 Drag the sizing handle
Lesson 16
CREATING MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create main switchboard and adding graphics in switchboard
Create and manage a switchboard form
When you use the Local Templates to create a database Microsoft Access automatically creates a switchboard that helps you to navigate around the database This switchboard has buttons that you can click to open forms and reports (or open other switchboards that open additional forms and reports) quit Microsoft Access or customize the switchboard You can create a switchboard similar to the one that the Local Templates creates by using the Switchboard Manager
What do you want to do
1 Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager 2 Create a new switchboard that you can open from the opening switchboard 3 Make a change to an existing switchboard 4 Change which switchboard is automatically displayed when you open the database 5 Delete a switchboard
Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager When you use the Database Wizard to create a database the wizard creates a switchboard that makes it easy to navigate between the Forms and Reports in your database If you want to build the same type of switchboard for a database you created yourself you can use the Switchboard Manager 1 Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager 2 If Microsoft Access asks if youd like to create a switchboard click Yes 3 In the Switchboard Manager dialog box click the New button 4 In the Create New Window type Forms Switchboard at the Switchboard Page Name and click the
OK button 5 Repeat Step 4-5 In the Create New Window type Reports Switchboard at the Switchboard Page
Name and click the OK button
Activity 22 CREATING A SWITCHBOARD ITEM AT THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager
2 In the Switchboard Manager Window Select Forms Switchboard and then click the Edit button 3 In the Edit Switchboard Page Window Click the New button 4 In the Edit Switchboard Item Type the EnterView Employees Information in Columnar in the
Text Box 5 In the Command Box click the drop-down list button and select Open Form in Edit Mode 6 In the Forms Box click the drop-down list button and select Employees Info-Columnar and click the
OK 7 Repeat Step 2-5 based on the given table below Until yoursquore through with Forms Switchboard and
click the Close button to close the Edit Switchboard Page Window
8 And then you can continue with Reports and Main Switchboard with the same procedures repeat Steps 1-6
Table ndash Switchboard Manager
SWITCHBOARD PAGE SWITCHBOARD ITEM COMMAND OBJECTS
Main Switchboard EnterView Information Goto Switchboard Forms Switchboard
Preview Reports Goto Switchboard Reports Switchboard
Change Switchboard Items Design Application
Exit this database Exit Application
Forms Switchboard Employees Information Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Profile
Employees Salaries Entry Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Salaries Entry
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Reports Switchboard Preview Employees Payroll Registry Report
Open Report Employees Payroll Registry Report
Preview Employees Info Report Open Report Employees Info
Preview the Labels Employees Info
Open Report Employees Info - Label
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Startup Application is used whenever you open your database it will open the main switchboard
Activity 23 CREATING A STARTUP APPLICATION BASED ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Follow these steps to create a startup application 1 Click the Office button and select Access Options in order to display Start Application 2 In the Startup Window type Main Menu ndash Payroll Database in the Application Title box 3 In the Display Form box click the drop-down list button and then select Switchboard and then click
the OK button 4 To check if it is start on the Main Switchboard close the Database and then open the Payroll
Database again
Lesson 16
CREATING MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Objective In this lesson you will learn how to create main switchboard and adding graphics in switchboard
Create and manage a switchboard form
When you use the Local Templates to create a database Microsoft Access automatically creates a switchboard that helps you to navigate around the database This switchboard has buttons that you can click to open forms and reports (or open other switchboards that open additional forms and reports) quit Microsoft Access or customize the switchboard You can create a switchboard similar to the one that the Local Templates creates by using the Switchboard Manager
What do you want to do
1 Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager 2 Create a new switchboard that you can open from the opening switchboard 3 Make a change to an existing switchboard 4 Change which switchboard is automatically displayed when you open the database 5 Delete a switchboard
Create a switchboard form by using the Switchboard Manager When you use the Database Wizard to create a database the wizard creates a switchboard that makes it easy to navigate between the Forms and Reports in your database If you want to build the same type of switchboard for a database you created yourself you can use the Switchboard Manager 1 Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager 2 If Microsoft Access asks if youd like to create a switchboard click Yes 3 In the Switchboard Manager dialog box click the New button 4 In the Create New Window type Forms Switchboard at the Switchboard Page Name and click the
OK button 5 Repeat Step 4-5 In the Create New Window type Reports Switchboard at the Switchboard Page
Name and click the OK button
Activity 22 CREATING A SWITCHBOARD ITEM AT THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
1 Open the Payroll Database Click the Database Tools tab at the Database Tools Group and then click Switchboard Manager
2 In the Switchboard Manager Window Select Forms Switchboard and then click the Edit button 3 In the Edit Switchboard Page Window Click the New button 4 In the Edit Switchboard Item Type the EnterView Employees Information in Columnar in the
Text Box 5 In the Command Box click the drop-down list button and select Open Form in Edit Mode 6 In the Forms Box click the drop-down list button and select Employees Info-Columnar and click the
OK 7 Repeat Step 2-5 based on the given table below Until yoursquore through with Forms Switchboard and
click the Close button to close the Edit Switchboard Page Window
8 And then you can continue with Reports and Main Switchboard with the same procedures repeat Steps 1-6
Table ndash Switchboard Manager
SWITCHBOARD PAGE SWITCHBOARD ITEM COMMAND OBJECTS
Main Switchboard EnterView Information Goto Switchboard Forms Switchboard
Preview Reports Goto Switchboard Reports Switchboard
Change Switchboard Items Design Application
Exit this database Exit Application
Forms Switchboard Employees Information Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Profile
Employees Salaries Entry Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Salaries Entry
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Reports Switchboard Preview Employees Payroll Registry Report
Open Report Employees Payroll Registry Report
Preview Employees Info Report Open Report Employees Info
Preview the Labels Employees Info
Open Report Employees Info - Label
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Startup Application is used whenever you open your database it will open the main switchboard
Activity 23 CREATING A STARTUP APPLICATION BASED ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Follow these steps to create a startup application 1 Click the Office button and select Access Options in order to display Start Application 2 In the Startup Window type Main Menu ndash Payroll Database in the Application Title box 3 In the Display Form box click the drop-down list button and then select Switchboard and then click
the OK button 4 To check if it is start on the Main Switchboard close the Database and then open the Payroll
Database again
8 And then you can continue with Reports and Main Switchboard with the same procedures repeat Steps 1-6
Table ndash Switchboard Manager
SWITCHBOARD PAGE SWITCHBOARD ITEM COMMAND OBJECTS
Main Switchboard EnterView Information Goto Switchboard Forms Switchboard
Preview Reports Goto Switchboard Reports Switchboard
Change Switchboard Items Design Application
Exit this database Exit Application
Forms Switchboard Employees Information Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Profile
Employees Salaries Entry Open Form in Edit Mode Employees Salaries Entry
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Reports Switchboard Preview Employees Payroll Registry Report
Open Report Employees Payroll Registry Report
Preview Employees Info Report Open Report Employees Info
Preview the Labels Employees Info
Open Report Employees Info - Label
Return to Main Switchboard Go to Switchboard Main Switchboard
Startup Application is used whenever you open your database it will open the main switchboard
Activity 23 CREATING A STARTUP APPLICATION BASED ON THE MAIN SWITCHBOARD
Follow these steps to create a startup application 1 Click the Office button and select Access Options in order to display Start Application 2 In the Startup Window type Main Menu ndash Payroll Database in the Application Title box 3 In the Display Form box click the drop-down list button and then select Switchboard and then click
the OK button 4 To check if it is start on the Main Switchboard close the Database and then open the Payroll
Database again